yading@10
|
1 =head1 NAME
|
yading@10
|
2
|
yading@10
|
3 ffmpeg-filters - FFmpeg filters
|
yading@10
|
4
|
yading@10
|
5 =head1 DESCRIPTION
|
yading@10
|
6
|
yading@10
|
7
|
yading@10
|
8 This document describes filters, sources, and sinks provided by the
|
yading@10
|
9 libavfilter library.
|
yading@10
|
10
|
yading@10
|
11
|
yading@10
|
12
|
yading@10
|
13 =head1 FILTERING INTRODUCTION
|
yading@10
|
14
|
yading@10
|
15
|
yading@10
|
16 Filtering in FFmpeg is enabled through the libavfilter library.
|
yading@10
|
17
|
yading@10
|
18 In libavfilter, a filter can have multiple inputs and multiple
|
yading@10
|
19 outputs.
|
yading@10
|
20 To illustrate the sorts of things that are possible, we consider the
|
yading@10
|
21 following filtergraph.
|
yading@10
|
22
|
yading@10
|
23
|
yading@10
|
24 input --> split ---------------------> overlay --> output
|
yading@10
|
25 | ^
|
yading@10
|
26 | |
|
yading@10
|
27 +-----> crop --> vflip -------+
|
yading@10
|
28
|
yading@10
|
29
|
yading@10
|
30 This filtergraph splits the input stream in two streams, sends one
|
yading@10
|
31 stream through the crop filter and the vflip filter before merging it
|
yading@10
|
32 back with the other stream by overlaying it on top. You can use the
|
yading@10
|
33 following command to achieve this:
|
yading@10
|
34
|
yading@10
|
35
|
yading@10
|
36 ffmpeg -i INPUT -vf "split [main][tmp]; [tmp] crop=iw:ih/2:0:0, vflip [flip]; [main][flip] overlay=0:H/2" OUTPUT
|
yading@10
|
37
|
yading@10
|
38
|
yading@10
|
39 The result will be that in output the top half of the video is mirrored
|
yading@10
|
40 onto the bottom half.
|
yading@10
|
41
|
yading@10
|
42 Filters in the same linear chain are separated by commas, and distinct
|
yading@10
|
43 linear chains of filters are separated by semicolons. In our example,
|
yading@10
|
44 I<crop,vflip> are in one linear chain, I<split> and
|
yading@10
|
45 I<overlay> are separately in another. The points where the linear
|
yading@10
|
46 chains join are labelled by names enclosed in square brackets. In the
|
yading@10
|
47 example, the split filter generates two outputs that are associated to
|
yading@10
|
48 the labels I<[main]> and I<[tmp]>.
|
yading@10
|
49
|
yading@10
|
50 The stream sent to the second output of I<split>, labelled as
|
yading@10
|
51 I<[tmp]>, is processed through the I<crop> filter, which crops
|
yading@10
|
52 away the lower half part of the video, and then vertically flipped. The
|
yading@10
|
53 I<overlay> filter takes in input the first unchanged output of the
|
yading@10
|
54 split filter (which was labelled as I<[main]>), and overlay on its
|
yading@10
|
55 lower half the output generated by the I<crop,vflip> filterchain.
|
yading@10
|
56
|
yading@10
|
57 Some filters take in input a list of parameters: they are specified
|
yading@10
|
58 after the filter name and an equal sign, and are separated from each other
|
yading@10
|
59 by a colon.
|
yading@10
|
60
|
yading@10
|
61 There exist so-called I<source filters> that do not have an
|
yading@10
|
62 audio/video input, and I<sink filters> that will not have audio/video
|
yading@10
|
63 output.
|
yading@10
|
64
|
yading@10
|
65
|
yading@10
|
66
|
yading@10
|
67 =head1 GRAPH
|
yading@10
|
68
|
yading@10
|
69
|
yading@10
|
70 The F<graph2dot> program included in the FFmpeg F<tools>
|
yading@10
|
71 directory can be used to parse a filtergraph description and issue a
|
yading@10
|
72 corresponding textual representation in the dot language.
|
yading@10
|
73
|
yading@10
|
74 Invoke the command:
|
yading@10
|
75
|
yading@10
|
76 graph2dot -h
|
yading@10
|
77
|
yading@10
|
78
|
yading@10
|
79 to see how to use F<graph2dot>.
|
yading@10
|
80
|
yading@10
|
81 You can then pass the dot description to the F<dot> program (from
|
yading@10
|
82 the graphviz suite of programs) and obtain a graphical representation
|
yading@10
|
83 of the filtergraph.
|
yading@10
|
84
|
yading@10
|
85 For example the sequence of commands:
|
yading@10
|
86
|
yading@10
|
87 echo <GRAPH_DESCRIPTION> | \
|
yading@10
|
88 tools/graph2dot -o graph.tmp && \
|
yading@10
|
89 dot -Tpng graph.tmp -o graph.png && \
|
yading@10
|
90 display graph.png
|
yading@10
|
91
|
yading@10
|
92
|
yading@10
|
93 can be used to create and display an image representing the graph
|
yading@10
|
94 described by the I<GRAPH_DESCRIPTION> string. Note that this string must be
|
yading@10
|
95 a complete self-contained graph, with its inputs and outputs explicitly defined.
|
yading@10
|
96 For example if your command line is of the form:
|
yading@10
|
97
|
yading@10
|
98 ffmpeg -i infile -vf scale=640:360 outfile
|
yading@10
|
99
|
yading@10
|
100 your I<GRAPH_DESCRIPTION> string will need to be of the form:
|
yading@10
|
101
|
yading@10
|
102 nullsrc,scale=640:360,nullsink
|
yading@10
|
103
|
yading@10
|
104 you may also need to set the I<nullsrc> parameters and add a I<format>
|
yading@10
|
105 filter in order to simulate a specific input file.
|
yading@10
|
106
|
yading@10
|
107
|
yading@10
|
108
|
yading@10
|
109 =head1 FILTERGRAPH DESCRIPTION
|
yading@10
|
110
|
yading@10
|
111
|
yading@10
|
112 A filtergraph is a directed graph of connected filters. It can contain
|
yading@10
|
113 cycles, and there can be multiple links between a pair of
|
yading@10
|
114 filters. Each link has one input pad on one side connecting it to one
|
yading@10
|
115 filter from which it takes its input, and one output pad on the other
|
yading@10
|
116 side connecting it to the one filter accepting its output.
|
yading@10
|
117
|
yading@10
|
118 Each filter in a filtergraph is an instance of a filter class
|
yading@10
|
119 registered in the application, which defines the features and the
|
yading@10
|
120 number of input and output pads of the filter.
|
yading@10
|
121
|
yading@10
|
122 A filter with no input pads is called a "source", a filter with no
|
yading@10
|
123 output pads is called a "sink".
|
yading@10
|
124
|
yading@10
|
125
|
yading@10
|
126
|
yading@10
|
127 =head2 Filtergraph syntax
|
yading@10
|
128
|
yading@10
|
129
|
yading@10
|
130 A filtergraph can be represented using a textual representation, which is
|
yading@10
|
131 recognized by the B<-filter>/B<-vf> and B<-filter_complex>
|
yading@10
|
132 options in B<ffmpeg> and B<-vf> in B<ffplay>, and by the
|
yading@10
|
133 C<avfilter_graph_parse()>/C<avfilter_graph_parse2()> function defined in
|
yading@10
|
134 F<libavfilter/avfilter.h>.
|
yading@10
|
135
|
yading@10
|
136 A filterchain consists of a sequence of connected filters, each one
|
yading@10
|
137 connected to the previous one in the sequence. A filterchain is
|
yading@10
|
138 represented by a list of ","-separated filter descriptions.
|
yading@10
|
139
|
yading@10
|
140 A filtergraph consists of a sequence of filterchains. A sequence of
|
yading@10
|
141 filterchains is represented by a list of ";"-separated filterchain
|
yading@10
|
142 descriptions.
|
yading@10
|
143
|
yading@10
|
144 A filter is represented by a string of the form:
|
yading@10
|
145 [I<in_link_1>]...[I<in_link_N>]I<filter_name>=I<arguments>[I<out_link_1>]...[I<out_link_M>]
|
yading@10
|
146
|
yading@10
|
147 I<filter_name> is the name of the filter class of which the
|
yading@10
|
148 described filter is an instance of, and has to be the name of one of
|
yading@10
|
149 the filter classes registered in the program.
|
yading@10
|
150 The name of the filter class is optionally followed by a string
|
yading@10
|
151 "=I<arguments>".
|
yading@10
|
152
|
yading@10
|
153 I<arguments> is a string which contains the parameters used to
|
yading@10
|
154 initialize the filter instance. It may have one of the following forms:
|
yading@10
|
155
|
yading@10
|
156 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
157
|
yading@10
|
158
|
yading@10
|
159
|
yading@10
|
160 =item *
|
yading@10
|
161
|
yading@10
|
162 A ':'-separated list of I<key=value> pairs.
|
yading@10
|
163
|
yading@10
|
164
|
yading@10
|
165 =item *
|
yading@10
|
166
|
yading@10
|
167 A ':'-separated list of I<value>. In this case, the keys are assumed to be
|
yading@10
|
168 the option names in the order they are declared. E.g. the C<fade> filter
|
yading@10
|
169 declares three options in this order -- B<type>, B<start_frame> and
|
yading@10
|
170 B<nb_frames>. Then the parameter list I<in:0:30> means that the value
|
yading@10
|
171 I<in> is assigned to the option B<type>, I<0> to
|
yading@10
|
172 B<start_frame> and I<30> to B<nb_frames>.
|
yading@10
|
173
|
yading@10
|
174
|
yading@10
|
175 =item *
|
yading@10
|
176
|
yading@10
|
177 A ':'-separated list of mixed direct I<value> and long I<key=value>
|
yading@10
|
178 pairs. The direct I<value> must precede the I<key=value> pairs, and
|
yading@10
|
179 follow the same constraints order of the previous point. The following
|
yading@10
|
180 I<key=value> pairs can be set in any preferred order.
|
yading@10
|
181
|
yading@10
|
182
|
yading@10
|
183 =back
|
yading@10
|
184
|
yading@10
|
185
|
yading@10
|
186 If the option value itself is a list of items (e.g. the C<format> filter
|
yading@10
|
187 takes a list of pixel formats), the items in the list are usually separated by
|
yading@10
|
188 '|'.
|
yading@10
|
189
|
yading@10
|
190 The list of arguments can be quoted using the character "'" as initial
|
yading@10
|
191 and ending mark, and the character '\' for escaping the characters
|
yading@10
|
192 within the quoted text; otherwise the argument string is considered
|
yading@10
|
193 terminated when the next special character (belonging to the set
|
yading@10
|
194 "[]=;,") is encountered.
|
yading@10
|
195
|
yading@10
|
196 The name and arguments of the filter are optionally preceded and
|
yading@10
|
197 followed by a list of link labels.
|
yading@10
|
198 A link label allows to name a link and associate it to a filter output
|
yading@10
|
199 or input pad. The preceding labels I<in_link_1>
|
yading@10
|
200 ... I<in_link_N>, are associated to the filter input pads,
|
yading@10
|
201 the following labels I<out_link_1> ... I<out_link_M>, are
|
yading@10
|
202 associated to the output pads.
|
yading@10
|
203
|
yading@10
|
204 When two link labels with the same name are found in the
|
yading@10
|
205 filtergraph, a link between the corresponding input and output pad is
|
yading@10
|
206 created.
|
yading@10
|
207
|
yading@10
|
208 If an output pad is not labelled, it is linked by default to the first
|
yading@10
|
209 unlabelled input pad of the next filter in the filterchain.
|
yading@10
|
210 For example in the filterchain:
|
yading@10
|
211
|
yading@10
|
212 nullsrc, split[L1], [L2]overlay, nullsink
|
yading@10
|
213
|
yading@10
|
214 the split filter instance has two output pads, and the overlay filter
|
yading@10
|
215 instance two input pads. The first output pad of split is labelled
|
yading@10
|
216 "L1", the first input pad of overlay is labelled "L2", and the second
|
yading@10
|
217 output pad of split is linked to the second input pad of overlay,
|
yading@10
|
218 which are both unlabelled.
|
yading@10
|
219
|
yading@10
|
220 In a complete filterchain all the unlabelled filter input and output
|
yading@10
|
221 pads must be connected. A filtergraph is considered valid if all the
|
yading@10
|
222 filter input and output pads of all the filterchains are connected.
|
yading@10
|
223
|
yading@10
|
224 Libavfilter will automatically insert scale filters where format
|
yading@10
|
225 conversion is required. It is possible to specify swscale flags
|
yading@10
|
226 for those automatically inserted scalers by prepending
|
yading@10
|
227 C<sws_flags=I<flags>;>
|
yading@10
|
228 to the filtergraph description.
|
yading@10
|
229
|
yading@10
|
230 Follows a BNF description for the filtergraph syntax:
|
yading@10
|
231
|
yading@10
|
232 <NAME> ::= sequence of alphanumeric characters and '_'
|
yading@10
|
233 <LINKLABEL> ::= "[" <NAME> "]"
|
yading@10
|
234 <LINKLABELS> ::= <LINKLABEL> [<LINKLABELS>]
|
yading@10
|
235 <FILTER_ARGUMENTS> ::= sequence of chars (eventually quoted)
|
yading@10
|
236 <FILTER> ::= [<LINKLABELS>] <NAME> ["=" <FILTER_ARGUMENTS>] [<LINKLABELS>]
|
yading@10
|
237 <FILTERCHAIN> ::= <FILTER> [,<FILTERCHAIN>]
|
yading@10
|
238 <FILTERGRAPH> ::= [sws_flags=<flags>;] <FILTERCHAIN> [;<FILTERGRAPH>]
|
yading@10
|
239
|
yading@10
|
240
|
yading@10
|
241
|
yading@10
|
242 =head2 Notes on filtergraph escaping
|
yading@10
|
243
|
yading@10
|
244
|
yading@10
|
245 Some filter arguments require the use of special characters, typically
|
yading@10
|
246 C<:> to separate key=value pairs in a named options list. In this
|
yading@10
|
247 case the user should perform a first level escaping when specifying
|
yading@10
|
248 the filter arguments. For example, consider the following literal
|
yading@10
|
249 string to be embedded in the drawtext filter arguments:
|
yading@10
|
250
|
yading@10
|
251 this is a 'string': may contain one, or more, special characters
|
yading@10
|
252
|
yading@10
|
253
|
yading@10
|
254 Since C<:> is special for the filter arguments syntax, it needs to
|
yading@10
|
255 be escaped, so you get:
|
yading@10
|
256
|
yading@10
|
257 text=this is a \'string\'\: may contain one, or more, special characters
|
yading@10
|
258
|
yading@10
|
259
|
yading@10
|
260 A second level of escaping is required when embedding the filter
|
yading@10
|
261 arguments in a filtergraph description, in order to escape all the
|
yading@10
|
262 filtergraph special characters. Thus the example above becomes:
|
yading@10
|
263
|
yading@10
|
264 drawtext=text=this is a \\\'string\\\'\\: may contain one\, or more\, special characters
|
yading@10
|
265
|
yading@10
|
266
|
yading@10
|
267 Finally an additional level of escaping may be needed when writing the
|
yading@10
|
268 filtergraph description in a shell command, which depends on the
|
yading@10
|
269 escaping rules of the adopted shell. For example, assuming that
|
yading@10
|
270 C<\> is special and needs to be escaped with another C<\>, the
|
yading@10
|
271 previous string will finally result in:
|
yading@10
|
272
|
yading@10
|
273 -vf "drawtext=text=this is a \\\\\\'string\\\\\\'\\\\: may contain one\\, or more\\, special characters"
|
yading@10
|
274
|
yading@10
|
275
|
yading@10
|
276 Sometimes, it might be more convenient to employ quoting in place of
|
yading@10
|
277 escaping. For example the string:
|
yading@10
|
278
|
yading@10
|
279 Caesar: tu quoque, Brute, fili mi
|
yading@10
|
280
|
yading@10
|
281
|
yading@10
|
282 Can be quoted in the filter arguments as:
|
yading@10
|
283
|
yading@10
|
284 text='Caesar: tu quoque, Brute, fili mi'
|
yading@10
|
285
|
yading@10
|
286
|
yading@10
|
287 And finally inserted in a filtergraph like:
|
yading@10
|
288
|
yading@10
|
289 drawtext=text=\'Caesar: tu quoque\, Brute\, fili mi\'
|
yading@10
|
290
|
yading@10
|
291
|
yading@10
|
292 See the ``Quoting and escaping'' section in the ffmpeg-utils manual
|
yading@10
|
293 for more information about the escaping and quoting rules adopted by
|
yading@10
|
294 FFmpeg.
|
yading@10
|
295
|
yading@10
|
296
|
yading@10
|
297
|
yading@10
|
298 =head1 AUDIO FILTERS
|
yading@10
|
299
|
yading@10
|
300
|
yading@10
|
301 When you configure your FFmpeg build, you can disable any of the
|
yading@10
|
302 existing filters using C<--disable-filters>.
|
yading@10
|
303 The configure output will show the audio filters included in your
|
yading@10
|
304 build.
|
yading@10
|
305
|
yading@10
|
306 Below is a description of the currently available audio filters.
|
yading@10
|
307
|
yading@10
|
308
|
yading@10
|
309 =head2 aconvert
|
yading@10
|
310
|
yading@10
|
311
|
yading@10
|
312 Convert the input audio format to the specified formats.
|
yading@10
|
313
|
yading@10
|
314 I<This filter is deprecated. Use aformat> instead.
|
yading@10
|
315
|
yading@10
|
316 The filter accepts a string of the form:
|
yading@10
|
317 "I<sample_format>:I<channel_layout>".
|
yading@10
|
318
|
yading@10
|
319 I<sample_format> specifies the sample format, and can be a string or the
|
yading@10
|
320 corresponding numeric value defined in F<libavutil/samplefmt.h>. Use 'p'
|
yading@10
|
321 suffix for a planar sample format.
|
yading@10
|
322
|
yading@10
|
323 I<channel_layout> specifies the channel layout, and can be a string
|
yading@10
|
324 or the corresponding number value defined in F<libavutil/channel_layout.h>.
|
yading@10
|
325
|
yading@10
|
326 The special parameter "auto", signifies that the filter will
|
yading@10
|
327 automatically select the output format depending on the output filter.
|
yading@10
|
328
|
yading@10
|
329
|
yading@10
|
330 =head3 Examples
|
yading@10
|
331
|
yading@10
|
332
|
yading@10
|
333
|
yading@10
|
334 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
335
|
yading@10
|
336
|
yading@10
|
337 =item *
|
yading@10
|
338
|
yading@10
|
339 Convert input to float, planar, stereo:
|
yading@10
|
340
|
yading@10
|
341 aconvert=fltp:stereo
|
yading@10
|
342
|
yading@10
|
343
|
yading@10
|
344
|
yading@10
|
345 =item *
|
yading@10
|
346
|
yading@10
|
347 Convert input to unsigned 8-bit, automatically select out channel layout:
|
yading@10
|
348
|
yading@10
|
349 aconvert=u8:auto
|
yading@10
|
350
|
yading@10
|
351
|
yading@10
|
352 =back
|
yading@10
|
353
|
yading@10
|
354
|
yading@10
|
355
|
yading@10
|
356 =head2 allpass
|
yading@10
|
357
|
yading@10
|
358
|
yading@10
|
359 Apply a two-pole all-pass filter with central frequency (in Hz)
|
yading@10
|
360 I<frequency>, and filter-width I<width>.
|
yading@10
|
361 An all-pass filter changes the audio's frequency to phase relationship
|
yading@10
|
362 without changing its frequency to amplitude relationship.
|
yading@10
|
363
|
yading@10
|
364 The filter accepts the following options:
|
yading@10
|
365
|
yading@10
|
366
|
yading@10
|
367 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
368
|
yading@10
|
369
|
yading@10
|
370 =item B<frequency, f>
|
yading@10
|
371
|
yading@10
|
372 Set frequency in Hz.
|
yading@10
|
373
|
yading@10
|
374
|
yading@10
|
375 =item B<width_type>
|
yading@10
|
376
|
yading@10
|
377 Set method to specify band-width of filter.
|
yading@10
|
378
|
yading@10
|
379 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
380
|
yading@10
|
381
|
yading@10
|
382 =item B<h>
|
yading@10
|
383
|
yading@10
|
384 Hz
|
yading@10
|
385
|
yading@10
|
386 =item B<q>
|
yading@10
|
387
|
yading@10
|
388 Q-Factor
|
yading@10
|
389
|
yading@10
|
390 =item B<o>
|
yading@10
|
391
|
yading@10
|
392 octave
|
yading@10
|
393
|
yading@10
|
394 =item B<s>
|
yading@10
|
395
|
yading@10
|
396 slope
|
yading@10
|
397
|
yading@10
|
398 =back
|
yading@10
|
399
|
yading@10
|
400
|
yading@10
|
401
|
yading@10
|
402 =item B<width, w>
|
yading@10
|
403
|
yading@10
|
404 Specify the band-width of a filter in width_type units.
|
yading@10
|
405
|
yading@10
|
406 =back
|
yading@10
|
407
|
yading@10
|
408
|
yading@10
|
409
|
yading@10
|
410 =head2 highpass
|
yading@10
|
411
|
yading@10
|
412
|
yading@10
|
413 Apply a high-pass filter with 3dB point frequency.
|
yading@10
|
414 The filter can be either single-pole, or double-pole (the default).
|
yading@10
|
415 The filter roll off at 6dB per pole per octave (20dB per pole per decade).
|
yading@10
|
416
|
yading@10
|
417 The filter accepts the following options:
|
yading@10
|
418
|
yading@10
|
419
|
yading@10
|
420 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
421
|
yading@10
|
422
|
yading@10
|
423 =item B<frequency, f>
|
yading@10
|
424
|
yading@10
|
425 Set frequency in Hz. Default is 3000.
|
yading@10
|
426
|
yading@10
|
427
|
yading@10
|
428 =item B<poles, p>
|
yading@10
|
429
|
yading@10
|
430 Set number of poles. Default is 2.
|
yading@10
|
431
|
yading@10
|
432
|
yading@10
|
433 =item B<width_type>
|
yading@10
|
434
|
yading@10
|
435 Set method to specify band-width of filter.
|
yading@10
|
436
|
yading@10
|
437 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
438
|
yading@10
|
439
|
yading@10
|
440 =item B<h>
|
yading@10
|
441
|
yading@10
|
442 Hz
|
yading@10
|
443
|
yading@10
|
444 =item B<q>
|
yading@10
|
445
|
yading@10
|
446 Q-Factor
|
yading@10
|
447
|
yading@10
|
448 =item B<o>
|
yading@10
|
449
|
yading@10
|
450 octave
|
yading@10
|
451
|
yading@10
|
452 =item B<s>
|
yading@10
|
453
|
yading@10
|
454 slope
|
yading@10
|
455
|
yading@10
|
456 =back
|
yading@10
|
457
|
yading@10
|
458
|
yading@10
|
459
|
yading@10
|
460 =item B<width, w>
|
yading@10
|
461
|
yading@10
|
462 Specify the band-width of a filter in width_type units.
|
yading@10
|
463 Applies only to double-pole filter.
|
yading@10
|
464 The default is 0.707q and gives a Butterworth response.
|
yading@10
|
465
|
yading@10
|
466 =back
|
yading@10
|
467
|
yading@10
|
468
|
yading@10
|
469
|
yading@10
|
470 =head2 lowpass
|
yading@10
|
471
|
yading@10
|
472
|
yading@10
|
473 Apply a low-pass filter with 3dB point frequency.
|
yading@10
|
474 The filter can be either single-pole or double-pole (the default).
|
yading@10
|
475 The filter roll off at 6dB per pole per octave (20dB per pole per decade).
|
yading@10
|
476
|
yading@10
|
477 The filter accepts the following options:
|
yading@10
|
478
|
yading@10
|
479
|
yading@10
|
480 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
481
|
yading@10
|
482
|
yading@10
|
483 =item B<frequency, f>
|
yading@10
|
484
|
yading@10
|
485 Set frequency in Hz. Default is 500.
|
yading@10
|
486
|
yading@10
|
487
|
yading@10
|
488 =item B<poles, p>
|
yading@10
|
489
|
yading@10
|
490 Set number of poles. Default is 2.
|
yading@10
|
491
|
yading@10
|
492
|
yading@10
|
493 =item B<width_type>
|
yading@10
|
494
|
yading@10
|
495 Set method to specify band-width of filter.
|
yading@10
|
496
|
yading@10
|
497 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
498
|
yading@10
|
499
|
yading@10
|
500 =item B<h>
|
yading@10
|
501
|
yading@10
|
502 Hz
|
yading@10
|
503
|
yading@10
|
504 =item B<q>
|
yading@10
|
505
|
yading@10
|
506 Q-Factor
|
yading@10
|
507
|
yading@10
|
508 =item B<o>
|
yading@10
|
509
|
yading@10
|
510 octave
|
yading@10
|
511
|
yading@10
|
512 =item B<s>
|
yading@10
|
513
|
yading@10
|
514 slope
|
yading@10
|
515
|
yading@10
|
516 =back
|
yading@10
|
517
|
yading@10
|
518
|
yading@10
|
519
|
yading@10
|
520 =item B<width, w>
|
yading@10
|
521
|
yading@10
|
522 Specify the band-width of a filter in width_type units.
|
yading@10
|
523 Applies only to double-pole filter.
|
yading@10
|
524 The default is 0.707q and gives a Butterworth response.
|
yading@10
|
525
|
yading@10
|
526 =back
|
yading@10
|
527
|
yading@10
|
528
|
yading@10
|
529
|
yading@10
|
530 =head2 bass
|
yading@10
|
531
|
yading@10
|
532
|
yading@10
|
533 Boost or cut the bass (lower) frequencies of the audio using a two-pole
|
yading@10
|
534 shelving filter with a response similar to that of a standard
|
yading@10
|
535 hi-fi's tone-controls. This is also known as shelving equalisation (EQ).
|
yading@10
|
536
|
yading@10
|
537 The filter accepts the following options:
|
yading@10
|
538
|
yading@10
|
539
|
yading@10
|
540 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
541
|
yading@10
|
542
|
yading@10
|
543 =item B<gain, g>
|
yading@10
|
544
|
yading@10
|
545 Give the gain at 0 Hz. Its useful range is about -20
|
yading@10
|
546 (for a large cut) to +20 (for a large boost).
|
yading@10
|
547 Beware of clipping when using a positive gain.
|
yading@10
|
548
|
yading@10
|
549
|
yading@10
|
550 =item B<frequency, f>
|
yading@10
|
551
|
yading@10
|
552 Set the filter's central frequency and so can be used
|
yading@10
|
553 to extend or reduce the frequency range to be boosted or cut.
|
yading@10
|
554 The default value is C<100> Hz.
|
yading@10
|
555
|
yading@10
|
556
|
yading@10
|
557 =item B<width_type>
|
yading@10
|
558
|
yading@10
|
559 Set method to specify band-width of filter.
|
yading@10
|
560
|
yading@10
|
561 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
562
|
yading@10
|
563
|
yading@10
|
564 =item B<h>
|
yading@10
|
565
|
yading@10
|
566 Hz
|
yading@10
|
567
|
yading@10
|
568 =item B<q>
|
yading@10
|
569
|
yading@10
|
570 Q-Factor
|
yading@10
|
571
|
yading@10
|
572 =item B<o>
|
yading@10
|
573
|
yading@10
|
574 octave
|
yading@10
|
575
|
yading@10
|
576 =item B<s>
|
yading@10
|
577
|
yading@10
|
578 slope
|
yading@10
|
579
|
yading@10
|
580 =back
|
yading@10
|
581
|
yading@10
|
582
|
yading@10
|
583
|
yading@10
|
584 =item B<width, w>
|
yading@10
|
585
|
yading@10
|
586 Determine how steep is the filter's shelf transition.
|
yading@10
|
587
|
yading@10
|
588 =back
|
yading@10
|
589
|
yading@10
|
590
|
yading@10
|
591
|
yading@10
|
592 =head2 treble
|
yading@10
|
593
|
yading@10
|
594
|
yading@10
|
595 Boost or cut treble (upper) frequencies of the audio using a two-pole
|
yading@10
|
596 shelving filter with a response similar to that of a standard
|
yading@10
|
597 hi-fi's tone-controls. This is also known as shelving equalisation (EQ).
|
yading@10
|
598
|
yading@10
|
599 The filter accepts the following options:
|
yading@10
|
600
|
yading@10
|
601
|
yading@10
|
602 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
603
|
yading@10
|
604
|
yading@10
|
605 =item B<gain, g>
|
yading@10
|
606
|
yading@10
|
607 Give the gain at whichever is the lower of ~22 kHz and the
|
yading@10
|
608 Nyquist frequency. Its useful range is about -20 (for a large cut)
|
yading@10
|
609 to +20 (for a large boost). Beware of clipping when using a positive gain.
|
yading@10
|
610
|
yading@10
|
611
|
yading@10
|
612 =item B<frequency, f>
|
yading@10
|
613
|
yading@10
|
614 Set the filter's central frequency and so can be used
|
yading@10
|
615 to extend or reduce the frequency range to be boosted or cut.
|
yading@10
|
616 The default value is C<3000> Hz.
|
yading@10
|
617
|
yading@10
|
618
|
yading@10
|
619 =item B<width_type>
|
yading@10
|
620
|
yading@10
|
621 Set method to specify band-width of filter.
|
yading@10
|
622
|
yading@10
|
623 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
624
|
yading@10
|
625
|
yading@10
|
626 =item B<h>
|
yading@10
|
627
|
yading@10
|
628 Hz
|
yading@10
|
629
|
yading@10
|
630 =item B<q>
|
yading@10
|
631
|
yading@10
|
632 Q-Factor
|
yading@10
|
633
|
yading@10
|
634 =item B<o>
|
yading@10
|
635
|
yading@10
|
636 octave
|
yading@10
|
637
|
yading@10
|
638 =item B<s>
|
yading@10
|
639
|
yading@10
|
640 slope
|
yading@10
|
641
|
yading@10
|
642 =back
|
yading@10
|
643
|
yading@10
|
644
|
yading@10
|
645
|
yading@10
|
646 =item B<width, w>
|
yading@10
|
647
|
yading@10
|
648 Determine how steep is the filter's shelf transition.
|
yading@10
|
649
|
yading@10
|
650 =back
|
yading@10
|
651
|
yading@10
|
652
|
yading@10
|
653
|
yading@10
|
654 =head2 bandpass
|
yading@10
|
655
|
yading@10
|
656
|
yading@10
|
657 Apply a two-pole Butterworth band-pass filter with central
|
yading@10
|
658 frequency I<frequency>, and (3dB-point) band-width width.
|
yading@10
|
659 The I<csg> option selects a constant skirt gain (peak gain = Q)
|
yading@10
|
660 instead of the default: constant 0dB peak gain.
|
yading@10
|
661 The filter roll off at 6dB per octave (20dB per decade).
|
yading@10
|
662
|
yading@10
|
663 The filter accepts the following options:
|
yading@10
|
664
|
yading@10
|
665
|
yading@10
|
666 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
667
|
yading@10
|
668
|
yading@10
|
669 =item B<frequency, f>
|
yading@10
|
670
|
yading@10
|
671 Set the filter's central frequency. Default is C<3000>.
|
yading@10
|
672
|
yading@10
|
673
|
yading@10
|
674 =item B<csg>
|
yading@10
|
675
|
yading@10
|
676 Constant skirt gain if set to 1. Defaults to 0.
|
yading@10
|
677
|
yading@10
|
678
|
yading@10
|
679 =item B<width_type>
|
yading@10
|
680
|
yading@10
|
681 Set method to specify band-width of filter.
|
yading@10
|
682
|
yading@10
|
683 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
684
|
yading@10
|
685
|
yading@10
|
686 =item B<h>
|
yading@10
|
687
|
yading@10
|
688 Hz
|
yading@10
|
689
|
yading@10
|
690 =item B<q>
|
yading@10
|
691
|
yading@10
|
692 Q-Factor
|
yading@10
|
693
|
yading@10
|
694 =item B<o>
|
yading@10
|
695
|
yading@10
|
696 octave
|
yading@10
|
697
|
yading@10
|
698 =item B<s>
|
yading@10
|
699
|
yading@10
|
700 slope
|
yading@10
|
701
|
yading@10
|
702 =back
|
yading@10
|
703
|
yading@10
|
704
|
yading@10
|
705
|
yading@10
|
706 =item B<width, w>
|
yading@10
|
707
|
yading@10
|
708 Specify the band-width of a filter in width_type units.
|
yading@10
|
709
|
yading@10
|
710 =back
|
yading@10
|
711
|
yading@10
|
712
|
yading@10
|
713
|
yading@10
|
714 =head2 bandreject
|
yading@10
|
715
|
yading@10
|
716
|
yading@10
|
717 Apply a two-pole Butterworth band-reject filter with central
|
yading@10
|
718 frequency I<frequency>, and (3dB-point) band-width I<width>.
|
yading@10
|
719 The filter roll off at 6dB per octave (20dB per decade).
|
yading@10
|
720
|
yading@10
|
721 The filter accepts the following options:
|
yading@10
|
722
|
yading@10
|
723
|
yading@10
|
724 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
725
|
yading@10
|
726
|
yading@10
|
727 =item B<frequency, f>
|
yading@10
|
728
|
yading@10
|
729 Set the filter's central frequency. Default is C<3000>.
|
yading@10
|
730
|
yading@10
|
731
|
yading@10
|
732 =item B<width_type>
|
yading@10
|
733
|
yading@10
|
734 Set method to specify band-width of filter.
|
yading@10
|
735
|
yading@10
|
736 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
737
|
yading@10
|
738
|
yading@10
|
739 =item B<h>
|
yading@10
|
740
|
yading@10
|
741 Hz
|
yading@10
|
742
|
yading@10
|
743 =item B<q>
|
yading@10
|
744
|
yading@10
|
745 Q-Factor
|
yading@10
|
746
|
yading@10
|
747 =item B<o>
|
yading@10
|
748
|
yading@10
|
749 octave
|
yading@10
|
750
|
yading@10
|
751 =item B<s>
|
yading@10
|
752
|
yading@10
|
753 slope
|
yading@10
|
754
|
yading@10
|
755 =back
|
yading@10
|
756
|
yading@10
|
757
|
yading@10
|
758
|
yading@10
|
759 =item B<width, w>
|
yading@10
|
760
|
yading@10
|
761 Specify the band-width of a filter in width_type units.
|
yading@10
|
762
|
yading@10
|
763 =back
|
yading@10
|
764
|
yading@10
|
765
|
yading@10
|
766
|
yading@10
|
767 =head2 biquad
|
yading@10
|
768
|
yading@10
|
769
|
yading@10
|
770 Apply a biquad IIR filter with the given coefficients.
|
yading@10
|
771 Where I<b0>, I<b1>, I<b2> and I<a0>, I<a1>, I<a2>
|
yading@10
|
772 are the numerator and denominator coefficients respectively.
|
yading@10
|
773
|
yading@10
|
774
|
yading@10
|
775 =head2 equalizer
|
yading@10
|
776
|
yading@10
|
777
|
yading@10
|
778 Apply a two-pole peaking equalisation (EQ) filter. With this
|
yading@10
|
779 filter, the signal-level at and around a selected frequency can
|
yading@10
|
780 be increased or decreased, whilst (unlike bandpass and bandreject
|
yading@10
|
781 filters) that at all other frequencies is unchanged.
|
yading@10
|
782
|
yading@10
|
783 In order to produce complex equalisation curves, this filter can
|
yading@10
|
784 be given several times, each with a different central frequency.
|
yading@10
|
785
|
yading@10
|
786 The filter accepts the following options:
|
yading@10
|
787
|
yading@10
|
788
|
yading@10
|
789 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
790
|
yading@10
|
791
|
yading@10
|
792 =item B<frequency, f>
|
yading@10
|
793
|
yading@10
|
794 Set the filter's central frequency in Hz.
|
yading@10
|
795
|
yading@10
|
796
|
yading@10
|
797 =item B<width_type>
|
yading@10
|
798
|
yading@10
|
799 Set method to specify band-width of filter.
|
yading@10
|
800
|
yading@10
|
801 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
802
|
yading@10
|
803
|
yading@10
|
804 =item B<h>
|
yading@10
|
805
|
yading@10
|
806 Hz
|
yading@10
|
807
|
yading@10
|
808 =item B<q>
|
yading@10
|
809
|
yading@10
|
810 Q-Factor
|
yading@10
|
811
|
yading@10
|
812 =item B<o>
|
yading@10
|
813
|
yading@10
|
814 octave
|
yading@10
|
815
|
yading@10
|
816 =item B<s>
|
yading@10
|
817
|
yading@10
|
818 slope
|
yading@10
|
819
|
yading@10
|
820 =back
|
yading@10
|
821
|
yading@10
|
822
|
yading@10
|
823
|
yading@10
|
824 =item B<width, w>
|
yading@10
|
825
|
yading@10
|
826 Specify the band-width of a filter in width_type units.
|
yading@10
|
827
|
yading@10
|
828
|
yading@10
|
829 =item B<gain, g>
|
yading@10
|
830
|
yading@10
|
831 Set the required gain or attenuation in dB.
|
yading@10
|
832 Beware of clipping when using a positive gain.
|
yading@10
|
833
|
yading@10
|
834 =back
|
yading@10
|
835
|
yading@10
|
836
|
yading@10
|
837
|
yading@10
|
838 =head2 afade
|
yading@10
|
839
|
yading@10
|
840
|
yading@10
|
841 Apply fade-in/out effect to input audio.
|
yading@10
|
842
|
yading@10
|
843 A description of the accepted parameters follows.
|
yading@10
|
844
|
yading@10
|
845
|
yading@10
|
846 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
847
|
yading@10
|
848
|
yading@10
|
849 =item B<type, t>
|
yading@10
|
850
|
yading@10
|
851 Specify the effect type, can be either C<in> for fade-in, or
|
yading@10
|
852 C<out> for a fade-out effect. Default is C<in>.
|
yading@10
|
853
|
yading@10
|
854
|
yading@10
|
855 =item B<start_sample, ss>
|
yading@10
|
856
|
yading@10
|
857 Specify the number of the start sample for starting to apply the fade
|
yading@10
|
858 effect. Default is 0.
|
yading@10
|
859
|
yading@10
|
860
|
yading@10
|
861 =item B<nb_samples, ns>
|
yading@10
|
862
|
yading@10
|
863 Specify the number of samples for which the fade effect has to last. At
|
yading@10
|
864 the end of the fade-in effect the output audio will have the same
|
yading@10
|
865 volume as the input audio, at the end of the fade-out transition
|
yading@10
|
866 the output audio will be silence. Default is 44100.
|
yading@10
|
867
|
yading@10
|
868
|
yading@10
|
869 =item B<start_time, st>
|
yading@10
|
870
|
yading@10
|
871 Specify time for starting to apply the fade effect. Default is 0.
|
yading@10
|
872 The accepted syntax is:
|
yading@10
|
873
|
yading@10
|
874 [-]HH[:MM[:SS[.m...]]]
|
yading@10
|
875 [-]S+[.m...]
|
yading@10
|
876
|
yading@10
|
877 See also the function C<av_parse_time()>.
|
yading@10
|
878 If set this option is used instead of I<start_sample> one.
|
yading@10
|
879
|
yading@10
|
880
|
yading@10
|
881 =item B<duration, d>
|
yading@10
|
882
|
yading@10
|
883 Specify the duration for which the fade effect has to last. Default is 0.
|
yading@10
|
884 The accepted syntax is:
|
yading@10
|
885
|
yading@10
|
886 [-]HH[:MM[:SS[.m...]]]
|
yading@10
|
887 [-]S+[.m...]
|
yading@10
|
888
|
yading@10
|
889 See also the function C<av_parse_time()>.
|
yading@10
|
890 At the end of the fade-in effect the output audio will have the same
|
yading@10
|
891 volume as the input audio, at the end of the fade-out transition
|
yading@10
|
892 the output audio will be silence.
|
yading@10
|
893 If set this option is used instead of I<nb_samples> one.
|
yading@10
|
894
|
yading@10
|
895
|
yading@10
|
896 =item B<curve>
|
yading@10
|
897
|
yading@10
|
898 Set curve for fade transition.
|
yading@10
|
899
|
yading@10
|
900 It accepts the following values:
|
yading@10
|
901
|
yading@10
|
902 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
903
|
yading@10
|
904
|
yading@10
|
905 =item B<tri>
|
yading@10
|
906
|
yading@10
|
907 select triangular, linear slope (default)
|
yading@10
|
908
|
yading@10
|
909 =item B<qsin>
|
yading@10
|
910
|
yading@10
|
911 select quarter of sine wave
|
yading@10
|
912
|
yading@10
|
913 =item B<hsin>
|
yading@10
|
914
|
yading@10
|
915 select half of sine wave
|
yading@10
|
916
|
yading@10
|
917 =item B<esin>
|
yading@10
|
918
|
yading@10
|
919 select exponential sine wave
|
yading@10
|
920
|
yading@10
|
921 =item B<log>
|
yading@10
|
922
|
yading@10
|
923 select logarithmic
|
yading@10
|
924
|
yading@10
|
925 =item B<par>
|
yading@10
|
926
|
yading@10
|
927 select inverted parabola
|
yading@10
|
928
|
yading@10
|
929 =item B<qua>
|
yading@10
|
930
|
yading@10
|
931 select quadratic
|
yading@10
|
932
|
yading@10
|
933 =item B<cub>
|
yading@10
|
934
|
yading@10
|
935 select cubic
|
yading@10
|
936
|
yading@10
|
937 =item B<squ>
|
yading@10
|
938
|
yading@10
|
939 select square root
|
yading@10
|
940
|
yading@10
|
941 =item B<cbr>
|
yading@10
|
942
|
yading@10
|
943 select cubic root
|
yading@10
|
944
|
yading@10
|
945 =back
|
yading@10
|
946
|
yading@10
|
947
|
yading@10
|
948 =back
|
yading@10
|
949
|
yading@10
|
950
|
yading@10
|
951
|
yading@10
|
952 =head3 Examples
|
yading@10
|
953
|
yading@10
|
954
|
yading@10
|
955
|
yading@10
|
956 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
957
|
yading@10
|
958
|
yading@10
|
959 =item *
|
yading@10
|
960
|
yading@10
|
961 Fade in first 15 seconds of audio:
|
yading@10
|
962
|
yading@10
|
963 afade=t=in:ss=0:d=15
|
yading@10
|
964
|
yading@10
|
965
|
yading@10
|
966
|
yading@10
|
967 =item *
|
yading@10
|
968
|
yading@10
|
969 Fade out last 25 seconds of a 900 seconds audio:
|
yading@10
|
970
|
yading@10
|
971 afade=t=out:ss=875:d=25
|
yading@10
|
972
|
yading@10
|
973
|
yading@10
|
974 =back
|
yading@10
|
975
|
yading@10
|
976
|
yading@10
|
977
|
yading@10
|
978
|
yading@10
|
979 =head2 aformat
|
yading@10
|
980
|
yading@10
|
981
|
yading@10
|
982 Set output format constraints for the input audio. The framework will
|
yading@10
|
983 negotiate the most appropriate format to minimize conversions.
|
yading@10
|
984
|
yading@10
|
985 The filter accepts the following named parameters:
|
yading@10
|
986
|
yading@10
|
987 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
988
|
yading@10
|
989
|
yading@10
|
990
|
yading@10
|
991 =item B<sample_fmts>
|
yading@10
|
992
|
yading@10
|
993 A '|'-separated list of requested sample formats.
|
yading@10
|
994
|
yading@10
|
995
|
yading@10
|
996 =item B<sample_rates>
|
yading@10
|
997
|
yading@10
|
998 A '|'-separated list of requested sample rates.
|
yading@10
|
999
|
yading@10
|
1000
|
yading@10
|
1001 =item B<channel_layouts>
|
yading@10
|
1002
|
yading@10
|
1003 A '|'-separated list of requested channel layouts.
|
yading@10
|
1004
|
yading@10
|
1005
|
yading@10
|
1006 =back
|
yading@10
|
1007
|
yading@10
|
1008
|
yading@10
|
1009 If a parameter is omitted, all values are allowed.
|
yading@10
|
1010
|
yading@10
|
1011 For example to force the output to either unsigned 8-bit or signed 16-bit stereo:
|
yading@10
|
1012
|
yading@10
|
1013 aformat=sample_fmts=u8|s16:channel_layouts=stereo
|
yading@10
|
1014
|
yading@10
|
1015
|
yading@10
|
1016
|
yading@10
|
1017 =head2 amerge
|
yading@10
|
1018
|
yading@10
|
1019
|
yading@10
|
1020 Merge two or more audio streams into a single multi-channel stream.
|
yading@10
|
1021
|
yading@10
|
1022 The filter accepts the following options:
|
yading@10
|
1023
|
yading@10
|
1024
|
yading@10
|
1025 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
1026
|
yading@10
|
1027
|
yading@10
|
1028
|
yading@10
|
1029 =item B<inputs>
|
yading@10
|
1030
|
yading@10
|
1031 Set the number of inputs. Default is 2.
|
yading@10
|
1032
|
yading@10
|
1033
|
yading@10
|
1034 =back
|
yading@10
|
1035
|
yading@10
|
1036
|
yading@10
|
1037 If the channel layouts of the inputs are disjoint, and therefore compatible,
|
yading@10
|
1038 the channel layout of the output will be set accordingly and the channels
|
yading@10
|
1039 will be reordered as necessary. If the channel layouts of the inputs are not
|
yading@10
|
1040 disjoint, the output will have all the channels of the first input then all
|
yading@10
|
1041 the channels of the second input, in that order, and the channel layout of
|
yading@10
|
1042 the output will be the default value corresponding to the total number of
|
yading@10
|
1043 channels.
|
yading@10
|
1044
|
yading@10
|
1045 For example, if the first input is in 2.1 (FL+FR+LF) and the second input
|
yading@10
|
1046 is FC+BL+BR, then the output will be in 5.1, with the channels in the
|
yading@10
|
1047 following order: a1, a2, b1, a3, b2, b3 (a1 is the first channel of the
|
yading@10
|
1048 first input, b1 is the first channel of the second input).
|
yading@10
|
1049
|
yading@10
|
1050 On the other hand, if both input are in stereo, the output channels will be
|
yading@10
|
1051 in the default order: a1, a2, b1, b2, and the channel layout will be
|
yading@10
|
1052 arbitrarily set to 4.0, which may or may not be the expected value.
|
yading@10
|
1053
|
yading@10
|
1054 All inputs must have the same sample rate, and format.
|
yading@10
|
1055
|
yading@10
|
1056 If inputs do not have the same duration, the output will stop with the
|
yading@10
|
1057 shortest.
|
yading@10
|
1058
|
yading@10
|
1059
|
yading@10
|
1060 =head3 Examples
|
yading@10
|
1061
|
yading@10
|
1062
|
yading@10
|
1063
|
yading@10
|
1064 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
1065
|
yading@10
|
1066
|
yading@10
|
1067 =item *
|
yading@10
|
1068
|
yading@10
|
1069 Merge two mono files into a stereo stream:
|
yading@10
|
1070
|
yading@10
|
1071 amovie=left.wav [l] ; amovie=right.mp3 [r] ; [l] [r] amerge
|
yading@10
|
1072
|
yading@10
|
1073
|
yading@10
|
1074
|
yading@10
|
1075 =item *
|
yading@10
|
1076
|
yading@10
|
1077 Multiple merges assuming 1 video stream and 6 audio streams in F<input.mkv>:
|
yading@10
|
1078
|
yading@10
|
1079 ffmpeg -i input.mkv -filter_complex "[0:1][0:2][0:3][0:4][0:5][0:6] amerge=inputs=6" -c:a pcm_s16le output.mkv
|
yading@10
|
1080
|
yading@10
|
1081
|
yading@10
|
1082 =back
|
yading@10
|
1083
|
yading@10
|
1084
|
yading@10
|
1085
|
yading@10
|
1086 =head2 amix
|
yading@10
|
1087
|
yading@10
|
1088
|
yading@10
|
1089 Mixes multiple audio inputs into a single output.
|
yading@10
|
1090
|
yading@10
|
1091 For example
|
yading@10
|
1092
|
yading@10
|
1093 ffmpeg -i INPUT1 -i INPUT2 -i INPUT3 -filter_complex amix=inputs=3:duration=first:dropout_transition=3 OUTPUT
|
yading@10
|
1094
|
yading@10
|
1095 will mix 3 input audio streams to a single output with the same duration as the
|
yading@10
|
1096 first input and a dropout transition time of 3 seconds.
|
yading@10
|
1097
|
yading@10
|
1098 The filter accepts the following named parameters:
|
yading@10
|
1099
|
yading@10
|
1100 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
1101
|
yading@10
|
1102
|
yading@10
|
1103
|
yading@10
|
1104 =item B<inputs>
|
yading@10
|
1105
|
yading@10
|
1106 Number of inputs. If unspecified, it defaults to 2.
|
yading@10
|
1107
|
yading@10
|
1108
|
yading@10
|
1109 =item B<duration>
|
yading@10
|
1110
|
yading@10
|
1111 How to determine the end-of-stream.
|
yading@10
|
1112
|
yading@10
|
1113 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
1114
|
yading@10
|
1115
|
yading@10
|
1116
|
yading@10
|
1117 =item B<longest>
|
yading@10
|
1118
|
yading@10
|
1119 Duration of longest input. (default)
|
yading@10
|
1120
|
yading@10
|
1121
|
yading@10
|
1122 =item B<shortest>
|
yading@10
|
1123
|
yading@10
|
1124 Duration of shortest input.
|
yading@10
|
1125
|
yading@10
|
1126
|
yading@10
|
1127 =item B<first>
|
yading@10
|
1128
|
yading@10
|
1129 Duration of first input.
|
yading@10
|
1130
|
yading@10
|
1131
|
yading@10
|
1132 =back
|
yading@10
|
1133
|
yading@10
|
1134
|
yading@10
|
1135
|
yading@10
|
1136 =item B<dropout_transition>
|
yading@10
|
1137
|
yading@10
|
1138 Transition time, in seconds, for volume renormalization when an input
|
yading@10
|
1139 stream ends. The default value is 2 seconds.
|
yading@10
|
1140
|
yading@10
|
1141
|
yading@10
|
1142 =back
|
yading@10
|
1143
|
yading@10
|
1144
|
yading@10
|
1145
|
yading@10
|
1146 =head2 anull
|
yading@10
|
1147
|
yading@10
|
1148
|
yading@10
|
1149 Pass the audio source unchanged to the output.
|
yading@10
|
1150
|
yading@10
|
1151
|
yading@10
|
1152 =head2 apad
|
yading@10
|
1153
|
yading@10
|
1154
|
yading@10
|
1155 Pad the end of a audio stream with silence, this can be used together with
|
yading@10
|
1156 -shortest to extend audio streams to the same length as the video stream.
|
yading@10
|
1157
|
yading@10
|
1158
|
yading@10
|
1159 =head2 aphaser
|
yading@10
|
1160
|
yading@10
|
1161 Add a phasing effect to the input audio.
|
yading@10
|
1162
|
yading@10
|
1163 A phaser filter creates series of peaks and troughs in the frequency spectrum.
|
yading@10
|
1164 The position of the peaks and troughs are modulated so that they vary over time, creating a sweeping effect.
|
yading@10
|
1165
|
yading@10
|
1166 A description of the accepted parameters follows.
|
yading@10
|
1167
|
yading@10
|
1168
|
yading@10
|
1169 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
1170
|
yading@10
|
1171
|
yading@10
|
1172 =item B<in_gain>
|
yading@10
|
1173
|
yading@10
|
1174 Set input gain. Default is 0.4.
|
yading@10
|
1175
|
yading@10
|
1176
|
yading@10
|
1177 =item B<out_gain>
|
yading@10
|
1178
|
yading@10
|
1179 Set output gain. Default is 0.74
|
yading@10
|
1180
|
yading@10
|
1181
|
yading@10
|
1182 =item B<delay>
|
yading@10
|
1183
|
yading@10
|
1184 Set delay in milliseconds. Default is 3.0.
|
yading@10
|
1185
|
yading@10
|
1186
|
yading@10
|
1187 =item B<decay>
|
yading@10
|
1188
|
yading@10
|
1189 Set decay. Default is 0.4.
|
yading@10
|
1190
|
yading@10
|
1191
|
yading@10
|
1192 =item B<speed>
|
yading@10
|
1193
|
yading@10
|
1194 Set modulation speed in Hz. Default is 0.5.
|
yading@10
|
1195
|
yading@10
|
1196
|
yading@10
|
1197 =item B<type>
|
yading@10
|
1198
|
yading@10
|
1199 Set modulation type. Default is triangular.
|
yading@10
|
1200
|
yading@10
|
1201 It accepts the following values:
|
yading@10
|
1202
|
yading@10
|
1203 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
1204
|
yading@10
|
1205
|
yading@10
|
1206 =item B<triangular, t>
|
yading@10
|
1207
|
yading@10
|
1208
|
yading@10
|
1209 =item B<sinusoidal, s>
|
yading@10
|
1210
|
yading@10
|
1211
|
yading@10
|
1212 =back
|
yading@10
|
1213
|
yading@10
|
1214
|
yading@10
|
1215 =back
|
yading@10
|
1216
|
yading@10
|
1217
|
yading@10
|
1218
|
yading@10
|
1219
|
yading@10
|
1220 =head2 aresample
|
yading@10
|
1221
|
yading@10
|
1222
|
yading@10
|
1223 Resample the input audio to the specified parameters, using the
|
yading@10
|
1224 libswresample library. If none are specified then the filter will
|
yading@10
|
1225 automatically convert between its input and output.
|
yading@10
|
1226
|
yading@10
|
1227 This filter is also able to stretch/squeeze the audio data to make it match
|
yading@10
|
1228 the timestamps or to inject silence / cut out audio to make it match the
|
yading@10
|
1229 timestamps, do a combination of both or do neither.
|
yading@10
|
1230
|
yading@10
|
1231 The filter accepts the syntax
|
yading@10
|
1232 [I<sample_rate>:]I<resampler_options>, where I<sample_rate>
|
yading@10
|
1233 expresses a sample rate and I<resampler_options> is a list of
|
yading@10
|
1234 I<key>=I<value> pairs, separated by ":". See the
|
yading@10
|
1235 ffmpeg-resampler manual for the complete list of supported options.
|
yading@10
|
1236
|
yading@10
|
1237
|
yading@10
|
1238 =head3 Examples
|
yading@10
|
1239
|
yading@10
|
1240
|
yading@10
|
1241
|
yading@10
|
1242 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
1243
|
yading@10
|
1244
|
yading@10
|
1245 =item *
|
yading@10
|
1246
|
yading@10
|
1247 Resample the input audio to 44100Hz:
|
yading@10
|
1248
|
yading@10
|
1249 aresample=44100
|
yading@10
|
1250
|
yading@10
|
1251
|
yading@10
|
1252
|
yading@10
|
1253 =item *
|
yading@10
|
1254
|
yading@10
|
1255 Stretch/squeeze samples to the given timestamps, with a maximum of 1000
|
yading@10
|
1256 samples per second compensation:
|
yading@10
|
1257
|
yading@10
|
1258 aresample=async=1000
|
yading@10
|
1259
|
yading@10
|
1260
|
yading@10
|
1261 =back
|
yading@10
|
1262
|
yading@10
|
1263
|
yading@10
|
1264
|
yading@10
|
1265 =head2 asetnsamples
|
yading@10
|
1266
|
yading@10
|
1267
|
yading@10
|
1268 Set the number of samples per each output audio frame.
|
yading@10
|
1269
|
yading@10
|
1270 The last output packet may contain a different number of samples, as
|
yading@10
|
1271 the filter will flush all the remaining samples when the input audio
|
yading@10
|
1272 signal its end.
|
yading@10
|
1273
|
yading@10
|
1274 The filter accepts the following options:
|
yading@10
|
1275
|
yading@10
|
1276
|
yading@10
|
1277 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
1278
|
yading@10
|
1279
|
yading@10
|
1280
|
yading@10
|
1281 =item B<nb_out_samples, n>
|
yading@10
|
1282
|
yading@10
|
1283 Set the number of frames per each output audio frame. The number is
|
yading@10
|
1284 intended as the number of samples I<per each channel>.
|
yading@10
|
1285 Default value is 1024.
|
yading@10
|
1286
|
yading@10
|
1287
|
yading@10
|
1288 =item B<pad, p>
|
yading@10
|
1289
|
yading@10
|
1290 If set to 1, the filter will pad the last audio frame with zeroes, so
|
yading@10
|
1291 that the last frame will contain the same number of samples as the
|
yading@10
|
1292 previous ones. Default value is 1.
|
yading@10
|
1293
|
yading@10
|
1294 =back
|
yading@10
|
1295
|
yading@10
|
1296
|
yading@10
|
1297 For example, to set the number of per-frame samples to 1234 and
|
yading@10
|
1298 disable padding for the last frame, use:
|
yading@10
|
1299
|
yading@10
|
1300 asetnsamples=n=1234:p=0
|
yading@10
|
1301
|
yading@10
|
1302
|
yading@10
|
1303
|
yading@10
|
1304 =head2 ashowinfo
|
yading@10
|
1305
|
yading@10
|
1306
|
yading@10
|
1307 Show a line containing various information for each input audio frame.
|
yading@10
|
1308 The input audio is not modified.
|
yading@10
|
1309
|
yading@10
|
1310 The shown line contains a sequence of key/value pairs of the form
|
yading@10
|
1311 I<key>:I<value>.
|
yading@10
|
1312
|
yading@10
|
1313 A description of each shown parameter follows:
|
yading@10
|
1314
|
yading@10
|
1315
|
yading@10
|
1316 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
1317
|
yading@10
|
1318
|
yading@10
|
1319 =item B<n>
|
yading@10
|
1320
|
yading@10
|
1321 sequential number of the input frame, starting from 0
|
yading@10
|
1322
|
yading@10
|
1323
|
yading@10
|
1324 =item B<pts>
|
yading@10
|
1325
|
yading@10
|
1326 Presentation timestamp of the input frame, in time base units; the time base
|
yading@10
|
1327 depends on the filter input pad, and is usually 1/I<sample_rate>.
|
yading@10
|
1328
|
yading@10
|
1329
|
yading@10
|
1330 =item B<pts_time>
|
yading@10
|
1331
|
yading@10
|
1332 presentation timestamp of the input frame in seconds
|
yading@10
|
1333
|
yading@10
|
1334
|
yading@10
|
1335 =item B<pos>
|
yading@10
|
1336
|
yading@10
|
1337 position of the frame in the input stream, -1 if this information in
|
yading@10
|
1338 unavailable and/or meaningless (for example in case of synthetic audio)
|
yading@10
|
1339
|
yading@10
|
1340
|
yading@10
|
1341 =item B<fmt>
|
yading@10
|
1342
|
yading@10
|
1343 sample format
|
yading@10
|
1344
|
yading@10
|
1345
|
yading@10
|
1346 =item B<chlayout>
|
yading@10
|
1347
|
yading@10
|
1348 channel layout
|
yading@10
|
1349
|
yading@10
|
1350
|
yading@10
|
1351 =item B<rate>
|
yading@10
|
1352
|
yading@10
|
1353 sample rate for the audio frame
|
yading@10
|
1354
|
yading@10
|
1355
|
yading@10
|
1356 =item B<nb_samples>
|
yading@10
|
1357
|
yading@10
|
1358 number of samples (per channel) in the frame
|
yading@10
|
1359
|
yading@10
|
1360
|
yading@10
|
1361 =item B<checksum>
|
yading@10
|
1362
|
yading@10
|
1363 Adler-32 checksum (printed in hexadecimal) of the audio data. For planar audio
|
yading@10
|
1364 the data is treated as if all the planes were concatenated.
|
yading@10
|
1365
|
yading@10
|
1366
|
yading@10
|
1367 =item B<plane_checksums>
|
yading@10
|
1368
|
yading@10
|
1369 A list of Adler-32 checksums for each data plane.
|
yading@10
|
1370
|
yading@10
|
1371 =back
|
yading@10
|
1372
|
yading@10
|
1373
|
yading@10
|
1374
|
yading@10
|
1375 =head2 astreamsync
|
yading@10
|
1376
|
yading@10
|
1377
|
yading@10
|
1378 Forward two audio streams and control the order the buffers are forwarded.
|
yading@10
|
1379
|
yading@10
|
1380 The filter accepts the following options:
|
yading@10
|
1381
|
yading@10
|
1382
|
yading@10
|
1383 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
1384
|
yading@10
|
1385
|
yading@10
|
1386 =item B<expr, e>
|
yading@10
|
1387
|
yading@10
|
1388 Set the expression deciding which stream should be
|
yading@10
|
1389 forwarded next: if the result is negative, the first stream is forwarded; if
|
yading@10
|
1390 the result is positive or zero, the second stream is forwarded. It can use
|
yading@10
|
1391 the following variables:
|
yading@10
|
1392
|
yading@10
|
1393
|
yading@10
|
1394 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
1395
|
yading@10
|
1396
|
yading@10
|
1397 =item I<b1 b2>
|
yading@10
|
1398
|
yading@10
|
1399 number of buffers forwarded so far on each stream
|
yading@10
|
1400
|
yading@10
|
1401 =item I<s1 s2>
|
yading@10
|
1402
|
yading@10
|
1403 number of samples forwarded so far on each stream
|
yading@10
|
1404
|
yading@10
|
1405 =item I<t1 t2>
|
yading@10
|
1406
|
yading@10
|
1407 current timestamp of each stream
|
yading@10
|
1408
|
yading@10
|
1409 =back
|
yading@10
|
1410
|
yading@10
|
1411
|
yading@10
|
1412 The default value is C<t1-t2>, which means to always forward the stream
|
yading@10
|
1413 that has a smaller timestamp.
|
yading@10
|
1414
|
yading@10
|
1415 =back
|
yading@10
|
1416
|
yading@10
|
1417
|
yading@10
|
1418
|
yading@10
|
1419 =head3 Examples
|
yading@10
|
1420
|
yading@10
|
1421
|
yading@10
|
1422 Stress-test C<amerge> by randomly sending buffers on the wrong
|
yading@10
|
1423 input, while avoiding too much of a desynchronization:
|
yading@10
|
1424
|
yading@10
|
1425 amovie=file.ogg [a] ; amovie=file.mp3 [b] ;
|
yading@10
|
1426 [a] [b] astreamsync=(2*random(1))-1+tanh(5*(t1-t2)) [a2] [b2] ;
|
yading@10
|
1427 [a2] [b2] amerge
|
yading@10
|
1428
|
yading@10
|
1429
|
yading@10
|
1430
|
yading@10
|
1431 =head2 atempo
|
yading@10
|
1432
|
yading@10
|
1433
|
yading@10
|
1434 Adjust audio tempo.
|
yading@10
|
1435
|
yading@10
|
1436 The filter accepts exactly one parameter, the audio tempo. If not
|
yading@10
|
1437 specified then the filter will assume nominal 1.0 tempo. Tempo must
|
yading@10
|
1438 be in the [0.5, 2.0] range.
|
yading@10
|
1439
|
yading@10
|
1440
|
yading@10
|
1441 =head3 Examples
|
yading@10
|
1442
|
yading@10
|
1443
|
yading@10
|
1444
|
yading@10
|
1445 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
1446
|
yading@10
|
1447
|
yading@10
|
1448 =item *
|
yading@10
|
1449
|
yading@10
|
1450 Slow down audio to 80% tempo:
|
yading@10
|
1451
|
yading@10
|
1452 atempo=0.8
|
yading@10
|
1453
|
yading@10
|
1454
|
yading@10
|
1455
|
yading@10
|
1456 =item *
|
yading@10
|
1457
|
yading@10
|
1458 To speed up audio to 125% tempo:
|
yading@10
|
1459
|
yading@10
|
1460 atempo=1.25
|
yading@10
|
1461
|
yading@10
|
1462
|
yading@10
|
1463 =back
|
yading@10
|
1464
|
yading@10
|
1465
|
yading@10
|
1466
|
yading@10
|
1467 =head2 earwax
|
yading@10
|
1468
|
yading@10
|
1469
|
yading@10
|
1470 Make audio easier to listen to on headphones.
|
yading@10
|
1471
|
yading@10
|
1472 This filter adds `cues' to 44.1kHz stereo (i.e. audio CD format) audio
|
yading@10
|
1473 so that when listened to on headphones the stereo image is moved from
|
yading@10
|
1474 inside your head (standard for headphones) to outside and in front of
|
yading@10
|
1475 the listener (standard for speakers).
|
yading@10
|
1476
|
yading@10
|
1477 Ported from SoX.
|
yading@10
|
1478
|
yading@10
|
1479
|
yading@10
|
1480 =head2 pan
|
yading@10
|
1481
|
yading@10
|
1482
|
yading@10
|
1483 Mix channels with specific gain levels. The filter accepts the output
|
yading@10
|
1484 channel layout followed by a set of channels definitions.
|
yading@10
|
1485
|
yading@10
|
1486 This filter is also designed to remap efficiently the channels of an audio
|
yading@10
|
1487 stream.
|
yading@10
|
1488
|
yading@10
|
1489 The filter accepts parameters of the form:
|
yading@10
|
1490 "I<l>:I<outdef>:I<outdef>:..."
|
yading@10
|
1491
|
yading@10
|
1492
|
yading@10
|
1493 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
1494
|
yading@10
|
1495
|
yading@10
|
1496 =item B<l>
|
yading@10
|
1497
|
yading@10
|
1498 output channel layout or number of channels
|
yading@10
|
1499
|
yading@10
|
1500
|
yading@10
|
1501 =item B<outdef>
|
yading@10
|
1502
|
yading@10
|
1503 output channel specification, of the form:
|
yading@10
|
1504 "I<out_name>=[I<gain>*]I<in_name>[+[I<gain>*]I<in_name>...]"
|
yading@10
|
1505
|
yading@10
|
1506
|
yading@10
|
1507 =item B<out_name>
|
yading@10
|
1508
|
yading@10
|
1509 output channel to define, either a channel name (FL, FR, etc.) or a channel
|
yading@10
|
1510 number (c0, c1, etc.)
|
yading@10
|
1511
|
yading@10
|
1512
|
yading@10
|
1513 =item B<gain>
|
yading@10
|
1514
|
yading@10
|
1515 multiplicative coefficient for the channel, 1 leaving the volume unchanged
|
yading@10
|
1516
|
yading@10
|
1517
|
yading@10
|
1518 =item B<in_name>
|
yading@10
|
1519
|
yading@10
|
1520 input channel to use, see out_name for details; it is not possible to mix
|
yading@10
|
1521 named and numbered input channels
|
yading@10
|
1522
|
yading@10
|
1523 =back
|
yading@10
|
1524
|
yading@10
|
1525
|
yading@10
|
1526 If the `=' in a channel specification is replaced by `E<lt>', then the gains for
|
yading@10
|
1527 that specification will be renormalized so that the total is 1, thus
|
yading@10
|
1528 avoiding clipping noise.
|
yading@10
|
1529
|
yading@10
|
1530
|
yading@10
|
1531 =head3 Mixing examples
|
yading@10
|
1532
|
yading@10
|
1533
|
yading@10
|
1534 For example, if you want to down-mix from stereo to mono, but with a bigger
|
yading@10
|
1535 factor for the left channel:
|
yading@10
|
1536
|
yading@10
|
1537 pan=1:c0=0.9*c0+0.1*c1
|
yading@10
|
1538
|
yading@10
|
1539
|
yading@10
|
1540 A customized down-mix to stereo that works automatically for 3-, 4-, 5- and
|
yading@10
|
1541 7-channels surround:
|
yading@10
|
1542
|
yading@10
|
1543 pan=stereo: FL < FL + 0.5*FC + 0.6*BL + 0.6*SL : FR < FR + 0.5*FC + 0.6*BR + 0.6*SR
|
yading@10
|
1544
|
yading@10
|
1545
|
yading@10
|
1546 Note that B<ffmpeg> integrates a default down-mix (and up-mix) system
|
yading@10
|
1547 that should be preferred (see "-ac" option) unless you have very specific
|
yading@10
|
1548 needs.
|
yading@10
|
1549
|
yading@10
|
1550
|
yading@10
|
1551 =head3 Remapping examples
|
yading@10
|
1552
|
yading@10
|
1553
|
yading@10
|
1554 The channel remapping will be effective if, and only if:
|
yading@10
|
1555
|
yading@10
|
1556
|
yading@10
|
1557 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
1558
|
yading@10
|
1559
|
yading@10
|
1560 =item *<gain coefficients are zeroes or ones,>
|
yading@10
|
1561
|
yading@10
|
1562
|
yading@10
|
1563 =item *<only one input per channel output,>
|
yading@10
|
1564
|
yading@10
|
1565
|
yading@10
|
1566 =back
|
yading@10
|
1567
|
yading@10
|
1568
|
yading@10
|
1569 If all these conditions are satisfied, the filter will notify the user ("Pure
|
yading@10
|
1570 channel mapping detected"), and use an optimized and lossless method to do the
|
yading@10
|
1571 remapping.
|
yading@10
|
1572
|
yading@10
|
1573 For example, if you have a 5.1 source and want a stereo audio stream by
|
yading@10
|
1574 dropping the extra channels:
|
yading@10
|
1575
|
yading@10
|
1576 pan="stereo: c0=FL : c1=FR"
|
yading@10
|
1577
|
yading@10
|
1578
|
yading@10
|
1579 Given the same source, you can also switch front left and front right channels
|
yading@10
|
1580 and keep the input channel layout:
|
yading@10
|
1581
|
yading@10
|
1582 pan="5.1: c0=c1 : c1=c0 : c2=c2 : c3=c3 : c4=c4 : c5=c5"
|
yading@10
|
1583
|
yading@10
|
1584
|
yading@10
|
1585 If the input is a stereo audio stream, you can mute the front left channel (and
|
yading@10
|
1586 still keep the stereo channel layout) with:
|
yading@10
|
1587
|
yading@10
|
1588 pan="stereo:c1=c1"
|
yading@10
|
1589
|
yading@10
|
1590
|
yading@10
|
1591 Still with a stereo audio stream input, you can copy the right channel in both
|
yading@10
|
1592 front left and right:
|
yading@10
|
1593
|
yading@10
|
1594 pan="stereo: c0=FR : c1=FR"
|
yading@10
|
1595
|
yading@10
|
1596
|
yading@10
|
1597
|
yading@10
|
1598 =head2 silencedetect
|
yading@10
|
1599
|
yading@10
|
1600
|
yading@10
|
1601 Detect silence in an audio stream.
|
yading@10
|
1602
|
yading@10
|
1603 This filter logs a message when it detects that the input audio volume is less
|
yading@10
|
1604 or equal to a noise tolerance value for a duration greater or equal to the
|
yading@10
|
1605 minimum detected noise duration.
|
yading@10
|
1606
|
yading@10
|
1607 The printed times and duration are expressed in seconds.
|
yading@10
|
1608
|
yading@10
|
1609 The filter accepts the following options:
|
yading@10
|
1610
|
yading@10
|
1611
|
yading@10
|
1612 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
1613
|
yading@10
|
1614
|
yading@10
|
1615 =item B<duration, d>
|
yading@10
|
1616
|
yading@10
|
1617 Set silence duration until notification (default is 2 seconds).
|
yading@10
|
1618
|
yading@10
|
1619
|
yading@10
|
1620 =item B<noise, n>
|
yading@10
|
1621
|
yading@10
|
1622 Set noise tolerance. Can be specified in dB (in case "dB" is appended to the
|
yading@10
|
1623 specified value) or amplitude ratio. Default is -60dB, or 0.001.
|
yading@10
|
1624
|
yading@10
|
1625 =back
|
yading@10
|
1626
|
yading@10
|
1627
|
yading@10
|
1628
|
yading@10
|
1629 =head3 Examples
|
yading@10
|
1630
|
yading@10
|
1631
|
yading@10
|
1632
|
yading@10
|
1633 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
1634
|
yading@10
|
1635
|
yading@10
|
1636 =item *
|
yading@10
|
1637
|
yading@10
|
1638 Detect 5 seconds of silence with -50dB noise tolerance:
|
yading@10
|
1639
|
yading@10
|
1640 silencedetect=n=-50dB:d=5
|
yading@10
|
1641
|
yading@10
|
1642
|
yading@10
|
1643
|
yading@10
|
1644 =item *
|
yading@10
|
1645
|
yading@10
|
1646 Complete example with B<ffmpeg> to detect silence with 0.0001 noise
|
yading@10
|
1647 tolerance in F<silence.mp3>:
|
yading@10
|
1648
|
yading@10
|
1649 ffmpeg -i silence.mp3 -af silencedetect=noise=0.0001 -f null -
|
yading@10
|
1650
|
yading@10
|
1651
|
yading@10
|
1652 =back
|
yading@10
|
1653
|
yading@10
|
1654
|
yading@10
|
1655
|
yading@10
|
1656 =head2 asyncts
|
yading@10
|
1657
|
yading@10
|
1658 Synchronize audio data with timestamps by squeezing/stretching it and/or
|
yading@10
|
1659 dropping samples/adding silence when needed.
|
yading@10
|
1660
|
yading@10
|
1661 This filter is not built by default, please use aresample to do squeezing/stretching.
|
yading@10
|
1662
|
yading@10
|
1663 The filter accepts the following named parameters:
|
yading@10
|
1664
|
yading@10
|
1665 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
1666
|
yading@10
|
1667
|
yading@10
|
1668
|
yading@10
|
1669 =item B<compensate>
|
yading@10
|
1670
|
yading@10
|
1671 Enable stretching/squeezing the data to make it match the timestamps. Disabled
|
yading@10
|
1672 by default. When disabled, time gaps are covered with silence.
|
yading@10
|
1673
|
yading@10
|
1674
|
yading@10
|
1675 =item B<min_delta>
|
yading@10
|
1676
|
yading@10
|
1677 Minimum difference between timestamps and audio data (in seconds) to trigger
|
yading@10
|
1678 adding/dropping samples. Default value is 0.1. If you get non-perfect sync with
|
yading@10
|
1679 this filter, try setting this parameter to 0.
|
yading@10
|
1680
|
yading@10
|
1681
|
yading@10
|
1682 =item B<max_comp>
|
yading@10
|
1683
|
yading@10
|
1684 Maximum compensation in samples per second. Relevant only with compensate=1.
|
yading@10
|
1685 Default value 500.
|
yading@10
|
1686
|
yading@10
|
1687
|
yading@10
|
1688 =item B<first_pts>
|
yading@10
|
1689
|
yading@10
|
1690 Assume the first pts should be this value. The time base is 1 / sample rate.
|
yading@10
|
1691 This allows for padding/trimming at the start of stream. By default, no
|
yading@10
|
1692 assumption is made about the first frame's expected pts, so no padding or
|
yading@10
|
1693 trimming is done. For example, this could be set to 0 to pad the beginning with
|
yading@10
|
1694 silence if an audio stream starts after the video stream or to trim any samples
|
yading@10
|
1695 with a negative pts due to encoder delay.
|
yading@10
|
1696
|
yading@10
|
1697
|
yading@10
|
1698 =back
|
yading@10
|
1699
|
yading@10
|
1700
|
yading@10
|
1701
|
yading@10
|
1702 =head2 channelsplit
|
yading@10
|
1703
|
yading@10
|
1704 Split each channel in input audio stream into a separate output stream.
|
yading@10
|
1705
|
yading@10
|
1706 This filter accepts the following named parameters:
|
yading@10
|
1707
|
yading@10
|
1708 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
1709
|
yading@10
|
1710
|
yading@10
|
1711 =item B<channel_layout>
|
yading@10
|
1712
|
yading@10
|
1713 Channel layout of the input stream. Default is "stereo".
|
yading@10
|
1714
|
yading@10
|
1715 =back
|
yading@10
|
1716
|
yading@10
|
1717
|
yading@10
|
1718 For example, assuming a stereo input MP3 file
|
yading@10
|
1719
|
yading@10
|
1720 ffmpeg -i in.mp3 -filter_complex channelsplit out.mkv
|
yading@10
|
1721
|
yading@10
|
1722 will create an output Matroska file with two audio streams, one containing only
|
yading@10
|
1723 the left channel and the other the right channel.
|
yading@10
|
1724
|
yading@10
|
1725 To split a 5.1 WAV file into per-channel files
|
yading@10
|
1726
|
yading@10
|
1727 ffmpeg -i in.wav -filter_complex
|
yading@10
|
1728 'channelsplit=channel_layout=5.1[FL][FR][FC][LFE][SL][SR]'
|
yading@10
|
1729 -map '[FL]' front_left.wav -map '[FR]' front_right.wav -map '[FC]'
|
yading@10
|
1730 front_center.wav -map '[LFE]' lfe.wav -map '[SL]' side_left.wav -map '[SR]'
|
yading@10
|
1731 side_right.wav
|
yading@10
|
1732
|
yading@10
|
1733
|
yading@10
|
1734
|
yading@10
|
1735 =head2 channelmap
|
yading@10
|
1736
|
yading@10
|
1737 Remap input channels to new locations.
|
yading@10
|
1738
|
yading@10
|
1739 This filter accepts the following named parameters:
|
yading@10
|
1740
|
yading@10
|
1741 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
1742
|
yading@10
|
1743
|
yading@10
|
1744 =item B<channel_layout>
|
yading@10
|
1745
|
yading@10
|
1746 Channel layout of the output stream.
|
yading@10
|
1747
|
yading@10
|
1748
|
yading@10
|
1749 =item B<map>
|
yading@10
|
1750
|
yading@10
|
1751 Map channels from input to output. The argument is a '|'-separated list of
|
yading@10
|
1752 mappings, each in the C<I<in_channel>-I<out_channel>> or
|
yading@10
|
1753 I<in_channel> form. I<in_channel> can be either the name of the input
|
yading@10
|
1754 channel (e.g. FL for front left) or its index in the input channel layout.
|
yading@10
|
1755 I<out_channel> is the name of the output channel or its index in the output
|
yading@10
|
1756 channel layout. If I<out_channel> is not given then it is implicitly an
|
yading@10
|
1757 index, starting with zero and increasing by one for each mapping.
|
yading@10
|
1758
|
yading@10
|
1759 =back
|
yading@10
|
1760
|
yading@10
|
1761
|
yading@10
|
1762 If no mapping is present, the filter will implicitly map input channels to
|
yading@10
|
1763 output channels preserving index.
|
yading@10
|
1764
|
yading@10
|
1765 For example, assuming a 5.1+downmix input MOV file
|
yading@10
|
1766
|
yading@10
|
1767 ffmpeg -i in.mov -filter 'channelmap=map=DL-FL|DR-FR' out.wav
|
yading@10
|
1768
|
yading@10
|
1769 will create an output WAV file tagged as stereo from the downmix channels of
|
yading@10
|
1770 the input.
|
yading@10
|
1771
|
yading@10
|
1772 To fix a 5.1 WAV improperly encoded in AAC's native channel order
|
yading@10
|
1773
|
yading@10
|
1774 ffmpeg -i in.wav -filter 'channelmap=1|2|0|5|3|4:channel_layout=5.1' out.wav
|
yading@10
|
1775
|
yading@10
|
1776
|
yading@10
|
1777
|
yading@10
|
1778 =head2 join
|
yading@10
|
1779
|
yading@10
|
1780 Join multiple input streams into one multi-channel stream.
|
yading@10
|
1781
|
yading@10
|
1782 The filter accepts the following named parameters:
|
yading@10
|
1783
|
yading@10
|
1784 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
1785
|
yading@10
|
1786
|
yading@10
|
1787
|
yading@10
|
1788 =item B<inputs>
|
yading@10
|
1789
|
yading@10
|
1790 Number of input streams. Defaults to 2.
|
yading@10
|
1791
|
yading@10
|
1792
|
yading@10
|
1793 =item B<channel_layout>
|
yading@10
|
1794
|
yading@10
|
1795 Desired output channel layout. Defaults to stereo.
|
yading@10
|
1796
|
yading@10
|
1797
|
yading@10
|
1798 =item B<map>
|
yading@10
|
1799
|
yading@10
|
1800 Map channels from inputs to output. The argument is a '|'-separated list of
|
yading@10
|
1801 mappings, each in the C<I<input_idx>.I<in_channel>-I<out_channel>>
|
yading@10
|
1802 form. I<input_idx> is the 0-based index of the input stream. I<in_channel>
|
yading@10
|
1803 can be either the name of the input channel (e.g. FL for front left) or its
|
yading@10
|
1804 index in the specified input stream. I<out_channel> is the name of the output
|
yading@10
|
1805 channel.
|
yading@10
|
1806
|
yading@10
|
1807 =back
|
yading@10
|
1808
|
yading@10
|
1809
|
yading@10
|
1810 The filter will attempt to guess the mappings when those are not specified
|
yading@10
|
1811 explicitly. It does so by first trying to find an unused matching input channel
|
yading@10
|
1812 and if that fails it picks the first unused input channel.
|
yading@10
|
1813
|
yading@10
|
1814 E.g. to join 3 inputs (with properly set channel layouts)
|
yading@10
|
1815
|
yading@10
|
1816 ffmpeg -i INPUT1 -i INPUT2 -i INPUT3 -filter_complex join=inputs=3 OUTPUT
|
yading@10
|
1817
|
yading@10
|
1818
|
yading@10
|
1819 To build a 5.1 output from 6 single-channel streams:
|
yading@10
|
1820
|
yading@10
|
1821 ffmpeg -i fl -i fr -i fc -i sl -i sr -i lfe -filter_complex
|
yading@10
|
1822 'join=inputs=6:channel_layout=5.1:map=0.0-FL|1.0-FR|2.0-FC|3.0-SL|4.0-SR|5.0-LFE'
|
yading@10
|
1823 out
|
yading@10
|
1824
|
yading@10
|
1825
|
yading@10
|
1826
|
yading@10
|
1827 =head2 resample
|
yading@10
|
1828
|
yading@10
|
1829 Convert the audio sample format, sample rate and channel layout. This filter is
|
yading@10
|
1830 not meant to be used directly.
|
yading@10
|
1831
|
yading@10
|
1832
|
yading@10
|
1833 =head2 volume
|
yading@10
|
1834
|
yading@10
|
1835
|
yading@10
|
1836 Adjust the input audio volume.
|
yading@10
|
1837
|
yading@10
|
1838 The filter accepts the following options:
|
yading@10
|
1839
|
yading@10
|
1840
|
yading@10
|
1841 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
1842
|
yading@10
|
1843
|
yading@10
|
1844
|
yading@10
|
1845 =item B<volume>
|
yading@10
|
1846
|
yading@10
|
1847 Expresses how the audio volume will be increased or decreased.
|
yading@10
|
1848
|
yading@10
|
1849 Output values are clipped to the maximum value.
|
yading@10
|
1850
|
yading@10
|
1851 The output audio volume is given by the relation:
|
yading@10
|
1852
|
yading@10
|
1853 <output_volume> = <volume> * <input_volume>
|
yading@10
|
1854
|
yading@10
|
1855
|
yading@10
|
1856 Default value for I<volume> is 1.0.
|
yading@10
|
1857
|
yading@10
|
1858
|
yading@10
|
1859 =item B<precision>
|
yading@10
|
1860
|
yading@10
|
1861 Set the mathematical precision.
|
yading@10
|
1862
|
yading@10
|
1863 This determines which input sample formats will be allowed, which affects the
|
yading@10
|
1864 precision of the volume scaling.
|
yading@10
|
1865
|
yading@10
|
1866
|
yading@10
|
1867 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
1868
|
yading@10
|
1869
|
yading@10
|
1870 =item B<fixed>
|
yading@10
|
1871
|
yading@10
|
1872 8-bit fixed-point; limits input sample format to U8, S16, and S32.
|
yading@10
|
1873
|
yading@10
|
1874 =item B<float>
|
yading@10
|
1875
|
yading@10
|
1876 32-bit floating-point; limits input sample format to FLT. (default)
|
yading@10
|
1877
|
yading@10
|
1878 =item B<double>
|
yading@10
|
1879
|
yading@10
|
1880 64-bit floating-point; limits input sample format to DBL.
|
yading@10
|
1881
|
yading@10
|
1882 =back
|
yading@10
|
1883
|
yading@10
|
1884
|
yading@10
|
1885 =back
|
yading@10
|
1886
|
yading@10
|
1887
|
yading@10
|
1888
|
yading@10
|
1889 =head3 Examples
|
yading@10
|
1890
|
yading@10
|
1891
|
yading@10
|
1892
|
yading@10
|
1893 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
1894
|
yading@10
|
1895
|
yading@10
|
1896 =item *
|
yading@10
|
1897
|
yading@10
|
1898 Halve the input audio volume:
|
yading@10
|
1899
|
yading@10
|
1900 volume=volume=0.5
|
yading@10
|
1901 volume=volume=1/2
|
yading@10
|
1902 volume=volume=-6.0206dB
|
yading@10
|
1903
|
yading@10
|
1904
|
yading@10
|
1905 In all the above example the named key for B<volume> can be
|
yading@10
|
1906 omitted, for example like in:
|
yading@10
|
1907
|
yading@10
|
1908 volume=0.5
|
yading@10
|
1909
|
yading@10
|
1910
|
yading@10
|
1911
|
yading@10
|
1912 =item *
|
yading@10
|
1913
|
yading@10
|
1914 Increase input audio power by 6 decibels using fixed-point precision:
|
yading@10
|
1915
|
yading@10
|
1916 volume=volume=6dB:precision=fixed
|
yading@10
|
1917
|
yading@10
|
1918
|
yading@10
|
1919 =back
|
yading@10
|
1920
|
yading@10
|
1921
|
yading@10
|
1922
|
yading@10
|
1923 =head2 volumedetect
|
yading@10
|
1924
|
yading@10
|
1925
|
yading@10
|
1926 Detect the volume of the input video.
|
yading@10
|
1927
|
yading@10
|
1928 The filter has no parameters. The input is not modified. Statistics about
|
yading@10
|
1929 the volume will be printed in the log when the input stream end is reached.
|
yading@10
|
1930
|
yading@10
|
1931 In particular it will show the mean volume (root mean square), maximum
|
yading@10
|
1932 volume (on a per-sample basis), and the beginning of an histogram of the
|
yading@10
|
1933 registered volume values (from the maximum value to a cumulated 1/1000 of
|
yading@10
|
1934 the samples).
|
yading@10
|
1935
|
yading@10
|
1936 All volumes are in decibels relative to the maximum PCM value.
|
yading@10
|
1937
|
yading@10
|
1938
|
yading@10
|
1939 =head3 Examples
|
yading@10
|
1940
|
yading@10
|
1941
|
yading@10
|
1942 Here is an excerpt of the output:
|
yading@10
|
1943
|
yading@10
|
1944 [Parsed_volumedetect_0 0xa23120] mean_volume: -27 dB
|
yading@10
|
1945 [Parsed_volumedetect_0 0xa23120] max_volume: -4 dB
|
yading@10
|
1946 [Parsed_volumedetect_0 0xa23120] histogram_4db: 6
|
yading@10
|
1947 [Parsed_volumedetect_0 0xa23120] histogram_5db: 62
|
yading@10
|
1948 [Parsed_volumedetect_0 0xa23120] histogram_6db: 286
|
yading@10
|
1949 [Parsed_volumedetect_0 0xa23120] histogram_7db: 1042
|
yading@10
|
1950 [Parsed_volumedetect_0 0xa23120] histogram_8db: 2551
|
yading@10
|
1951 [Parsed_volumedetect_0 0xa23120] histogram_9db: 4609
|
yading@10
|
1952 [Parsed_volumedetect_0 0xa23120] histogram_10db: 8409
|
yading@10
|
1953
|
yading@10
|
1954
|
yading@10
|
1955 It means that:
|
yading@10
|
1956
|
yading@10
|
1957 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
1958
|
yading@10
|
1959
|
yading@10
|
1960 =item *
|
yading@10
|
1961
|
yading@10
|
1962 The mean square energy is approximately -27 dB, or 10^-2.7.
|
yading@10
|
1963
|
yading@10
|
1964 =item *
|
yading@10
|
1965
|
yading@10
|
1966 The largest sample is at -4 dB, or more precisely between -4 dB and -5 dB.
|
yading@10
|
1967
|
yading@10
|
1968 =item *
|
yading@10
|
1969
|
yading@10
|
1970 There are 6 samples at -4 dB, 62 at -5 dB, 286 at -6 dB, etc.
|
yading@10
|
1971
|
yading@10
|
1972 =back
|
yading@10
|
1973
|
yading@10
|
1974
|
yading@10
|
1975 In other words, raising the volume by +4 dB does not cause any clipping,
|
yading@10
|
1976 raising it by +5 dB causes clipping for 6 samples, etc.
|
yading@10
|
1977
|
yading@10
|
1978
|
yading@10
|
1979
|
yading@10
|
1980 =head1 AUDIO SOURCES
|
yading@10
|
1981
|
yading@10
|
1982
|
yading@10
|
1983 Below is a description of the currently available audio sources.
|
yading@10
|
1984
|
yading@10
|
1985
|
yading@10
|
1986 =head2 abuffer
|
yading@10
|
1987
|
yading@10
|
1988
|
yading@10
|
1989 Buffer audio frames, and make them available to the filter chain.
|
yading@10
|
1990
|
yading@10
|
1991 This source is mainly intended for a programmatic use, in particular
|
yading@10
|
1992 through the interface defined in F<libavfilter/asrc_abuffer.h>.
|
yading@10
|
1993
|
yading@10
|
1994 It accepts the following named parameters:
|
yading@10
|
1995
|
yading@10
|
1996
|
yading@10
|
1997 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
1998
|
yading@10
|
1999
|
yading@10
|
2000
|
yading@10
|
2001 =item B<time_base>
|
yading@10
|
2002
|
yading@10
|
2003 Timebase which will be used for timestamps of submitted frames. It must be
|
yading@10
|
2004 either a floating-point number or in I<numerator>/I<denominator> form.
|
yading@10
|
2005
|
yading@10
|
2006
|
yading@10
|
2007 =item B<sample_rate>
|
yading@10
|
2008
|
yading@10
|
2009 The sample rate of the incoming audio buffers.
|
yading@10
|
2010
|
yading@10
|
2011
|
yading@10
|
2012 =item B<sample_fmt>
|
yading@10
|
2013
|
yading@10
|
2014 The sample format of the incoming audio buffers.
|
yading@10
|
2015 Either a sample format name or its corresponging integer representation from
|
yading@10
|
2016 the enum AVSampleFormat in F<libavutil/samplefmt.h>
|
yading@10
|
2017
|
yading@10
|
2018
|
yading@10
|
2019 =item B<channel_layout>
|
yading@10
|
2020
|
yading@10
|
2021 The channel layout of the incoming audio buffers.
|
yading@10
|
2022 Either a channel layout name from channel_layout_map in
|
yading@10
|
2023 F<libavutil/channel_layout.c> or its corresponding integer representation
|
yading@10
|
2024 from the AV_CH_LAYOUT_* macros in F<libavutil/channel_layout.h>
|
yading@10
|
2025
|
yading@10
|
2026
|
yading@10
|
2027 =item B<channels>
|
yading@10
|
2028
|
yading@10
|
2029 The number of channels of the incoming audio buffers.
|
yading@10
|
2030 If both I<channels> and I<channel_layout> are specified, then they
|
yading@10
|
2031 must be consistent.
|
yading@10
|
2032
|
yading@10
|
2033
|
yading@10
|
2034 =back
|
yading@10
|
2035
|
yading@10
|
2036
|
yading@10
|
2037
|
yading@10
|
2038 =head3 Examples
|
yading@10
|
2039
|
yading@10
|
2040
|
yading@10
|
2041
|
yading@10
|
2042 abuffer=sample_rate=44100:sample_fmt=s16p:channel_layout=stereo
|
yading@10
|
2043
|
yading@10
|
2044
|
yading@10
|
2045 will instruct the source to accept planar 16bit signed stereo at 44100Hz.
|
yading@10
|
2046 Since the sample format with name "s16p" corresponds to the number
|
yading@10
|
2047 6 and the "stereo" channel layout corresponds to the value 0x3, this is
|
yading@10
|
2048 equivalent to:
|
yading@10
|
2049
|
yading@10
|
2050 abuffer=sample_rate=44100:sample_fmt=6:channel_layout=0x3
|
yading@10
|
2051
|
yading@10
|
2052
|
yading@10
|
2053
|
yading@10
|
2054 =head2 aevalsrc
|
yading@10
|
2055
|
yading@10
|
2056
|
yading@10
|
2057 Generate an audio signal specified by an expression.
|
yading@10
|
2058
|
yading@10
|
2059 This source accepts in input one or more expressions (one for each
|
yading@10
|
2060 channel), which are evaluated and used to generate a corresponding
|
yading@10
|
2061 audio signal.
|
yading@10
|
2062
|
yading@10
|
2063 This source accepts the following options:
|
yading@10
|
2064
|
yading@10
|
2065
|
yading@10
|
2066 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
2067
|
yading@10
|
2068
|
yading@10
|
2069 =item B<exprs>
|
yading@10
|
2070
|
yading@10
|
2071 Set the '|'-separated expressions list for each separate channel. In case the
|
yading@10
|
2072 B<channel_layout> option is not specified, the selected channel layout
|
yading@10
|
2073 depends on the number of provided expressions.
|
yading@10
|
2074
|
yading@10
|
2075
|
yading@10
|
2076 =item B<channel_layout, c>
|
yading@10
|
2077
|
yading@10
|
2078 Set the channel layout. The number of channels in the specified layout
|
yading@10
|
2079 must be equal to the number of specified expressions.
|
yading@10
|
2080
|
yading@10
|
2081
|
yading@10
|
2082 =item B<duration, d>
|
yading@10
|
2083
|
yading@10
|
2084 Set the minimum duration of the sourced audio. See the function
|
yading@10
|
2085 C<av_parse_time()> for the accepted format.
|
yading@10
|
2086 Note that the resulting duration may be greater than the specified
|
yading@10
|
2087 duration, as the generated audio is always cut at the end of a
|
yading@10
|
2088 complete frame.
|
yading@10
|
2089
|
yading@10
|
2090 If not specified, or the expressed duration is negative, the audio is
|
yading@10
|
2091 supposed to be generated forever.
|
yading@10
|
2092
|
yading@10
|
2093
|
yading@10
|
2094 =item B<nb_samples, n>
|
yading@10
|
2095
|
yading@10
|
2096 Set the number of samples per channel per each output frame,
|
yading@10
|
2097 default to 1024.
|
yading@10
|
2098
|
yading@10
|
2099
|
yading@10
|
2100 =item B<sample_rate, s>
|
yading@10
|
2101
|
yading@10
|
2102 Specify the sample rate, default to 44100.
|
yading@10
|
2103
|
yading@10
|
2104 =back
|
yading@10
|
2105
|
yading@10
|
2106
|
yading@10
|
2107 Each expression in I<exprs> can contain the following constants:
|
yading@10
|
2108
|
yading@10
|
2109
|
yading@10
|
2110 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
2111
|
yading@10
|
2112
|
yading@10
|
2113 =item B<n>
|
yading@10
|
2114
|
yading@10
|
2115 number of the evaluated sample, starting from 0
|
yading@10
|
2116
|
yading@10
|
2117
|
yading@10
|
2118 =item B<t>
|
yading@10
|
2119
|
yading@10
|
2120 time of the evaluated sample expressed in seconds, starting from 0
|
yading@10
|
2121
|
yading@10
|
2122
|
yading@10
|
2123 =item B<s>
|
yading@10
|
2124
|
yading@10
|
2125 sample rate
|
yading@10
|
2126
|
yading@10
|
2127
|
yading@10
|
2128 =back
|
yading@10
|
2129
|
yading@10
|
2130
|
yading@10
|
2131
|
yading@10
|
2132 =head3 Examples
|
yading@10
|
2133
|
yading@10
|
2134
|
yading@10
|
2135
|
yading@10
|
2136 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
2137
|
yading@10
|
2138
|
yading@10
|
2139 =item *
|
yading@10
|
2140
|
yading@10
|
2141 Generate silence:
|
yading@10
|
2142
|
yading@10
|
2143 aevalsrc=0
|
yading@10
|
2144
|
yading@10
|
2145
|
yading@10
|
2146
|
yading@10
|
2147 =item *
|
yading@10
|
2148
|
yading@10
|
2149 Generate a sin signal with frequency of 440 Hz, set sample rate to
|
yading@10
|
2150 8000 Hz:
|
yading@10
|
2151
|
yading@10
|
2152 aevalsrc="sin(440*2*PI*t):s=8000"
|
yading@10
|
2153
|
yading@10
|
2154
|
yading@10
|
2155
|
yading@10
|
2156 =item *
|
yading@10
|
2157
|
yading@10
|
2158 Generate a two channels signal, specify the channel layout (Front
|
yading@10
|
2159 Center + Back Center) explicitly:
|
yading@10
|
2160
|
yading@10
|
2161 aevalsrc="sin(420*2*PI*t)|cos(430*2*PI*t):c=FC|BC"
|
yading@10
|
2162
|
yading@10
|
2163
|
yading@10
|
2164
|
yading@10
|
2165 =item *
|
yading@10
|
2166
|
yading@10
|
2167 Generate white noise:
|
yading@10
|
2168
|
yading@10
|
2169 aevalsrc="-2+random(0)"
|
yading@10
|
2170
|
yading@10
|
2171
|
yading@10
|
2172
|
yading@10
|
2173 =item *
|
yading@10
|
2174
|
yading@10
|
2175 Generate an amplitude modulated signal:
|
yading@10
|
2176
|
yading@10
|
2177 aevalsrc="sin(10*2*PI*t)*sin(880*2*PI*t)"
|
yading@10
|
2178
|
yading@10
|
2179
|
yading@10
|
2180
|
yading@10
|
2181 =item *
|
yading@10
|
2182
|
yading@10
|
2183 Generate 2.5 Hz binaural beats on a 360 Hz carrier:
|
yading@10
|
2184
|
yading@10
|
2185 aevalsrc="0.1*sin(2*PI*(360-2.5/2)*t) | 0.1*sin(2*PI*(360+2.5/2)*t)"
|
yading@10
|
2186
|
yading@10
|
2187
|
yading@10
|
2188
|
yading@10
|
2189 =back
|
yading@10
|
2190
|
yading@10
|
2191
|
yading@10
|
2192
|
yading@10
|
2193 =head2 anullsrc
|
yading@10
|
2194
|
yading@10
|
2195
|
yading@10
|
2196 Null audio source, return unprocessed audio frames. It is mainly useful
|
yading@10
|
2197 as a template and to be employed in analysis / debugging tools, or as
|
yading@10
|
2198 the source for filters which ignore the input data (for example the sox
|
yading@10
|
2199 synth filter).
|
yading@10
|
2200
|
yading@10
|
2201 This source accepts the following options:
|
yading@10
|
2202
|
yading@10
|
2203
|
yading@10
|
2204 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
2205
|
yading@10
|
2206
|
yading@10
|
2207
|
yading@10
|
2208 =item B<channel_layout, cl>
|
yading@10
|
2209
|
yading@10
|
2210
|
yading@10
|
2211 Specify the channel layout, and can be either an integer or a string
|
yading@10
|
2212 representing a channel layout. The default value of I<channel_layout>
|
yading@10
|
2213 is "stereo".
|
yading@10
|
2214
|
yading@10
|
2215 Check the channel_layout_map definition in
|
yading@10
|
2216 F<libavutil/channel_layout.c> for the mapping between strings and
|
yading@10
|
2217 channel layout values.
|
yading@10
|
2218
|
yading@10
|
2219
|
yading@10
|
2220 =item B<sample_rate, r>
|
yading@10
|
2221
|
yading@10
|
2222 Specify the sample rate, and defaults to 44100.
|
yading@10
|
2223
|
yading@10
|
2224
|
yading@10
|
2225 =item B<nb_samples, n>
|
yading@10
|
2226
|
yading@10
|
2227 Set the number of samples per requested frames.
|
yading@10
|
2228
|
yading@10
|
2229
|
yading@10
|
2230 =back
|
yading@10
|
2231
|
yading@10
|
2232
|
yading@10
|
2233
|
yading@10
|
2234 =head3 Examples
|
yading@10
|
2235
|
yading@10
|
2236
|
yading@10
|
2237
|
yading@10
|
2238 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
2239
|
yading@10
|
2240
|
yading@10
|
2241 =item *
|
yading@10
|
2242
|
yading@10
|
2243 Set the sample rate to 48000 Hz and the channel layout to AV_CH_LAYOUT_MONO.
|
yading@10
|
2244
|
yading@10
|
2245 anullsrc=r=48000:cl=4
|
yading@10
|
2246
|
yading@10
|
2247
|
yading@10
|
2248
|
yading@10
|
2249 =item *
|
yading@10
|
2250
|
yading@10
|
2251 Do the same operation with a more obvious syntax:
|
yading@10
|
2252
|
yading@10
|
2253 anullsrc=r=48000:cl=mono
|
yading@10
|
2254
|
yading@10
|
2255
|
yading@10
|
2256 =back
|
yading@10
|
2257
|
yading@10
|
2258
|
yading@10
|
2259
|
yading@10
|
2260 =head2 abuffer
|
yading@10
|
2261
|
yading@10
|
2262 Buffer audio frames, and make them available to the filter chain.
|
yading@10
|
2263
|
yading@10
|
2264 This source is not intended to be part of user-supplied graph descriptions but
|
yading@10
|
2265 for insertion by calling programs through the interface defined in
|
yading@10
|
2266 F<libavfilter/buffersrc.h>.
|
yading@10
|
2267
|
yading@10
|
2268 It accepts the following named parameters:
|
yading@10
|
2269
|
yading@10
|
2270 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
2271
|
yading@10
|
2272
|
yading@10
|
2273
|
yading@10
|
2274 =item B<time_base>
|
yading@10
|
2275
|
yading@10
|
2276 Timebase which will be used for timestamps of submitted frames. It must be
|
yading@10
|
2277 either a floating-point number or in I<numerator>/I<denominator> form.
|
yading@10
|
2278
|
yading@10
|
2279
|
yading@10
|
2280 =item B<sample_rate>
|
yading@10
|
2281
|
yading@10
|
2282 Audio sample rate.
|
yading@10
|
2283
|
yading@10
|
2284
|
yading@10
|
2285 =item B<sample_fmt>
|
yading@10
|
2286
|
yading@10
|
2287 Name of the sample format, as returned by C<av_get_sample_fmt_name()>.
|
yading@10
|
2288
|
yading@10
|
2289
|
yading@10
|
2290 =item B<channel_layout>
|
yading@10
|
2291
|
yading@10
|
2292 Channel layout of the audio data, in the form that can be accepted by
|
yading@10
|
2293 C<av_get_channel_layout()>.
|
yading@10
|
2294
|
yading@10
|
2295 =back
|
yading@10
|
2296
|
yading@10
|
2297
|
yading@10
|
2298 All the parameters need to be explicitly defined.
|
yading@10
|
2299
|
yading@10
|
2300
|
yading@10
|
2301 =head2 flite
|
yading@10
|
2302
|
yading@10
|
2303
|
yading@10
|
2304 Synthesize a voice utterance using the libflite library.
|
yading@10
|
2305
|
yading@10
|
2306 To enable compilation of this filter you need to configure FFmpeg with
|
yading@10
|
2307 C<--enable-libflite>.
|
yading@10
|
2308
|
yading@10
|
2309 Note that the flite library is not thread-safe.
|
yading@10
|
2310
|
yading@10
|
2311 The filter accepts the following options:
|
yading@10
|
2312
|
yading@10
|
2313
|
yading@10
|
2314 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
2315
|
yading@10
|
2316
|
yading@10
|
2317
|
yading@10
|
2318 =item B<list_voices>
|
yading@10
|
2319
|
yading@10
|
2320 If set to 1, list the names of the available voices and exit
|
yading@10
|
2321 immediately. Default value is 0.
|
yading@10
|
2322
|
yading@10
|
2323
|
yading@10
|
2324 =item B<nb_samples, n>
|
yading@10
|
2325
|
yading@10
|
2326 Set the maximum number of samples per frame. Default value is 512.
|
yading@10
|
2327
|
yading@10
|
2328
|
yading@10
|
2329 =item B<textfile>
|
yading@10
|
2330
|
yading@10
|
2331 Set the filename containing the text to speak.
|
yading@10
|
2332
|
yading@10
|
2333
|
yading@10
|
2334 =item B<text>
|
yading@10
|
2335
|
yading@10
|
2336 Set the text to speak.
|
yading@10
|
2337
|
yading@10
|
2338
|
yading@10
|
2339 =item B<voice, v>
|
yading@10
|
2340
|
yading@10
|
2341 Set the voice to use for the speech synthesis. Default value is
|
yading@10
|
2342 C<kal>. See also the I<list_voices> option.
|
yading@10
|
2343
|
yading@10
|
2344 =back
|
yading@10
|
2345
|
yading@10
|
2346
|
yading@10
|
2347
|
yading@10
|
2348 =head3 Examples
|
yading@10
|
2349
|
yading@10
|
2350
|
yading@10
|
2351
|
yading@10
|
2352 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
2353
|
yading@10
|
2354
|
yading@10
|
2355 =item *
|
yading@10
|
2356
|
yading@10
|
2357 Read from file F<speech.txt>, and synthetize the text using the
|
yading@10
|
2358 standard flite voice:
|
yading@10
|
2359
|
yading@10
|
2360 flite=textfile=speech.txt
|
yading@10
|
2361
|
yading@10
|
2362
|
yading@10
|
2363
|
yading@10
|
2364 =item *
|
yading@10
|
2365
|
yading@10
|
2366 Read the specified text selecting the C<slt> voice:
|
yading@10
|
2367
|
yading@10
|
2368 flite=text='So fare thee well, poor devil of a Sub-Sub, whose commentator I am':voice=slt
|
yading@10
|
2369
|
yading@10
|
2370
|
yading@10
|
2371
|
yading@10
|
2372 =item *
|
yading@10
|
2373
|
yading@10
|
2374 Input text to ffmpeg:
|
yading@10
|
2375
|
yading@10
|
2376 ffmpeg -f lavfi -i flite=text='So fare thee well, poor devil of a Sub-Sub, whose commentator I am':voice=slt
|
yading@10
|
2377
|
yading@10
|
2378
|
yading@10
|
2379
|
yading@10
|
2380 =item *
|
yading@10
|
2381
|
yading@10
|
2382 Make F<ffplay> speak the specified text, using C<flite> and
|
yading@10
|
2383 the C<lavfi> device:
|
yading@10
|
2384
|
yading@10
|
2385 ffplay -f lavfi flite=text='No more be grieved for which that thou hast done.'
|
yading@10
|
2386
|
yading@10
|
2387
|
yading@10
|
2388 =back
|
yading@10
|
2389
|
yading@10
|
2390
|
yading@10
|
2391 For more information about libflite, check:
|
yading@10
|
2392 E<lt>B<http://www.speech.cs.cmu.edu/flite/>E<gt>
|
yading@10
|
2393
|
yading@10
|
2394
|
yading@10
|
2395 =head2 sine
|
yading@10
|
2396
|
yading@10
|
2397
|
yading@10
|
2398 Generate an audio signal made of a sine wave with amplitude 1/8.
|
yading@10
|
2399
|
yading@10
|
2400 The audio signal is bit-exact.
|
yading@10
|
2401
|
yading@10
|
2402 The filter accepts the following options:
|
yading@10
|
2403
|
yading@10
|
2404
|
yading@10
|
2405 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
2406
|
yading@10
|
2407
|
yading@10
|
2408
|
yading@10
|
2409 =item B<frequency, f>
|
yading@10
|
2410
|
yading@10
|
2411 Set the carrier frequency. Default is 440 Hz.
|
yading@10
|
2412
|
yading@10
|
2413
|
yading@10
|
2414 =item B<beep_factor, b>
|
yading@10
|
2415
|
yading@10
|
2416 Enable a periodic beep every second with frequency I<beep_factor> times
|
yading@10
|
2417 the carrier frequency. Default is 0, meaning the beep is disabled.
|
yading@10
|
2418
|
yading@10
|
2419
|
yading@10
|
2420 =item B<sample_rate, s>
|
yading@10
|
2421
|
yading@10
|
2422 Specify the sample rate, default is 44100.
|
yading@10
|
2423
|
yading@10
|
2424
|
yading@10
|
2425 =item B<duration, d>
|
yading@10
|
2426
|
yading@10
|
2427 Specify the duration of the generated audio stream.
|
yading@10
|
2428
|
yading@10
|
2429
|
yading@10
|
2430 =item B<samples_per_frame>
|
yading@10
|
2431
|
yading@10
|
2432 Set the number of samples per output frame, default is 1024.
|
yading@10
|
2433
|
yading@10
|
2434 =back
|
yading@10
|
2435
|
yading@10
|
2436
|
yading@10
|
2437
|
yading@10
|
2438 =head3 Examples
|
yading@10
|
2439
|
yading@10
|
2440
|
yading@10
|
2441
|
yading@10
|
2442 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
2443
|
yading@10
|
2444
|
yading@10
|
2445
|
yading@10
|
2446 =item *
|
yading@10
|
2447
|
yading@10
|
2448 Generate a simple 440 Hz sine wave:
|
yading@10
|
2449
|
yading@10
|
2450 sine
|
yading@10
|
2451
|
yading@10
|
2452
|
yading@10
|
2453
|
yading@10
|
2454 =item *
|
yading@10
|
2455
|
yading@10
|
2456 Generate a 220 Hz sine wave with a 880 Hz beep each second, for 5 seconds:
|
yading@10
|
2457
|
yading@10
|
2458 sine=220:4:d=5
|
yading@10
|
2459 sine=f=220:b=4:d=5
|
yading@10
|
2460 sine=frequency=220:beep_factor=4:duration=5
|
yading@10
|
2461
|
yading@10
|
2462
|
yading@10
|
2463
|
yading@10
|
2464 =back
|
yading@10
|
2465
|
yading@10
|
2466
|
yading@10
|
2467
|
yading@10
|
2468
|
yading@10
|
2469 =head1 AUDIO SINKS
|
yading@10
|
2470
|
yading@10
|
2471
|
yading@10
|
2472 Below is a description of the currently available audio sinks.
|
yading@10
|
2473
|
yading@10
|
2474
|
yading@10
|
2475 =head2 abuffersink
|
yading@10
|
2476
|
yading@10
|
2477
|
yading@10
|
2478 Buffer audio frames, and make them available to the end of filter chain.
|
yading@10
|
2479
|
yading@10
|
2480 This sink is mainly intended for programmatic use, in particular
|
yading@10
|
2481 through the interface defined in F<libavfilter/buffersink.h>
|
yading@10
|
2482 or the options system.
|
yading@10
|
2483
|
yading@10
|
2484 It accepts a pointer to an AVABufferSinkContext structure, which
|
yading@10
|
2485 defines the incoming buffers' formats, to be passed as the opaque
|
yading@10
|
2486 parameter to C<avfilter_init_filter> for initialization.
|
yading@10
|
2487
|
yading@10
|
2488
|
yading@10
|
2489 =head2 anullsink
|
yading@10
|
2490
|
yading@10
|
2491
|
yading@10
|
2492 Null audio sink, do absolutely nothing with the input audio. It is
|
yading@10
|
2493 mainly useful as a template and to be employed in analysis / debugging
|
yading@10
|
2494 tools.
|
yading@10
|
2495
|
yading@10
|
2496
|
yading@10
|
2497
|
yading@10
|
2498 =head1 VIDEO FILTERS
|
yading@10
|
2499
|
yading@10
|
2500
|
yading@10
|
2501 When you configure your FFmpeg build, you can disable any of the
|
yading@10
|
2502 existing filters using C<--disable-filters>.
|
yading@10
|
2503 The configure output will show the video filters included in your
|
yading@10
|
2504 build.
|
yading@10
|
2505
|
yading@10
|
2506 Below is a description of the currently available video filters.
|
yading@10
|
2507
|
yading@10
|
2508
|
yading@10
|
2509 =head2 alphaextract
|
yading@10
|
2510
|
yading@10
|
2511
|
yading@10
|
2512 Extract the alpha component from the input as a grayscale video. This
|
yading@10
|
2513 is especially useful with the I<alphamerge> filter.
|
yading@10
|
2514
|
yading@10
|
2515
|
yading@10
|
2516 =head2 alphamerge
|
yading@10
|
2517
|
yading@10
|
2518
|
yading@10
|
2519 Add or replace the alpha component of the primary input with the
|
yading@10
|
2520 grayscale value of a second input. This is intended for use with
|
yading@10
|
2521 I<alphaextract> to allow the transmission or storage of frame
|
yading@10
|
2522 sequences that have alpha in a format that doesn't support an alpha
|
yading@10
|
2523 channel.
|
yading@10
|
2524
|
yading@10
|
2525 For example, to reconstruct full frames from a normal YUV-encoded video
|
yading@10
|
2526 and a separate video created with I<alphaextract>, you might use:
|
yading@10
|
2527
|
yading@10
|
2528 movie=in_alpha.mkv [alpha]; [in][alpha] alphamerge [out]
|
yading@10
|
2529
|
yading@10
|
2530
|
yading@10
|
2531 Since this filter is designed for reconstruction, it operates on frame
|
yading@10
|
2532 sequences without considering timestamps, and terminates when either
|
yading@10
|
2533 input reaches end of stream. This will cause problems if your encoding
|
yading@10
|
2534 pipeline drops frames. If you're trying to apply an image as an
|
yading@10
|
2535 overlay to a video stream, consider the I<overlay> filter instead.
|
yading@10
|
2536
|
yading@10
|
2537
|
yading@10
|
2538 =head2 ass
|
yading@10
|
2539
|
yading@10
|
2540
|
yading@10
|
2541 Same as the subtitles filter, except that it doesn't require libavcodec
|
yading@10
|
2542 and libavformat to work. On the other hand, it is limited to ASS (Advanced
|
yading@10
|
2543 Substation Alpha) subtitles files.
|
yading@10
|
2544
|
yading@10
|
2545
|
yading@10
|
2546 =head2 bbox
|
yading@10
|
2547
|
yading@10
|
2548
|
yading@10
|
2549 Compute the bounding box for the non-black pixels in the input frame
|
yading@10
|
2550 luminance plane.
|
yading@10
|
2551
|
yading@10
|
2552 This filter computes the bounding box containing all the pixels with a
|
yading@10
|
2553 luminance value greater than the minimum allowed value.
|
yading@10
|
2554 The parameters describing the bounding box are printed on the filter
|
yading@10
|
2555 log.
|
yading@10
|
2556
|
yading@10
|
2557
|
yading@10
|
2558 =head2 blackdetect
|
yading@10
|
2559
|
yading@10
|
2560
|
yading@10
|
2561 Detect video intervals that are (almost) completely black. Can be
|
yading@10
|
2562 useful to detect chapter transitions, commercials, or invalid
|
yading@10
|
2563 recordings. Output lines contains the time for the start, end and
|
yading@10
|
2564 duration of the detected black interval expressed in seconds.
|
yading@10
|
2565
|
yading@10
|
2566 In order to display the output lines, you need to set the loglevel at
|
yading@10
|
2567 least to the AV_LOG_INFO value.
|
yading@10
|
2568
|
yading@10
|
2569 The filter accepts the following options:
|
yading@10
|
2570
|
yading@10
|
2571
|
yading@10
|
2572 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
2573
|
yading@10
|
2574
|
yading@10
|
2575 =item B<black_min_duration, d>
|
yading@10
|
2576
|
yading@10
|
2577 Set the minimum detected black duration expressed in seconds. It must
|
yading@10
|
2578 be a non-negative floating point number.
|
yading@10
|
2579
|
yading@10
|
2580 Default value is 2.0.
|
yading@10
|
2581
|
yading@10
|
2582
|
yading@10
|
2583 =item B<picture_black_ratio_th, pic_th>
|
yading@10
|
2584
|
yading@10
|
2585 Set the threshold for considering a picture "black".
|
yading@10
|
2586 Express the minimum value for the ratio:
|
yading@10
|
2587
|
yading@10
|
2588 <nb_black_pixels> / <nb_pixels>
|
yading@10
|
2589
|
yading@10
|
2590
|
yading@10
|
2591 for which a picture is considered black.
|
yading@10
|
2592 Default value is 0.98.
|
yading@10
|
2593
|
yading@10
|
2594
|
yading@10
|
2595 =item B<pixel_black_th, pix_th>
|
yading@10
|
2596
|
yading@10
|
2597 Set the threshold for considering a pixel "black".
|
yading@10
|
2598
|
yading@10
|
2599 The threshold expresses the maximum pixel luminance value for which a
|
yading@10
|
2600 pixel is considered "black". The provided value is scaled according to
|
yading@10
|
2601 the following equation:
|
yading@10
|
2602
|
yading@10
|
2603 <absolute_threshold> = <luminance_minimum_value> + <pixel_black_th> * <luminance_range_size>
|
yading@10
|
2604
|
yading@10
|
2605
|
yading@10
|
2606 I<luminance_range_size> and I<luminance_minimum_value> depend on
|
yading@10
|
2607 the input video format, the range is [0-255] for YUV full-range
|
yading@10
|
2608 formats and [16-235] for YUV non full-range formats.
|
yading@10
|
2609
|
yading@10
|
2610 Default value is 0.10.
|
yading@10
|
2611
|
yading@10
|
2612 =back
|
yading@10
|
2613
|
yading@10
|
2614
|
yading@10
|
2615 The following example sets the maximum pixel threshold to the minimum
|
yading@10
|
2616 value, and detects only black intervals of 2 or more seconds:
|
yading@10
|
2617
|
yading@10
|
2618 blackdetect=d=2:pix_th=0.00
|
yading@10
|
2619
|
yading@10
|
2620
|
yading@10
|
2621
|
yading@10
|
2622 =head2 blackframe
|
yading@10
|
2623
|
yading@10
|
2624
|
yading@10
|
2625 Detect frames that are (almost) completely black. Can be useful to
|
yading@10
|
2626 detect chapter transitions or commercials. Output lines consist of
|
yading@10
|
2627 the frame number of the detected frame, the percentage of blackness,
|
yading@10
|
2628 the position in the file if known or -1 and the timestamp in seconds.
|
yading@10
|
2629
|
yading@10
|
2630 In order to display the output lines, you need to set the loglevel at
|
yading@10
|
2631 least to the AV_LOG_INFO value.
|
yading@10
|
2632
|
yading@10
|
2633 The filter accepts the following options:
|
yading@10
|
2634
|
yading@10
|
2635
|
yading@10
|
2636 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
2637
|
yading@10
|
2638
|
yading@10
|
2639
|
yading@10
|
2640 =item B<amount>
|
yading@10
|
2641
|
yading@10
|
2642 Set the percentage of the pixels that have to be below the threshold, defaults
|
yading@10
|
2643 to C<98>.
|
yading@10
|
2644
|
yading@10
|
2645
|
yading@10
|
2646 =item B<threshold, thresh>
|
yading@10
|
2647
|
yading@10
|
2648 Set the threshold below which a pixel value is considered black, defaults to
|
yading@10
|
2649 C<32>.
|
yading@10
|
2650
|
yading@10
|
2651
|
yading@10
|
2652 =back
|
yading@10
|
2653
|
yading@10
|
2654
|
yading@10
|
2655
|
yading@10
|
2656 =head2 blend
|
yading@10
|
2657
|
yading@10
|
2658
|
yading@10
|
2659 Blend two video frames into each other.
|
yading@10
|
2660
|
yading@10
|
2661 It takes two input streams and outputs one stream, the first input is the
|
yading@10
|
2662 "top" layer and second input is "bottom" layer.
|
yading@10
|
2663 Output terminates when shortest input terminates.
|
yading@10
|
2664
|
yading@10
|
2665 A description of the accepted options follows.
|
yading@10
|
2666
|
yading@10
|
2667
|
yading@10
|
2668 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
2669
|
yading@10
|
2670
|
yading@10
|
2671 =item B<c0_mode>
|
yading@10
|
2672
|
yading@10
|
2673
|
yading@10
|
2674 =item B<c1_mode>
|
yading@10
|
2675
|
yading@10
|
2676
|
yading@10
|
2677 =item B<c2_mode>
|
yading@10
|
2678
|
yading@10
|
2679
|
yading@10
|
2680 =item B<c3_mode>
|
yading@10
|
2681
|
yading@10
|
2682
|
yading@10
|
2683 =item B<all_mode>
|
yading@10
|
2684
|
yading@10
|
2685 Set blend mode for specific pixel component or all pixel components in case
|
yading@10
|
2686 of I<all_mode>. Default value is C<normal>.
|
yading@10
|
2687
|
yading@10
|
2688 Available values for component modes are:
|
yading@10
|
2689
|
yading@10
|
2690 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
2691
|
yading@10
|
2692
|
yading@10
|
2693 =item B<addition>
|
yading@10
|
2694
|
yading@10
|
2695
|
yading@10
|
2696 =item B<and>
|
yading@10
|
2697
|
yading@10
|
2698
|
yading@10
|
2699 =item B<average>
|
yading@10
|
2700
|
yading@10
|
2701
|
yading@10
|
2702 =item B<burn>
|
yading@10
|
2703
|
yading@10
|
2704
|
yading@10
|
2705 =item B<darken>
|
yading@10
|
2706
|
yading@10
|
2707
|
yading@10
|
2708 =item B<difference>
|
yading@10
|
2709
|
yading@10
|
2710
|
yading@10
|
2711 =item B<divide>
|
yading@10
|
2712
|
yading@10
|
2713
|
yading@10
|
2714 =item B<dodge>
|
yading@10
|
2715
|
yading@10
|
2716
|
yading@10
|
2717 =item B<exclusion>
|
yading@10
|
2718
|
yading@10
|
2719
|
yading@10
|
2720 =item B<hardlight>
|
yading@10
|
2721
|
yading@10
|
2722
|
yading@10
|
2723 =item B<lighten>
|
yading@10
|
2724
|
yading@10
|
2725
|
yading@10
|
2726 =item B<multiply>
|
yading@10
|
2727
|
yading@10
|
2728
|
yading@10
|
2729 =item B<negation>
|
yading@10
|
2730
|
yading@10
|
2731
|
yading@10
|
2732 =item B<normal>
|
yading@10
|
2733
|
yading@10
|
2734
|
yading@10
|
2735 =item B<or>
|
yading@10
|
2736
|
yading@10
|
2737
|
yading@10
|
2738 =item B<overlay>
|
yading@10
|
2739
|
yading@10
|
2740
|
yading@10
|
2741 =item B<phoenix>
|
yading@10
|
2742
|
yading@10
|
2743
|
yading@10
|
2744 =item B<pinlight>
|
yading@10
|
2745
|
yading@10
|
2746
|
yading@10
|
2747 =item B<reflect>
|
yading@10
|
2748
|
yading@10
|
2749
|
yading@10
|
2750 =item B<screen>
|
yading@10
|
2751
|
yading@10
|
2752
|
yading@10
|
2753 =item B<softlight>
|
yading@10
|
2754
|
yading@10
|
2755
|
yading@10
|
2756 =item B<subtract>
|
yading@10
|
2757
|
yading@10
|
2758
|
yading@10
|
2759 =item B<vividlight>
|
yading@10
|
2760
|
yading@10
|
2761
|
yading@10
|
2762 =item B<xor>
|
yading@10
|
2763
|
yading@10
|
2764
|
yading@10
|
2765 =back
|
yading@10
|
2766
|
yading@10
|
2767
|
yading@10
|
2768
|
yading@10
|
2769 =item B<c0_opacity>
|
yading@10
|
2770
|
yading@10
|
2771
|
yading@10
|
2772 =item B<c1_opacity>
|
yading@10
|
2773
|
yading@10
|
2774
|
yading@10
|
2775 =item B<c2_opacity>
|
yading@10
|
2776
|
yading@10
|
2777
|
yading@10
|
2778 =item B<c3_opacity>
|
yading@10
|
2779
|
yading@10
|
2780
|
yading@10
|
2781 =item B<all_opacity>
|
yading@10
|
2782
|
yading@10
|
2783 Set blend opacity for specific pixel component or all pixel components in case
|
yading@10
|
2784 of I<all_opacity>. Only used in combination with pixel component blend modes.
|
yading@10
|
2785
|
yading@10
|
2786
|
yading@10
|
2787 =item B<c0_expr>
|
yading@10
|
2788
|
yading@10
|
2789
|
yading@10
|
2790 =item B<c1_expr>
|
yading@10
|
2791
|
yading@10
|
2792
|
yading@10
|
2793 =item B<c2_expr>
|
yading@10
|
2794
|
yading@10
|
2795
|
yading@10
|
2796 =item B<c3_expr>
|
yading@10
|
2797
|
yading@10
|
2798
|
yading@10
|
2799 =item B<all_expr>
|
yading@10
|
2800
|
yading@10
|
2801 Set blend expression for specific pixel component or all pixel components in case
|
yading@10
|
2802 of I<all_expr>. Note that related mode options will be ignored if those are set.
|
yading@10
|
2803
|
yading@10
|
2804 The expressions can use the following variables:
|
yading@10
|
2805
|
yading@10
|
2806
|
yading@10
|
2807 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
2808
|
yading@10
|
2809
|
yading@10
|
2810 =item B<N>
|
yading@10
|
2811
|
yading@10
|
2812 The sequential number of the filtered frame, starting from C<0>.
|
yading@10
|
2813
|
yading@10
|
2814
|
yading@10
|
2815 =item B<X>
|
yading@10
|
2816
|
yading@10
|
2817
|
yading@10
|
2818 =item B<Y>
|
yading@10
|
2819
|
yading@10
|
2820 the coordinates of the current sample
|
yading@10
|
2821
|
yading@10
|
2822
|
yading@10
|
2823 =item B<W>
|
yading@10
|
2824
|
yading@10
|
2825
|
yading@10
|
2826 =item B<H>
|
yading@10
|
2827
|
yading@10
|
2828 the width and height of currently filtered plane
|
yading@10
|
2829
|
yading@10
|
2830
|
yading@10
|
2831 =item B<SW>
|
yading@10
|
2832
|
yading@10
|
2833
|
yading@10
|
2834 =item B<SH>
|
yading@10
|
2835
|
yading@10
|
2836 Width and height scale depending on the currently filtered plane. It is the
|
yading@10
|
2837 ratio between the corresponding luma plane number of pixels and the current
|
yading@10
|
2838 plane ones. E.g. for YUV4:2:0 the values are C<1,1> for the luma plane, and
|
yading@10
|
2839 C<0.5,0.5> for chroma planes.
|
yading@10
|
2840
|
yading@10
|
2841
|
yading@10
|
2842 =item B<T>
|
yading@10
|
2843
|
yading@10
|
2844 Time of the current frame, expressed in seconds.
|
yading@10
|
2845
|
yading@10
|
2846
|
yading@10
|
2847 =item B<TOP, A>
|
yading@10
|
2848
|
yading@10
|
2849 Value of pixel component at current location for first video frame (top layer).
|
yading@10
|
2850
|
yading@10
|
2851
|
yading@10
|
2852 =item B<BOTTOM, B>
|
yading@10
|
2853
|
yading@10
|
2854 Value of pixel component at current location for second video frame (bottom layer).
|
yading@10
|
2855
|
yading@10
|
2856 =back
|
yading@10
|
2857
|
yading@10
|
2858
|
yading@10
|
2859 =back
|
yading@10
|
2860
|
yading@10
|
2861
|
yading@10
|
2862
|
yading@10
|
2863 =head3 Examples
|
yading@10
|
2864
|
yading@10
|
2865
|
yading@10
|
2866
|
yading@10
|
2867 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
2868
|
yading@10
|
2869
|
yading@10
|
2870 =item *
|
yading@10
|
2871
|
yading@10
|
2872 Apply transition from bottom layer to top layer in first 10 seconds:
|
yading@10
|
2873
|
yading@10
|
2874 blend=all_expr='A*(if(gte(T,10),1,T/10))+B*(1-(if(gte(T,10),1,T/10)))'
|
yading@10
|
2875
|
yading@10
|
2876
|
yading@10
|
2877
|
yading@10
|
2878 =item *
|
yading@10
|
2879
|
yading@10
|
2880 Apply 1x1 checkerboard effect:
|
yading@10
|
2881
|
yading@10
|
2882 blend=all_expr='if(eq(mod(X,2),mod(Y,2)),A,B)'
|
yading@10
|
2883
|
yading@10
|
2884
|
yading@10
|
2885 =back
|
yading@10
|
2886
|
yading@10
|
2887
|
yading@10
|
2888
|
yading@10
|
2889 =head2 boxblur
|
yading@10
|
2890
|
yading@10
|
2891
|
yading@10
|
2892 Apply boxblur algorithm to the input video.
|
yading@10
|
2893
|
yading@10
|
2894 The filter accepts the following options:
|
yading@10
|
2895
|
yading@10
|
2896
|
yading@10
|
2897 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
2898
|
yading@10
|
2899
|
yading@10
|
2900
|
yading@10
|
2901 =item B<luma_radius, lr>
|
yading@10
|
2902
|
yading@10
|
2903
|
yading@10
|
2904 =item B<luma_power, lp>
|
yading@10
|
2905
|
yading@10
|
2906
|
yading@10
|
2907 =item B<chroma_radius, cr>
|
yading@10
|
2908
|
yading@10
|
2909
|
yading@10
|
2910 =item B<chroma_power, cp>
|
yading@10
|
2911
|
yading@10
|
2912
|
yading@10
|
2913 =item B<alpha_radius, ar>
|
yading@10
|
2914
|
yading@10
|
2915
|
yading@10
|
2916 =item B<alpha_power, ap>
|
yading@10
|
2917
|
yading@10
|
2918
|
yading@10
|
2919
|
yading@10
|
2920 =back
|
yading@10
|
2921
|
yading@10
|
2922
|
yading@10
|
2923 A description of the accepted options follows.
|
yading@10
|
2924
|
yading@10
|
2925
|
yading@10
|
2926 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
2927
|
yading@10
|
2928
|
yading@10
|
2929 =item B<luma_radius, lr>
|
yading@10
|
2930
|
yading@10
|
2931
|
yading@10
|
2932 =item B<chroma_radius, cr>
|
yading@10
|
2933
|
yading@10
|
2934
|
yading@10
|
2935 =item B<alpha_radius, ar>
|
yading@10
|
2936
|
yading@10
|
2937 Set an expression for the box radius in pixels used for blurring the
|
yading@10
|
2938 corresponding input plane.
|
yading@10
|
2939
|
yading@10
|
2940 The radius value must be a non-negative number, and must not be
|
yading@10
|
2941 greater than the value of the expression C<min(w,h)/2> for the
|
yading@10
|
2942 luma and alpha planes, and of C<min(cw,ch)/2> for the chroma
|
yading@10
|
2943 planes.
|
yading@10
|
2944
|
yading@10
|
2945 Default value for B<luma_radius> is "2". If not specified,
|
yading@10
|
2946 B<chroma_radius> and B<alpha_radius> default to the
|
yading@10
|
2947 corresponding value set for B<luma_radius>.
|
yading@10
|
2948
|
yading@10
|
2949 The expressions can contain the following constants:
|
yading@10
|
2950
|
yading@10
|
2951 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
2952
|
yading@10
|
2953
|
yading@10
|
2954 =item B<w, h>
|
yading@10
|
2955
|
yading@10
|
2956 the input width and height in pixels
|
yading@10
|
2957
|
yading@10
|
2958
|
yading@10
|
2959 =item B<cw, ch>
|
yading@10
|
2960
|
yading@10
|
2961 the input chroma image width and height in pixels
|
yading@10
|
2962
|
yading@10
|
2963
|
yading@10
|
2964 =item B<hsub, vsub>
|
yading@10
|
2965
|
yading@10
|
2966 horizontal and vertical chroma subsample values. For example for the
|
yading@10
|
2967 pixel format "yuv422p" I<hsub> is 2 and I<vsub> is 1.
|
yading@10
|
2968
|
yading@10
|
2969 =back
|
yading@10
|
2970
|
yading@10
|
2971
|
yading@10
|
2972
|
yading@10
|
2973 =item B<luma_power, lp>
|
yading@10
|
2974
|
yading@10
|
2975
|
yading@10
|
2976 =item B<chroma_power, cp>
|
yading@10
|
2977
|
yading@10
|
2978
|
yading@10
|
2979 =item B<alpha_power, ap>
|
yading@10
|
2980
|
yading@10
|
2981 Specify how many times the boxblur filter is applied to the
|
yading@10
|
2982 corresponding plane.
|
yading@10
|
2983
|
yading@10
|
2984 Default value for B<luma_power> is 2. If not specified,
|
yading@10
|
2985 B<chroma_power> and B<alpha_power> default to the
|
yading@10
|
2986 corresponding value set for B<luma_power>.
|
yading@10
|
2987
|
yading@10
|
2988 A value of 0 will disable the effect.
|
yading@10
|
2989
|
yading@10
|
2990 =back
|
yading@10
|
2991
|
yading@10
|
2992
|
yading@10
|
2993
|
yading@10
|
2994 =head3 Examples
|
yading@10
|
2995
|
yading@10
|
2996
|
yading@10
|
2997
|
yading@10
|
2998 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
2999
|
yading@10
|
3000
|
yading@10
|
3001 =item *
|
yading@10
|
3002
|
yading@10
|
3003 Apply a boxblur filter with luma, chroma, and alpha radius
|
yading@10
|
3004 set to 2:
|
yading@10
|
3005
|
yading@10
|
3006 boxblur=luma_radius=2:luma_power=1
|
yading@10
|
3007 boxblur=2:1
|
yading@10
|
3008
|
yading@10
|
3009
|
yading@10
|
3010
|
yading@10
|
3011 =item *
|
yading@10
|
3012
|
yading@10
|
3013 Set luma radius to 2, alpha and chroma radius to 0:
|
yading@10
|
3014
|
yading@10
|
3015 boxblur=2:1:cr=0:ar=0
|
yading@10
|
3016
|
yading@10
|
3017
|
yading@10
|
3018
|
yading@10
|
3019 =item *
|
yading@10
|
3020
|
yading@10
|
3021 Set luma and chroma radius to a fraction of the video dimension:
|
yading@10
|
3022
|
yading@10
|
3023 boxblur=luma_radius=min(h\,w)/10:luma_power=1:chroma_radius=min(cw\,ch)/10:chroma_power=1
|
yading@10
|
3024
|
yading@10
|
3025
|
yading@10
|
3026 =back
|
yading@10
|
3027
|
yading@10
|
3028
|
yading@10
|
3029
|
yading@10
|
3030 =head2 colorbalance
|
yading@10
|
3031
|
yading@10
|
3032 Modify intensity of primary colors (red, green and blue) of input frames.
|
yading@10
|
3033
|
yading@10
|
3034 The filter allows an input frame to be adjusted in the shadows, midtones or highlights
|
yading@10
|
3035 regions for the red-cyan, green-magenta or blue-yellow balance.
|
yading@10
|
3036
|
yading@10
|
3037 A positive adjustment value shifts the balance towards the primary color, a negative
|
yading@10
|
3038 value towards the complementary color.
|
yading@10
|
3039
|
yading@10
|
3040 The filter accepts the following options:
|
yading@10
|
3041
|
yading@10
|
3042
|
yading@10
|
3043 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
3044
|
yading@10
|
3045
|
yading@10
|
3046 =item B<rs>
|
yading@10
|
3047
|
yading@10
|
3048
|
yading@10
|
3049 =item B<gs>
|
yading@10
|
3050
|
yading@10
|
3051
|
yading@10
|
3052 =item B<bs>
|
yading@10
|
3053
|
yading@10
|
3054 Adjust red, green and blue shadows (darkest pixels).
|
yading@10
|
3055
|
yading@10
|
3056
|
yading@10
|
3057 =item B<rm>
|
yading@10
|
3058
|
yading@10
|
3059
|
yading@10
|
3060 =item B<gm>
|
yading@10
|
3061
|
yading@10
|
3062
|
yading@10
|
3063 =item B<bm>
|
yading@10
|
3064
|
yading@10
|
3065 Adjust red, green and blue midtones (medium pixels).
|
yading@10
|
3066
|
yading@10
|
3067
|
yading@10
|
3068 =item B<rh>
|
yading@10
|
3069
|
yading@10
|
3070
|
yading@10
|
3071 =item B<gh>
|
yading@10
|
3072
|
yading@10
|
3073
|
yading@10
|
3074 =item B<bh>
|
yading@10
|
3075
|
yading@10
|
3076 Adjust red, green and blue highlights (brightest pixels).
|
yading@10
|
3077
|
yading@10
|
3078 Allowed ranges for options are C<[-1.0, 1.0]>. Defaults are C<0>.
|
yading@10
|
3079
|
yading@10
|
3080 =back
|
yading@10
|
3081
|
yading@10
|
3082
|
yading@10
|
3083
|
yading@10
|
3084 =head3 Examples
|
yading@10
|
3085
|
yading@10
|
3086
|
yading@10
|
3087
|
yading@10
|
3088 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
3089
|
yading@10
|
3090
|
yading@10
|
3091 =item *
|
yading@10
|
3092
|
yading@10
|
3093 Add red color cast to shadows:
|
yading@10
|
3094
|
yading@10
|
3095 colorbalance=rs=.3
|
yading@10
|
3096
|
yading@10
|
3097
|
yading@10
|
3098 =back
|
yading@10
|
3099
|
yading@10
|
3100
|
yading@10
|
3101
|
yading@10
|
3102 =head2 colorchannelmixer
|
yading@10
|
3103
|
yading@10
|
3104
|
yading@10
|
3105 Adjust video input frames by re-mixing color channels.
|
yading@10
|
3106
|
yading@10
|
3107 This filter modifies a color channel by adding the values associated to
|
yading@10
|
3108 the other channels of the same pixels. For example if the value to
|
yading@10
|
3109 modify is red, the output value will be:
|
yading@10
|
3110
|
yading@10
|
3111 <red>=<red>*<rr> + <blue>*<rb> + <green>*<rg> + <alpha>*<ra>
|
yading@10
|
3112
|
yading@10
|
3113
|
yading@10
|
3114 The filter accepts the following options:
|
yading@10
|
3115
|
yading@10
|
3116
|
yading@10
|
3117 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
3118
|
yading@10
|
3119
|
yading@10
|
3120 =item B<rr>
|
yading@10
|
3121
|
yading@10
|
3122
|
yading@10
|
3123 =item B<rg>
|
yading@10
|
3124
|
yading@10
|
3125
|
yading@10
|
3126 =item B<rb>
|
yading@10
|
3127
|
yading@10
|
3128
|
yading@10
|
3129 =item B<ra>
|
yading@10
|
3130
|
yading@10
|
3131 Adjust contribution of input red, green, blue and alpha channels for output red channel.
|
yading@10
|
3132 Default is C<1> for I<rr>, and C<0> for I<rg>, I<rb> and I<ra>.
|
yading@10
|
3133
|
yading@10
|
3134
|
yading@10
|
3135 =item B<gr>
|
yading@10
|
3136
|
yading@10
|
3137
|
yading@10
|
3138 =item B<gg>
|
yading@10
|
3139
|
yading@10
|
3140
|
yading@10
|
3141 =item B<gb>
|
yading@10
|
3142
|
yading@10
|
3143
|
yading@10
|
3144 =item B<ga>
|
yading@10
|
3145
|
yading@10
|
3146 Adjust contribution of input red, green, blue and alpha channels for output green channel.
|
yading@10
|
3147 Default is C<1> for I<gg>, and C<0> for I<gr>, I<gb> and I<ga>.
|
yading@10
|
3148
|
yading@10
|
3149
|
yading@10
|
3150 =item B<br>
|
yading@10
|
3151
|
yading@10
|
3152
|
yading@10
|
3153 =item B<bg>
|
yading@10
|
3154
|
yading@10
|
3155
|
yading@10
|
3156 =item B<bb>
|
yading@10
|
3157
|
yading@10
|
3158
|
yading@10
|
3159 =item B<ba>
|
yading@10
|
3160
|
yading@10
|
3161 Adjust contribution of input red, green, blue and alpha channels for output blue channel.
|
yading@10
|
3162 Default is C<1> for I<bb>, and C<0> for I<br>, I<bg> and I<ba>.
|
yading@10
|
3163
|
yading@10
|
3164
|
yading@10
|
3165 =item B<ar>
|
yading@10
|
3166
|
yading@10
|
3167
|
yading@10
|
3168 =item B<ag>
|
yading@10
|
3169
|
yading@10
|
3170
|
yading@10
|
3171 =item B<ab>
|
yading@10
|
3172
|
yading@10
|
3173
|
yading@10
|
3174 =item B<aa>
|
yading@10
|
3175
|
yading@10
|
3176 Adjust contribution of input red, green, blue and alpha channels for output alpha channel.
|
yading@10
|
3177 Default is C<1> for I<aa>, and C<0> for I<ar>, I<ag> and I<ab>.
|
yading@10
|
3178
|
yading@10
|
3179 Allowed ranges for options are C<[-2.0, 2.0]>.
|
yading@10
|
3180
|
yading@10
|
3181 =back
|
yading@10
|
3182
|
yading@10
|
3183
|
yading@10
|
3184
|
yading@10
|
3185 =head3 Examples
|
yading@10
|
3186
|
yading@10
|
3187
|
yading@10
|
3188
|
yading@10
|
3189 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
3190
|
yading@10
|
3191
|
yading@10
|
3192 =item *
|
yading@10
|
3193
|
yading@10
|
3194 Convert source to grayscale:
|
yading@10
|
3195
|
yading@10
|
3196 colorchannelmixer=.3:.4:.3:0:.3:.4:.3:0:.3:.4:.3
|
yading@10
|
3197
|
yading@10
|
3198
|
yading@10
|
3199 =back
|
yading@10
|
3200
|
yading@10
|
3201
|
yading@10
|
3202
|
yading@10
|
3203 =head2 colormatrix
|
yading@10
|
3204
|
yading@10
|
3205
|
yading@10
|
3206 Convert color matrix.
|
yading@10
|
3207
|
yading@10
|
3208 The filter accepts the following options:
|
yading@10
|
3209
|
yading@10
|
3210
|
yading@10
|
3211 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
3212
|
yading@10
|
3213
|
yading@10
|
3214 =item B<src>
|
yading@10
|
3215
|
yading@10
|
3216
|
yading@10
|
3217 =item B<dst>
|
yading@10
|
3218
|
yading@10
|
3219 Specify the source and destination color matrix. Both values must be
|
yading@10
|
3220 specified.
|
yading@10
|
3221
|
yading@10
|
3222 The accepted values are:
|
yading@10
|
3223
|
yading@10
|
3224 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
3225
|
yading@10
|
3226
|
yading@10
|
3227 =item B<bt709>
|
yading@10
|
3228
|
yading@10
|
3229 BT.709
|
yading@10
|
3230
|
yading@10
|
3231
|
yading@10
|
3232 =item B<bt601>
|
yading@10
|
3233
|
yading@10
|
3234 BT.601
|
yading@10
|
3235
|
yading@10
|
3236
|
yading@10
|
3237 =item B<smpte240m>
|
yading@10
|
3238
|
yading@10
|
3239 SMPTE-240M
|
yading@10
|
3240
|
yading@10
|
3241
|
yading@10
|
3242 =item B<fcc>
|
yading@10
|
3243
|
yading@10
|
3244 FCC
|
yading@10
|
3245
|
yading@10
|
3246 =back
|
yading@10
|
3247
|
yading@10
|
3248
|
yading@10
|
3249 =back
|
yading@10
|
3250
|
yading@10
|
3251
|
yading@10
|
3252 For example to convert from BT.601 to SMPTE-240M, use the command:
|
yading@10
|
3253
|
yading@10
|
3254 colormatrix=bt601:smpte240m
|
yading@10
|
3255
|
yading@10
|
3256
|
yading@10
|
3257
|
yading@10
|
3258 =head2 copy
|
yading@10
|
3259
|
yading@10
|
3260
|
yading@10
|
3261 Copy the input source unchanged to the output. Mainly useful for
|
yading@10
|
3262 testing purposes.
|
yading@10
|
3263
|
yading@10
|
3264
|
yading@10
|
3265 =head2 crop
|
yading@10
|
3266
|
yading@10
|
3267
|
yading@10
|
3268 Crop the input video to given dimensions.
|
yading@10
|
3269
|
yading@10
|
3270 The filter accepts the following options:
|
yading@10
|
3271
|
yading@10
|
3272
|
yading@10
|
3273 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
3274
|
yading@10
|
3275
|
yading@10
|
3276 =item B<w, out_w>
|
yading@10
|
3277
|
yading@10
|
3278 Width of the output video. It defaults to C<iw>.
|
yading@10
|
3279 This expression is evaluated only once during the filter
|
yading@10
|
3280 configuration.
|
yading@10
|
3281
|
yading@10
|
3282
|
yading@10
|
3283 =item B<h, out_h>
|
yading@10
|
3284
|
yading@10
|
3285 Height of the output video. It defaults to C<ih>.
|
yading@10
|
3286 This expression is evaluated only once during the filter
|
yading@10
|
3287 configuration.
|
yading@10
|
3288
|
yading@10
|
3289
|
yading@10
|
3290 =item B<x>
|
yading@10
|
3291
|
yading@10
|
3292 Horizontal position, in the input video, of the left edge of the output video.
|
yading@10
|
3293 It defaults to C<(in_w-out_w)/2>.
|
yading@10
|
3294 This expression is evaluated per-frame.
|
yading@10
|
3295
|
yading@10
|
3296
|
yading@10
|
3297 =item B<y>
|
yading@10
|
3298
|
yading@10
|
3299 Vertical position, in the input video, of the top edge of the output video.
|
yading@10
|
3300 It defaults to C<(in_h-out_h)/2>.
|
yading@10
|
3301 This expression is evaluated per-frame.
|
yading@10
|
3302
|
yading@10
|
3303
|
yading@10
|
3304 =item B<keep_aspect>
|
yading@10
|
3305
|
yading@10
|
3306 If set to 1 will force the output display aspect ratio
|
yading@10
|
3307 to be the same of the input, by changing the output sample aspect
|
yading@10
|
3308 ratio. It defaults to 0.
|
yading@10
|
3309
|
yading@10
|
3310 =back
|
yading@10
|
3311
|
yading@10
|
3312
|
yading@10
|
3313 The I<out_w>, I<out_h>, I<x>, I<y> parameters are
|
yading@10
|
3314 expressions containing the following constants:
|
yading@10
|
3315
|
yading@10
|
3316
|
yading@10
|
3317 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
3318
|
yading@10
|
3319
|
yading@10
|
3320 =item B<x, y>
|
yading@10
|
3321
|
yading@10
|
3322 the computed values for I<x> and I<y>. They are evaluated for
|
yading@10
|
3323 each new frame.
|
yading@10
|
3324
|
yading@10
|
3325
|
yading@10
|
3326 =item B<in_w, in_h>
|
yading@10
|
3327
|
yading@10
|
3328 the input width and height
|
yading@10
|
3329
|
yading@10
|
3330
|
yading@10
|
3331 =item B<iw, ih>
|
yading@10
|
3332
|
yading@10
|
3333 same as I<in_w> and I<in_h>
|
yading@10
|
3334
|
yading@10
|
3335
|
yading@10
|
3336 =item B<out_w, out_h>
|
yading@10
|
3337
|
yading@10
|
3338 the output (cropped) width and height
|
yading@10
|
3339
|
yading@10
|
3340
|
yading@10
|
3341 =item B<ow, oh>
|
yading@10
|
3342
|
yading@10
|
3343 same as I<out_w> and I<out_h>
|
yading@10
|
3344
|
yading@10
|
3345
|
yading@10
|
3346 =item B<a>
|
yading@10
|
3347
|
yading@10
|
3348 same as I<iw> / I<ih>
|
yading@10
|
3349
|
yading@10
|
3350
|
yading@10
|
3351 =item B<sar>
|
yading@10
|
3352
|
yading@10
|
3353 input sample aspect ratio
|
yading@10
|
3354
|
yading@10
|
3355
|
yading@10
|
3356 =item B<dar>
|
yading@10
|
3357
|
yading@10
|
3358 input display aspect ratio, it is the same as (I<iw> / I<ih>) * I<sar>
|
yading@10
|
3359
|
yading@10
|
3360
|
yading@10
|
3361 =item B<hsub, vsub>
|
yading@10
|
3362
|
yading@10
|
3363 horizontal and vertical chroma subsample values. For example for the
|
yading@10
|
3364 pixel format "yuv422p" I<hsub> is 2 and I<vsub> is 1.
|
yading@10
|
3365
|
yading@10
|
3366
|
yading@10
|
3367 =item B<n>
|
yading@10
|
3368
|
yading@10
|
3369 the number of input frame, starting from 0
|
yading@10
|
3370
|
yading@10
|
3371
|
yading@10
|
3372 =item B<pos>
|
yading@10
|
3373
|
yading@10
|
3374 the position in the file of the input frame, NAN if unknown
|
yading@10
|
3375
|
yading@10
|
3376
|
yading@10
|
3377 =item B<t>
|
yading@10
|
3378
|
yading@10
|
3379 timestamp expressed in seconds, NAN if the input timestamp is unknown
|
yading@10
|
3380
|
yading@10
|
3381
|
yading@10
|
3382 =back
|
yading@10
|
3383
|
yading@10
|
3384
|
yading@10
|
3385 The expression for I<out_w> may depend on the value of I<out_h>,
|
yading@10
|
3386 and the expression for I<out_h> may depend on I<out_w>, but they
|
yading@10
|
3387 cannot depend on I<x> and I<y>, as I<x> and I<y> are
|
yading@10
|
3388 evaluated after I<out_w> and I<out_h>.
|
yading@10
|
3389
|
yading@10
|
3390 The I<x> and I<y> parameters specify the expressions for the
|
yading@10
|
3391 position of the top-left corner of the output (non-cropped) area. They
|
yading@10
|
3392 are evaluated for each frame. If the evaluated value is not valid, it
|
yading@10
|
3393 is approximated to the nearest valid value.
|
yading@10
|
3394
|
yading@10
|
3395 The expression for I<x> may depend on I<y>, and the expression
|
yading@10
|
3396 for I<y> may depend on I<x>.
|
yading@10
|
3397
|
yading@10
|
3398
|
yading@10
|
3399 =head3 Examples
|
yading@10
|
3400
|
yading@10
|
3401
|
yading@10
|
3402
|
yading@10
|
3403 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
3404
|
yading@10
|
3405
|
yading@10
|
3406 =item *
|
yading@10
|
3407
|
yading@10
|
3408 Crop area with size 100x100 at position (12,34).
|
yading@10
|
3409
|
yading@10
|
3410 crop=100:100:12:34
|
yading@10
|
3411
|
yading@10
|
3412
|
yading@10
|
3413 Using named options, the example above becomes:
|
yading@10
|
3414
|
yading@10
|
3415 crop=w=100:h=100:x=12:y=34
|
yading@10
|
3416
|
yading@10
|
3417
|
yading@10
|
3418
|
yading@10
|
3419 =item *
|
yading@10
|
3420
|
yading@10
|
3421 Crop the central input area with size 100x100:
|
yading@10
|
3422
|
yading@10
|
3423 crop=100:100
|
yading@10
|
3424
|
yading@10
|
3425
|
yading@10
|
3426
|
yading@10
|
3427 =item *
|
yading@10
|
3428
|
yading@10
|
3429 Crop the central input area with size 2/3 of the input video:
|
yading@10
|
3430
|
yading@10
|
3431 crop=2/3*in_w:2/3*in_h
|
yading@10
|
3432
|
yading@10
|
3433
|
yading@10
|
3434
|
yading@10
|
3435 =item *
|
yading@10
|
3436
|
yading@10
|
3437 Crop the input video central square:
|
yading@10
|
3438
|
yading@10
|
3439 crop=out_w=in_h
|
yading@10
|
3440 crop=in_h
|
yading@10
|
3441
|
yading@10
|
3442
|
yading@10
|
3443
|
yading@10
|
3444 =item *
|
yading@10
|
3445
|
yading@10
|
3446 Delimit the rectangle with the top-left corner placed at position
|
yading@10
|
3447 100:100 and the right-bottom corner corresponding to the right-bottom
|
yading@10
|
3448 corner of the input image:
|
yading@10
|
3449
|
yading@10
|
3450 crop=in_w-100:in_h-100:100:100
|
yading@10
|
3451
|
yading@10
|
3452
|
yading@10
|
3453
|
yading@10
|
3454 =item *
|
yading@10
|
3455
|
yading@10
|
3456 Crop 10 pixels from the left and right borders, and 20 pixels from
|
yading@10
|
3457 the top and bottom borders
|
yading@10
|
3458
|
yading@10
|
3459 crop=in_w-2*10:in_h-2*20
|
yading@10
|
3460
|
yading@10
|
3461
|
yading@10
|
3462
|
yading@10
|
3463 =item *
|
yading@10
|
3464
|
yading@10
|
3465 Keep only the bottom right quarter of the input image:
|
yading@10
|
3466
|
yading@10
|
3467 crop=in_w/2:in_h/2:in_w/2:in_h/2
|
yading@10
|
3468
|
yading@10
|
3469
|
yading@10
|
3470
|
yading@10
|
3471 =item *
|
yading@10
|
3472
|
yading@10
|
3473 Crop height for getting Greek harmony:
|
yading@10
|
3474
|
yading@10
|
3475 crop=in_w:1/PHI*in_w
|
yading@10
|
3476
|
yading@10
|
3477
|
yading@10
|
3478
|
yading@10
|
3479 =item *
|
yading@10
|
3480
|
yading@10
|
3481 Appply trembling effect:
|
yading@10
|
3482
|
yading@10
|
3483 crop=in_w/2:in_h/2:(in_w-out_w)/2+((in_w-out_w)/2)*sin(n/10):(in_h-out_h)/2 +((in_h-out_h)/2)*sin(n/7)
|
yading@10
|
3484
|
yading@10
|
3485
|
yading@10
|
3486
|
yading@10
|
3487 =item *
|
yading@10
|
3488
|
yading@10
|
3489 Apply erratic camera effect depending on timestamp:
|
yading@10
|
3490
|
yading@10
|
3491 crop=in_w/2:in_h/2:(in_w-out_w)/2+((in_w-out_w)/2)*sin(t*10):(in_h-out_h)/2 +((in_h-out_h)/2)*sin(t*13)"
|
yading@10
|
3492
|
yading@10
|
3493
|
yading@10
|
3494
|
yading@10
|
3495 =item *
|
yading@10
|
3496
|
yading@10
|
3497 Set x depending on the value of y:
|
yading@10
|
3498
|
yading@10
|
3499 crop=in_w/2:in_h/2:y:10+10*sin(n/10)
|
yading@10
|
3500
|
yading@10
|
3501
|
yading@10
|
3502 =back
|
yading@10
|
3503
|
yading@10
|
3504
|
yading@10
|
3505
|
yading@10
|
3506 =head2 cropdetect
|
yading@10
|
3507
|
yading@10
|
3508
|
yading@10
|
3509 Auto-detect crop size.
|
yading@10
|
3510
|
yading@10
|
3511 Calculate necessary cropping parameters and prints the recommended
|
yading@10
|
3512 parameters through the logging system. The detected dimensions
|
yading@10
|
3513 correspond to the non-black area of the input video.
|
yading@10
|
3514
|
yading@10
|
3515 The filter accepts the following options:
|
yading@10
|
3516
|
yading@10
|
3517
|
yading@10
|
3518 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
3519
|
yading@10
|
3520
|
yading@10
|
3521
|
yading@10
|
3522 =item B<limit>
|
yading@10
|
3523
|
yading@10
|
3524 Set higher black value threshold, which can be optionally specified
|
yading@10
|
3525 from nothing (0) to everything (255). An intensity value greater
|
yading@10
|
3526 to the set value is considered non-black. Default value is 24.
|
yading@10
|
3527
|
yading@10
|
3528
|
yading@10
|
3529 =item B<round>
|
yading@10
|
3530
|
yading@10
|
3531 Set the value for which the width/height should be divisible by. The
|
yading@10
|
3532 offset is automatically adjusted to center the video. Use 2 to get
|
yading@10
|
3533 only even dimensions (needed for 4:2:2 video). 16 is best when
|
yading@10
|
3534 encoding to most video codecs. Default value is 16.
|
yading@10
|
3535
|
yading@10
|
3536
|
yading@10
|
3537 =item B<reset_count, reset>
|
yading@10
|
3538
|
yading@10
|
3539 Set the counter that determines after how many frames cropdetect will
|
yading@10
|
3540 reset the previously detected largest video area and start over to
|
yading@10
|
3541 detect the current optimal crop area. Default value is 0.
|
yading@10
|
3542
|
yading@10
|
3543 This can be useful when channel logos distort the video area. 0
|
yading@10
|
3544 indicates never reset and return the largest area encountered during
|
yading@10
|
3545 playback.
|
yading@10
|
3546
|
yading@10
|
3547 =back
|
yading@10
|
3548
|
yading@10
|
3549
|
yading@10
|
3550
|
yading@10
|
3551 =head2 curves
|
yading@10
|
3552
|
yading@10
|
3553
|
yading@10
|
3554 Apply color adjustments using curves.
|
yading@10
|
3555
|
yading@10
|
3556 This filter is similar to the Adobe Photoshop and GIMP curves tools. Each
|
yading@10
|
3557 component (red, green and blue) has its values defined by I<N> key points
|
yading@10
|
3558 tied from each other using a smooth curve. The x-axis represents the pixel
|
yading@10
|
3559 values from the input frame, and the y-axis the new pixel values to be set for
|
yading@10
|
3560 the output frame.
|
yading@10
|
3561
|
yading@10
|
3562 By default, a component curve is defined by the two points I<(0;0)> and
|
yading@10
|
3563 I<(1;1)>. This creates a straight line where each original pixel value is
|
yading@10
|
3564 "adjusted" to its own value, which means no change to the image.
|
yading@10
|
3565
|
yading@10
|
3566 The filter allows you to redefine these two points and add some more. A new
|
yading@10
|
3567 curve (using a natural cubic spline interpolation) will be define to pass
|
yading@10
|
3568 smoothly through all these new coordinates. The new defined points needs to be
|
yading@10
|
3569 strictly increasing over the x-axis, and their I<x> and I<y> values must
|
yading@10
|
3570 be in the I<[0;1]> interval. If the computed curves happened to go outside
|
yading@10
|
3571 the vector spaces, the values will be clipped accordingly.
|
yading@10
|
3572
|
yading@10
|
3573 If there is no key point defined in C<x=0>, the filter will automatically
|
yading@10
|
3574 insert a I<(0;0)> point. In the same way, if there is no key point defined
|
yading@10
|
3575 in C<x=1>, the filter will automatically insert a I<(1;1)> point.
|
yading@10
|
3576
|
yading@10
|
3577 The filter accepts the following options:
|
yading@10
|
3578
|
yading@10
|
3579
|
yading@10
|
3580 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
3581
|
yading@10
|
3582
|
yading@10
|
3583 =item B<preset>
|
yading@10
|
3584
|
yading@10
|
3585 Select one of the available color presets. This option can be used in addition
|
yading@10
|
3586 to the B<r>, B<g>, B<b> parameters; in this case, the later
|
yading@10
|
3587 options takes priority on the preset values.
|
yading@10
|
3588 Available presets are:
|
yading@10
|
3589
|
yading@10
|
3590 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
3591
|
yading@10
|
3592
|
yading@10
|
3593 =item B<none>
|
yading@10
|
3594
|
yading@10
|
3595
|
yading@10
|
3596 =item B<color_negative>
|
yading@10
|
3597
|
yading@10
|
3598
|
yading@10
|
3599 =item B<cross_process>
|
yading@10
|
3600
|
yading@10
|
3601
|
yading@10
|
3602 =item B<darker>
|
yading@10
|
3603
|
yading@10
|
3604
|
yading@10
|
3605 =item B<increase_contrast>
|
yading@10
|
3606
|
yading@10
|
3607
|
yading@10
|
3608 =item B<lighter>
|
yading@10
|
3609
|
yading@10
|
3610
|
yading@10
|
3611 =item B<linear_contrast>
|
yading@10
|
3612
|
yading@10
|
3613
|
yading@10
|
3614 =item B<medium_contrast>
|
yading@10
|
3615
|
yading@10
|
3616
|
yading@10
|
3617 =item B<negative>
|
yading@10
|
3618
|
yading@10
|
3619
|
yading@10
|
3620 =item B<strong_contrast>
|
yading@10
|
3621
|
yading@10
|
3622
|
yading@10
|
3623 =item B<vintage>
|
yading@10
|
3624
|
yading@10
|
3625
|
yading@10
|
3626 =back
|
yading@10
|
3627
|
yading@10
|
3628 Default is C<none>.
|
yading@10
|
3629
|
yading@10
|
3630 =item B<master, m>
|
yading@10
|
3631
|
yading@10
|
3632 Set the master key points. These points will define a second pass mapping. It
|
yading@10
|
3633 is sometimes called a "luminance" or "value" mapping. It can be used with
|
yading@10
|
3634 B<r>, B<g>, B<b> or B<all> since it acts like a
|
yading@10
|
3635 post-processing LUT.
|
yading@10
|
3636
|
yading@10
|
3637 =item B<red, r>
|
yading@10
|
3638
|
yading@10
|
3639 Set the key points for the red component.
|
yading@10
|
3640
|
yading@10
|
3641 =item B<green, g>
|
yading@10
|
3642
|
yading@10
|
3643 Set the key points for the green component.
|
yading@10
|
3644
|
yading@10
|
3645 =item B<blue, b>
|
yading@10
|
3646
|
yading@10
|
3647 Set the key points for the blue component.
|
yading@10
|
3648
|
yading@10
|
3649 =item B<all>
|
yading@10
|
3650
|
yading@10
|
3651 Set the key points for all components (not including master).
|
yading@10
|
3652 Can be used in addition to the other key points component
|
yading@10
|
3653 options. In this case, the unset component(s) will fallback on this
|
yading@10
|
3654 B<all> setting.
|
yading@10
|
3655
|
yading@10
|
3656 =item B<psfile>
|
yading@10
|
3657
|
yading@10
|
3658 Specify a Photoshop curves file (C<.asv>) to import the settings from.
|
yading@10
|
3659
|
yading@10
|
3660 =back
|
yading@10
|
3661
|
yading@10
|
3662
|
yading@10
|
3663 To avoid some filtergraph syntax conflicts, each key points list need to be
|
yading@10
|
3664 defined using the following syntax: C<x0/y0 x1/y1 x2/y2 ...>.
|
yading@10
|
3665
|
yading@10
|
3666
|
yading@10
|
3667 =head3 Examples
|
yading@10
|
3668
|
yading@10
|
3669
|
yading@10
|
3670
|
yading@10
|
3671 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
3672
|
yading@10
|
3673
|
yading@10
|
3674 =item *
|
yading@10
|
3675
|
yading@10
|
3676 Increase slightly the middle level of blue:
|
yading@10
|
3677
|
yading@10
|
3678 curves=blue='0.5/0.58'
|
yading@10
|
3679
|
yading@10
|
3680
|
yading@10
|
3681
|
yading@10
|
3682 =item *
|
yading@10
|
3683
|
yading@10
|
3684 Vintage effect:
|
yading@10
|
3685
|
yading@10
|
3686 curves=r='0/0.11 .42/.51 1/0.95':g='0.50/0.48':b='0/0.22 .49/.44 1/0.8'
|
yading@10
|
3687
|
yading@10
|
3688 Here we obtain the following coordinates for each components:
|
yading@10
|
3689
|
yading@10
|
3690 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
3691
|
yading@10
|
3692
|
yading@10
|
3693 =item I<red>
|
yading@10
|
3694
|
yading@10
|
3695 C<(0;0.11) (0.42;0.51) (1;0.95)>
|
yading@10
|
3696
|
yading@10
|
3697 =item I<green>
|
yading@10
|
3698
|
yading@10
|
3699 C<(0;0) (0.50;0.48) (1;1)>
|
yading@10
|
3700
|
yading@10
|
3701 =item I<blue>
|
yading@10
|
3702
|
yading@10
|
3703 C<(0;0.22) (0.49;0.44) (1;0.80)>
|
yading@10
|
3704
|
yading@10
|
3705 =back
|
yading@10
|
3706
|
yading@10
|
3707
|
yading@10
|
3708
|
yading@10
|
3709 =item *
|
yading@10
|
3710
|
yading@10
|
3711 The previous example can also be achieved with the associated built-in preset:
|
yading@10
|
3712
|
yading@10
|
3713 curves=preset=vintage
|
yading@10
|
3714
|
yading@10
|
3715
|
yading@10
|
3716
|
yading@10
|
3717 =item *
|
yading@10
|
3718
|
yading@10
|
3719 Or simply:
|
yading@10
|
3720
|
yading@10
|
3721 curves=vintage
|
yading@10
|
3722
|
yading@10
|
3723
|
yading@10
|
3724
|
yading@10
|
3725 =item *
|
yading@10
|
3726
|
yading@10
|
3727 Use a Photoshop preset and redefine the points of the green component:
|
yading@10
|
3728
|
yading@10
|
3729 curves=psfile='MyCurvesPresets/purple.asv':green='0.45/0.53'
|
yading@10
|
3730
|
yading@10
|
3731
|
yading@10
|
3732 =back
|
yading@10
|
3733
|
yading@10
|
3734
|
yading@10
|
3735
|
yading@10
|
3736
|
yading@10
|
3737 =head2 decimate
|
yading@10
|
3738
|
yading@10
|
3739
|
yading@10
|
3740 Drop duplicated frames at regular intervals.
|
yading@10
|
3741
|
yading@10
|
3742 The filter accepts the following options:
|
yading@10
|
3743
|
yading@10
|
3744
|
yading@10
|
3745 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
3746
|
yading@10
|
3747
|
yading@10
|
3748 =item B<cycle>
|
yading@10
|
3749
|
yading@10
|
3750 Set the number of frames from which one will be dropped. Setting this to
|
yading@10
|
3751 I<N> means one frame in every batch of I<N> frames will be dropped.
|
yading@10
|
3752 Default is C<5>.
|
yading@10
|
3753
|
yading@10
|
3754
|
yading@10
|
3755 =item B<dupthresh>
|
yading@10
|
3756
|
yading@10
|
3757 Set the threshold for duplicate detection. If the difference metric for a frame
|
yading@10
|
3758 is less than or equal to this value, then it is declared as duplicate. Default
|
yading@10
|
3759 is C<1.1>
|
yading@10
|
3760
|
yading@10
|
3761
|
yading@10
|
3762 =item B<scthresh>
|
yading@10
|
3763
|
yading@10
|
3764 Set scene change threshold. Default is C<15>.
|
yading@10
|
3765
|
yading@10
|
3766
|
yading@10
|
3767 =item B<blockx>
|
yading@10
|
3768
|
yading@10
|
3769
|
yading@10
|
3770 =item B<blocky>
|
yading@10
|
3771
|
yading@10
|
3772 Set the size of the x and y-axis blocks used during metric calculations.
|
yading@10
|
3773 Larger blocks give better noise suppression, but also give worse detection of
|
yading@10
|
3774 small movements. Must be a power of two. Default is C<32>.
|
yading@10
|
3775
|
yading@10
|
3776
|
yading@10
|
3777 =item B<ppsrc>
|
yading@10
|
3778
|
yading@10
|
3779 Mark main input as a pre-processed input and activate clean source input
|
yading@10
|
3780 stream. This allows the input to be pre-processed with various filters to help
|
yading@10
|
3781 the metrics calculation while keeping the frame selection lossless. When set to
|
yading@10
|
3782 C<1>, the first stream is for the pre-processed input, and the second
|
yading@10
|
3783 stream is the clean source from where the kept frames are chosen. Default is
|
yading@10
|
3784 C<0>.
|
yading@10
|
3785
|
yading@10
|
3786
|
yading@10
|
3787 =item B<chroma>
|
yading@10
|
3788
|
yading@10
|
3789 Set whether or not chroma is considered in the metric calculations. Default is
|
yading@10
|
3790 C<1>.
|
yading@10
|
3791
|
yading@10
|
3792 =back
|
yading@10
|
3793
|
yading@10
|
3794
|
yading@10
|
3795
|
yading@10
|
3796 =head2 delogo
|
yading@10
|
3797
|
yading@10
|
3798
|
yading@10
|
3799 Suppress a TV station logo by a simple interpolation of the surrounding
|
yading@10
|
3800 pixels. Just set a rectangle covering the logo and watch it disappear
|
yading@10
|
3801 (and sometimes something even uglier appear - your mileage may vary).
|
yading@10
|
3802
|
yading@10
|
3803 This filter accepts the following options:
|
yading@10
|
3804
|
yading@10
|
3805 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
3806
|
yading@10
|
3807
|
yading@10
|
3808
|
yading@10
|
3809 =item B<x, y>
|
yading@10
|
3810
|
yading@10
|
3811 Specify the top left corner coordinates of the logo. They must be
|
yading@10
|
3812 specified.
|
yading@10
|
3813
|
yading@10
|
3814
|
yading@10
|
3815 =item B<w, h>
|
yading@10
|
3816
|
yading@10
|
3817 Specify the width and height of the logo to clear. They must be
|
yading@10
|
3818 specified.
|
yading@10
|
3819
|
yading@10
|
3820
|
yading@10
|
3821 =item B<band, t>
|
yading@10
|
3822
|
yading@10
|
3823 Specify the thickness of the fuzzy edge of the rectangle (added to
|
yading@10
|
3824 I<w> and I<h>). The default value is 4.
|
yading@10
|
3825
|
yading@10
|
3826
|
yading@10
|
3827 =item B<show>
|
yading@10
|
3828
|
yading@10
|
3829 When set to 1, a green rectangle is drawn on the screen to simplify
|
yading@10
|
3830 finding the right I<x>, I<y>, I<w>, I<h> parameters, and
|
yading@10
|
3831 I<band> is set to 4. The default value is 0.
|
yading@10
|
3832
|
yading@10
|
3833
|
yading@10
|
3834 =back
|
yading@10
|
3835
|
yading@10
|
3836
|
yading@10
|
3837
|
yading@10
|
3838 =head3 Examples
|
yading@10
|
3839
|
yading@10
|
3840
|
yading@10
|
3841
|
yading@10
|
3842 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
3843
|
yading@10
|
3844
|
yading@10
|
3845 =item *
|
yading@10
|
3846
|
yading@10
|
3847 Set a rectangle covering the area with top left corner coordinates 0,0
|
yading@10
|
3848 and size 100x77, setting a band of size 10:
|
yading@10
|
3849
|
yading@10
|
3850 delogo=x=0:y=0:w=100:h=77:band=10
|
yading@10
|
3851
|
yading@10
|
3852
|
yading@10
|
3853
|
yading@10
|
3854 =back
|
yading@10
|
3855
|
yading@10
|
3856
|
yading@10
|
3857
|
yading@10
|
3858 =head2 deshake
|
yading@10
|
3859
|
yading@10
|
3860
|
yading@10
|
3861 Attempt to fix small changes in horizontal and/or vertical shift. This
|
yading@10
|
3862 filter helps remove camera shake from hand-holding a camera, bumping a
|
yading@10
|
3863 tripod, moving on a vehicle, etc.
|
yading@10
|
3864
|
yading@10
|
3865 The filter accepts the following options:
|
yading@10
|
3866
|
yading@10
|
3867
|
yading@10
|
3868 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
3869
|
yading@10
|
3870
|
yading@10
|
3871
|
yading@10
|
3872 =item B<x>
|
yading@10
|
3873
|
yading@10
|
3874
|
yading@10
|
3875 =item B<y>
|
yading@10
|
3876
|
yading@10
|
3877
|
yading@10
|
3878 =item B<w>
|
yading@10
|
3879
|
yading@10
|
3880
|
yading@10
|
3881 =item B<h>
|
yading@10
|
3882
|
yading@10
|
3883 Specify a rectangular area where to limit the search for motion
|
yading@10
|
3884 vectors.
|
yading@10
|
3885 If desired the search for motion vectors can be limited to a
|
yading@10
|
3886 rectangular area of the frame defined by its top left corner, width
|
yading@10
|
3887 and height. These parameters have the same meaning as the drawbox
|
yading@10
|
3888 filter which can be used to visualise the position of the bounding
|
yading@10
|
3889 box.
|
yading@10
|
3890
|
yading@10
|
3891 This is useful when simultaneous movement of subjects within the frame
|
yading@10
|
3892 might be confused for camera motion by the motion vector search.
|
yading@10
|
3893
|
yading@10
|
3894 If any or all of I<x>, I<y>, I<w> and I<h> are set to -1
|
yading@10
|
3895 then the full frame is used. This allows later options to be set
|
yading@10
|
3896 without specifying the bounding box for the motion vector search.
|
yading@10
|
3897
|
yading@10
|
3898 Default - search the whole frame.
|
yading@10
|
3899
|
yading@10
|
3900
|
yading@10
|
3901 =item B<rx>
|
yading@10
|
3902
|
yading@10
|
3903
|
yading@10
|
3904 =item B<ry>
|
yading@10
|
3905
|
yading@10
|
3906 Specify the maximum extent of movement in x and y directions in the
|
yading@10
|
3907 range 0-64 pixels. Default 16.
|
yading@10
|
3908
|
yading@10
|
3909
|
yading@10
|
3910 =item B<edge>
|
yading@10
|
3911
|
yading@10
|
3912 Specify how to generate pixels to fill blanks at the edge of the
|
yading@10
|
3913 frame. Available values are:
|
yading@10
|
3914
|
yading@10
|
3915 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
3916
|
yading@10
|
3917
|
yading@10
|
3918 =item B<blank, 0>
|
yading@10
|
3919
|
yading@10
|
3920 Fill zeroes at blank locations
|
yading@10
|
3921
|
yading@10
|
3922 =item B<original, 1>
|
yading@10
|
3923
|
yading@10
|
3924 Original image at blank locations
|
yading@10
|
3925
|
yading@10
|
3926 =item B<clamp, 2>
|
yading@10
|
3927
|
yading@10
|
3928 Extruded edge value at blank locations
|
yading@10
|
3929
|
yading@10
|
3930 =item B<mirror, 3>
|
yading@10
|
3931
|
yading@10
|
3932 Mirrored edge at blank locations
|
yading@10
|
3933
|
yading@10
|
3934 =back
|
yading@10
|
3935
|
yading@10
|
3936 Default value is B<mirror>.
|
yading@10
|
3937
|
yading@10
|
3938
|
yading@10
|
3939 =item B<blocksize>
|
yading@10
|
3940
|
yading@10
|
3941 Specify the blocksize to use for motion search. Range 4-128 pixels,
|
yading@10
|
3942 default 8.
|
yading@10
|
3943
|
yading@10
|
3944
|
yading@10
|
3945 =item B<contrast>
|
yading@10
|
3946
|
yading@10
|
3947 Specify the contrast threshold for blocks. Only blocks with more than
|
yading@10
|
3948 the specified contrast (difference between darkest and lightest
|
yading@10
|
3949 pixels) will be considered. Range 1-255, default 125.
|
yading@10
|
3950
|
yading@10
|
3951
|
yading@10
|
3952 =item B<search>
|
yading@10
|
3953
|
yading@10
|
3954 Specify the search strategy. Available values are:
|
yading@10
|
3955
|
yading@10
|
3956 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
3957
|
yading@10
|
3958
|
yading@10
|
3959 =item B<exhaustive, 0>
|
yading@10
|
3960
|
yading@10
|
3961 Set exhaustive search
|
yading@10
|
3962
|
yading@10
|
3963 =item B<less, 1>
|
yading@10
|
3964
|
yading@10
|
3965 Set less exhaustive search.
|
yading@10
|
3966
|
yading@10
|
3967 =back
|
yading@10
|
3968
|
yading@10
|
3969 Default value is B<exhaustive>.
|
yading@10
|
3970
|
yading@10
|
3971
|
yading@10
|
3972 =item B<filename>
|
yading@10
|
3973
|
yading@10
|
3974 If set then a detailed log of the motion search is written to the
|
yading@10
|
3975 specified file.
|
yading@10
|
3976
|
yading@10
|
3977
|
yading@10
|
3978 =item B<opencl>
|
yading@10
|
3979
|
yading@10
|
3980 If set to 1, specify using OpenCL capabilities, only available if
|
yading@10
|
3981 FFmpeg was configured with C<--enable-opencl>. Default value is 0.
|
yading@10
|
3982
|
yading@10
|
3983
|
yading@10
|
3984 =back
|
yading@10
|
3985
|
yading@10
|
3986
|
yading@10
|
3987
|
yading@10
|
3988 =head2 drawbox
|
yading@10
|
3989
|
yading@10
|
3990
|
yading@10
|
3991 Draw a colored box on the input image.
|
yading@10
|
3992
|
yading@10
|
3993 This filter accepts the following options:
|
yading@10
|
3994
|
yading@10
|
3995
|
yading@10
|
3996 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
3997
|
yading@10
|
3998
|
yading@10
|
3999 =item B<x, y>
|
yading@10
|
4000
|
yading@10
|
4001 Specify the top left corner coordinates of the box. Default to 0.
|
yading@10
|
4002
|
yading@10
|
4003
|
yading@10
|
4004 =item B<width, w>
|
yading@10
|
4005
|
yading@10
|
4006
|
yading@10
|
4007 =item B<height, h>
|
yading@10
|
4008
|
yading@10
|
4009 Specify the width and height of the box, if 0 they are interpreted as
|
yading@10
|
4010 the input width and height. Default to 0.
|
yading@10
|
4011
|
yading@10
|
4012
|
yading@10
|
4013 =item B<color, c>
|
yading@10
|
4014
|
yading@10
|
4015 Specify the color of the box to write, it can be the name of a color
|
yading@10
|
4016 (case insensitive match) or a 0xRRGGBB[AA] sequence. If the special
|
yading@10
|
4017 value C<invert> is used, the box edge color is the same as the
|
yading@10
|
4018 video with inverted luma.
|
yading@10
|
4019
|
yading@10
|
4020
|
yading@10
|
4021 =item B<thickness, t>
|
yading@10
|
4022
|
yading@10
|
4023 Set the thickness of the box edge. Default value is C<4>.
|
yading@10
|
4024
|
yading@10
|
4025 =back
|
yading@10
|
4026
|
yading@10
|
4027
|
yading@10
|
4028
|
yading@10
|
4029 =head3 Examples
|
yading@10
|
4030
|
yading@10
|
4031
|
yading@10
|
4032
|
yading@10
|
4033 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
4034
|
yading@10
|
4035
|
yading@10
|
4036 =item *
|
yading@10
|
4037
|
yading@10
|
4038 Draw a black box around the edge of the input image:
|
yading@10
|
4039
|
yading@10
|
4040 drawbox
|
yading@10
|
4041
|
yading@10
|
4042
|
yading@10
|
4043
|
yading@10
|
4044 =item *
|
yading@10
|
4045
|
yading@10
|
4046 Draw a box with color red and an opacity of 50%:
|
yading@10
|
4047
|
yading@10
|
4048 drawbox=10:20:200:60:red@0.5
|
yading@10
|
4049
|
yading@10
|
4050
|
yading@10
|
4051 The previous example can be specified as:
|
yading@10
|
4052
|
yading@10
|
4053 drawbox=x=10:y=20:w=200:h=60:color=red@0.5
|
yading@10
|
4054
|
yading@10
|
4055
|
yading@10
|
4056
|
yading@10
|
4057 =item *
|
yading@10
|
4058
|
yading@10
|
4059 Fill the box with pink color:
|
yading@10
|
4060
|
yading@10
|
4061 drawbox=x=10:y=10:w=100:h=100:color=pink@0.5:t=max
|
yading@10
|
4062
|
yading@10
|
4063
|
yading@10
|
4064 =back
|
yading@10
|
4065
|
yading@10
|
4066
|
yading@10
|
4067
|
yading@10
|
4068
|
yading@10
|
4069 =head2 drawtext
|
yading@10
|
4070
|
yading@10
|
4071
|
yading@10
|
4072 Draw text string or text from specified file on top of video using the
|
yading@10
|
4073 libfreetype library.
|
yading@10
|
4074
|
yading@10
|
4075 To enable compilation of this filter you need to configure FFmpeg with
|
yading@10
|
4076 C<--enable-libfreetype>.
|
yading@10
|
4077
|
yading@10
|
4078
|
yading@10
|
4079 =head3 Syntax
|
yading@10
|
4080
|
yading@10
|
4081
|
yading@10
|
4082 The description of the accepted parameters follows.
|
yading@10
|
4083
|
yading@10
|
4084
|
yading@10
|
4085 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
4086
|
yading@10
|
4087
|
yading@10
|
4088
|
yading@10
|
4089 =item B<box>
|
yading@10
|
4090
|
yading@10
|
4091 Used to draw a box around text using background color.
|
yading@10
|
4092 Value should be either 1 (enable) or 0 (disable).
|
yading@10
|
4093 The default value of I<box> is 0.
|
yading@10
|
4094
|
yading@10
|
4095
|
yading@10
|
4096 =item B<boxcolor>
|
yading@10
|
4097
|
yading@10
|
4098 The color to be used for drawing box around text.
|
yading@10
|
4099 Either a string (e.g. "yellow") or in 0xRRGGBB[AA] format
|
yading@10
|
4100 (e.g. "0xff00ff"), possibly followed by an alpha specifier.
|
yading@10
|
4101 The default value of I<boxcolor> is "white".
|
yading@10
|
4102
|
yading@10
|
4103
|
yading@10
|
4104 =item B<draw>
|
yading@10
|
4105
|
yading@10
|
4106 Set an expression which specifies if the text should be drawn. If the
|
yading@10
|
4107 expression evaluates to 0, the text is not drawn. This is useful for
|
yading@10
|
4108 specifying that the text should be drawn only when specific conditions
|
yading@10
|
4109 are met.
|
yading@10
|
4110
|
yading@10
|
4111 Default value is "1".
|
yading@10
|
4112
|
yading@10
|
4113 See below for the list of accepted constants and functions.
|
yading@10
|
4114
|
yading@10
|
4115
|
yading@10
|
4116 =item B<expansion>
|
yading@10
|
4117
|
yading@10
|
4118 Select how the I<text> is expanded. Can be either C<none>,
|
yading@10
|
4119 C<strftime> (deprecated) or
|
yading@10
|
4120 C<normal> (default). See the drawtext_expansion, Text expansion section
|
yading@10
|
4121 below for details.
|
yading@10
|
4122
|
yading@10
|
4123
|
yading@10
|
4124 =item B<fix_bounds>
|
yading@10
|
4125
|
yading@10
|
4126 If true, check and fix text coords to avoid clipping.
|
yading@10
|
4127
|
yading@10
|
4128
|
yading@10
|
4129 =item B<fontcolor>
|
yading@10
|
4130
|
yading@10
|
4131 The color to be used for drawing fonts.
|
yading@10
|
4132 Either a string (e.g. "red") or in 0xRRGGBB[AA] format
|
yading@10
|
4133 (e.g. "0xff000033"), possibly followed by an alpha specifier.
|
yading@10
|
4134 The default value of I<fontcolor> is "black".
|
yading@10
|
4135
|
yading@10
|
4136
|
yading@10
|
4137 =item B<fontfile>
|
yading@10
|
4138
|
yading@10
|
4139 The font file to be used for drawing text. Path must be included.
|
yading@10
|
4140 This parameter is mandatory.
|
yading@10
|
4141
|
yading@10
|
4142
|
yading@10
|
4143 =item B<fontsize>
|
yading@10
|
4144
|
yading@10
|
4145 The font size to be used for drawing text.
|
yading@10
|
4146 The default value of I<fontsize> is 16.
|
yading@10
|
4147
|
yading@10
|
4148
|
yading@10
|
4149 =item B<ft_load_flags>
|
yading@10
|
4150
|
yading@10
|
4151 Flags to be used for loading the fonts.
|
yading@10
|
4152
|
yading@10
|
4153 The flags map the corresponding flags supported by libfreetype, and are
|
yading@10
|
4154 a combination of the following values:
|
yading@10
|
4155
|
yading@10
|
4156 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
4157
|
yading@10
|
4158
|
yading@10
|
4159 =item I<default>
|
yading@10
|
4160
|
yading@10
|
4161
|
yading@10
|
4162 =item I<no_scale>
|
yading@10
|
4163
|
yading@10
|
4164
|
yading@10
|
4165 =item I<no_hinting>
|
yading@10
|
4166
|
yading@10
|
4167
|
yading@10
|
4168 =item I<render>
|
yading@10
|
4169
|
yading@10
|
4170
|
yading@10
|
4171 =item I<no_bitmap>
|
yading@10
|
4172
|
yading@10
|
4173
|
yading@10
|
4174 =item I<vertical_layout>
|
yading@10
|
4175
|
yading@10
|
4176
|
yading@10
|
4177 =item I<force_autohint>
|
yading@10
|
4178
|
yading@10
|
4179
|
yading@10
|
4180 =item I<crop_bitmap>
|
yading@10
|
4181
|
yading@10
|
4182
|
yading@10
|
4183 =item I<pedantic>
|
yading@10
|
4184
|
yading@10
|
4185
|
yading@10
|
4186 =item I<ignore_global_advance_width>
|
yading@10
|
4187
|
yading@10
|
4188
|
yading@10
|
4189 =item I<no_recurse>
|
yading@10
|
4190
|
yading@10
|
4191
|
yading@10
|
4192 =item I<ignore_transform>
|
yading@10
|
4193
|
yading@10
|
4194
|
yading@10
|
4195 =item I<monochrome>
|
yading@10
|
4196
|
yading@10
|
4197
|
yading@10
|
4198 =item I<linear_design>
|
yading@10
|
4199
|
yading@10
|
4200
|
yading@10
|
4201 =item I<no_autohint>
|
yading@10
|
4202
|
yading@10
|
4203
|
yading@10
|
4204 =item I<end table>
|
yading@10
|
4205
|
yading@10
|
4206
|
yading@10
|
4207 =back
|
yading@10
|
4208
|
yading@10
|
4209
|
yading@10
|
4210 Default value is "render".
|
yading@10
|
4211
|
yading@10
|
4212 For more information consult the documentation for the FT_LOAD_*
|
yading@10
|
4213 libfreetype flags.
|
yading@10
|
4214
|
yading@10
|
4215
|
yading@10
|
4216 =item B<shadowcolor>
|
yading@10
|
4217
|
yading@10
|
4218 The color to be used for drawing a shadow behind the drawn text. It
|
yading@10
|
4219 can be a color name (e.g. "yellow") or a string in the 0xRRGGBB[AA]
|
yading@10
|
4220 form (e.g. "0xff00ff"), possibly followed by an alpha specifier.
|
yading@10
|
4221 The default value of I<shadowcolor> is "black".
|
yading@10
|
4222
|
yading@10
|
4223
|
yading@10
|
4224 =item B<shadowx, shadowy>
|
yading@10
|
4225
|
yading@10
|
4226 The x and y offsets for the text shadow position with respect to the
|
yading@10
|
4227 position of the text. They can be either positive or negative
|
yading@10
|
4228 values. Default value for both is "0".
|
yading@10
|
4229
|
yading@10
|
4230
|
yading@10
|
4231 =item B<tabsize>
|
yading@10
|
4232
|
yading@10
|
4233 The size in number of spaces to use for rendering the tab.
|
yading@10
|
4234 Default value is 4.
|
yading@10
|
4235
|
yading@10
|
4236
|
yading@10
|
4237 =item B<timecode>
|
yading@10
|
4238
|
yading@10
|
4239 Set the initial timecode representation in "hh:mm:ss[:;.]ff"
|
yading@10
|
4240 format. It can be used with or without text parameter. I<timecode_rate>
|
yading@10
|
4241 option must be specified.
|
yading@10
|
4242
|
yading@10
|
4243
|
yading@10
|
4244 =item B<timecode_rate, rate, r>
|
yading@10
|
4245
|
yading@10
|
4246 Set the timecode frame rate (timecode only).
|
yading@10
|
4247
|
yading@10
|
4248
|
yading@10
|
4249 =item B<text>
|
yading@10
|
4250
|
yading@10
|
4251 The text string to be drawn. The text must be a sequence of UTF-8
|
yading@10
|
4252 encoded characters.
|
yading@10
|
4253 This parameter is mandatory if no file is specified with the parameter
|
yading@10
|
4254 I<textfile>.
|
yading@10
|
4255
|
yading@10
|
4256
|
yading@10
|
4257 =item B<textfile>
|
yading@10
|
4258
|
yading@10
|
4259 A text file containing text to be drawn. The text must be a sequence
|
yading@10
|
4260 of UTF-8 encoded characters.
|
yading@10
|
4261
|
yading@10
|
4262 This parameter is mandatory if no text string is specified with the
|
yading@10
|
4263 parameter I<text>.
|
yading@10
|
4264
|
yading@10
|
4265 If both I<text> and I<textfile> are specified, an error is thrown.
|
yading@10
|
4266
|
yading@10
|
4267
|
yading@10
|
4268 =item B<reload>
|
yading@10
|
4269
|
yading@10
|
4270 If set to 1, the I<textfile> will be reloaded before each frame.
|
yading@10
|
4271 Be sure to update it atomically, or it may be read partially, or even fail.
|
yading@10
|
4272
|
yading@10
|
4273
|
yading@10
|
4274 =item B<x, y>
|
yading@10
|
4275
|
yading@10
|
4276 The expressions which specify the offsets where text will be drawn
|
yading@10
|
4277 within the video frame. They are relative to the top/left border of the
|
yading@10
|
4278 output image.
|
yading@10
|
4279
|
yading@10
|
4280 The default value of I<x> and I<y> is "0".
|
yading@10
|
4281
|
yading@10
|
4282 See below for the list of accepted constants and functions.
|
yading@10
|
4283
|
yading@10
|
4284 =back
|
yading@10
|
4285
|
yading@10
|
4286
|
yading@10
|
4287 The parameters for I<x> and I<y> are expressions containing the
|
yading@10
|
4288 following constants and functions:
|
yading@10
|
4289
|
yading@10
|
4290
|
yading@10
|
4291 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
4292
|
yading@10
|
4293
|
yading@10
|
4294 =item B<dar>
|
yading@10
|
4295
|
yading@10
|
4296 input display aspect ratio, it is the same as (I<w> / I<h>) * I<sar>
|
yading@10
|
4297
|
yading@10
|
4298
|
yading@10
|
4299 =item B<hsub, vsub>
|
yading@10
|
4300
|
yading@10
|
4301 horizontal and vertical chroma subsample values. For example for the
|
yading@10
|
4302 pixel format "yuv422p" I<hsub> is 2 and I<vsub> is 1.
|
yading@10
|
4303
|
yading@10
|
4304
|
yading@10
|
4305 =item B<line_h, lh>
|
yading@10
|
4306
|
yading@10
|
4307 the height of each text line
|
yading@10
|
4308
|
yading@10
|
4309
|
yading@10
|
4310 =item B<main_h, h, H>
|
yading@10
|
4311
|
yading@10
|
4312 the input height
|
yading@10
|
4313
|
yading@10
|
4314
|
yading@10
|
4315 =item B<main_w, w, W>
|
yading@10
|
4316
|
yading@10
|
4317 the input width
|
yading@10
|
4318
|
yading@10
|
4319
|
yading@10
|
4320 =item B<max_glyph_a, ascent>
|
yading@10
|
4321
|
yading@10
|
4322 the maximum distance from the baseline to the highest/upper grid
|
yading@10
|
4323 coordinate used to place a glyph outline point, for all the rendered
|
yading@10
|
4324 glyphs.
|
yading@10
|
4325 It is a positive value, due to the grid's orientation with the Y axis
|
yading@10
|
4326 upwards.
|
yading@10
|
4327
|
yading@10
|
4328
|
yading@10
|
4329 =item B<max_glyph_d, descent>
|
yading@10
|
4330
|
yading@10
|
4331 the maximum distance from the baseline to the lowest grid coordinate
|
yading@10
|
4332 used to place a glyph outline point, for all the rendered glyphs.
|
yading@10
|
4333 This is a negative value, due to the grid's orientation, with the Y axis
|
yading@10
|
4334 upwards.
|
yading@10
|
4335
|
yading@10
|
4336
|
yading@10
|
4337 =item B<max_glyph_h>
|
yading@10
|
4338
|
yading@10
|
4339 maximum glyph height, that is the maximum height for all the glyphs
|
yading@10
|
4340 contained in the rendered text, it is equivalent to I<ascent> -
|
yading@10
|
4341 I<descent>.
|
yading@10
|
4342
|
yading@10
|
4343
|
yading@10
|
4344 =item B<max_glyph_w>
|
yading@10
|
4345
|
yading@10
|
4346 maximum glyph width, that is the maximum width for all the glyphs
|
yading@10
|
4347 contained in the rendered text
|
yading@10
|
4348
|
yading@10
|
4349
|
yading@10
|
4350 =item B<n>
|
yading@10
|
4351
|
yading@10
|
4352 the number of input frame, starting from 0
|
yading@10
|
4353
|
yading@10
|
4354
|
yading@10
|
4355 =item B<rand(min, max)>
|
yading@10
|
4356
|
yading@10
|
4357 return a random number included between I<min> and I<max>
|
yading@10
|
4358
|
yading@10
|
4359
|
yading@10
|
4360 =item B<sar>
|
yading@10
|
4361
|
yading@10
|
4362 input sample aspect ratio
|
yading@10
|
4363
|
yading@10
|
4364
|
yading@10
|
4365 =item B<t>
|
yading@10
|
4366
|
yading@10
|
4367 timestamp expressed in seconds, NAN if the input timestamp is unknown
|
yading@10
|
4368
|
yading@10
|
4369
|
yading@10
|
4370 =item B<text_h, th>
|
yading@10
|
4371
|
yading@10
|
4372 the height of the rendered text
|
yading@10
|
4373
|
yading@10
|
4374
|
yading@10
|
4375 =item B<text_w, tw>
|
yading@10
|
4376
|
yading@10
|
4377 the width of the rendered text
|
yading@10
|
4378
|
yading@10
|
4379
|
yading@10
|
4380 =item B<x, y>
|
yading@10
|
4381
|
yading@10
|
4382 the x and y offset coordinates where the text is drawn.
|
yading@10
|
4383
|
yading@10
|
4384 These parameters allow the I<x> and I<y> expressions to refer
|
yading@10
|
4385 each other, so you can for example specify C<y=x/dar>.
|
yading@10
|
4386
|
yading@10
|
4387 =back
|
yading@10
|
4388
|
yading@10
|
4389
|
yading@10
|
4390 If libavfilter was built with C<--enable-fontconfig>, then
|
yading@10
|
4391 B<fontfile> can be a fontconfig pattern or omitted.
|
yading@10
|
4392
|
yading@10
|
4393
|
yading@10
|
4394
|
yading@10
|
4395 =head3 Text expansion
|
yading@10
|
4396
|
yading@10
|
4397
|
yading@10
|
4398 If B<expansion> is set to C<strftime>,
|
yading@10
|
4399 the filter recognizes strftime() sequences in the provided text and
|
yading@10
|
4400 expands them accordingly. Check the documentation of strftime(). This
|
yading@10
|
4401 feature is deprecated.
|
yading@10
|
4402
|
yading@10
|
4403 If B<expansion> is set to C<none>, the text is printed verbatim.
|
yading@10
|
4404
|
yading@10
|
4405 If B<expansion> is set to C<normal> (which is the default),
|
yading@10
|
4406 the following expansion mechanism is used.
|
yading@10
|
4407
|
yading@10
|
4408 The backslash character '\', followed by any character, always expands to
|
yading@10
|
4409 the second character.
|
yading@10
|
4410
|
yading@10
|
4411 Sequence of the form C<%{...}> are expanded. The text between the
|
yading@10
|
4412 braces is a function name, possibly followed by arguments separated by ':'.
|
yading@10
|
4413 If the arguments contain special characters or delimiters (':' or '}'),
|
yading@10
|
4414 they should be escaped.
|
yading@10
|
4415
|
yading@10
|
4416 Note that they probably must also be escaped as the value for the
|
yading@10
|
4417 B<text> option in the filter argument string and as the filter
|
yading@10
|
4418 argument in the filtergraph description, and possibly also for the shell,
|
yading@10
|
4419 that makes up to four levels of escaping; using a text file avoids these
|
yading@10
|
4420 problems.
|
yading@10
|
4421
|
yading@10
|
4422 The following functions are available:
|
yading@10
|
4423
|
yading@10
|
4424
|
yading@10
|
4425 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
4426
|
yading@10
|
4427
|
yading@10
|
4428
|
yading@10
|
4429 =item B<expr, e>
|
yading@10
|
4430
|
yading@10
|
4431 The expression evaluation result.
|
yading@10
|
4432
|
yading@10
|
4433 It must take one argument specifying the expression to be evaluated,
|
yading@10
|
4434 which accepts the same constants and functions as the I<x> and
|
yading@10
|
4435 I<y> values. Note that not all constants should be used, for
|
yading@10
|
4436 example the text size is not known when evaluating the expression, so
|
yading@10
|
4437 the constants I<text_w> and I<text_h> will have an undefined
|
yading@10
|
4438 value.
|
yading@10
|
4439
|
yading@10
|
4440
|
yading@10
|
4441 =item B<gmtime>
|
yading@10
|
4442
|
yading@10
|
4443 The time at which the filter is running, expressed in UTC.
|
yading@10
|
4444 It can accept an argument: a strftime() format string.
|
yading@10
|
4445
|
yading@10
|
4446
|
yading@10
|
4447 =item B<localtime>
|
yading@10
|
4448
|
yading@10
|
4449 The time at which the filter is running, expressed in the local time zone.
|
yading@10
|
4450 It can accept an argument: a strftime() format string.
|
yading@10
|
4451
|
yading@10
|
4452
|
yading@10
|
4453 =item B<n, frame_num>
|
yading@10
|
4454
|
yading@10
|
4455 The frame number, starting from 0.
|
yading@10
|
4456
|
yading@10
|
4457
|
yading@10
|
4458 =item B<pts>
|
yading@10
|
4459
|
yading@10
|
4460 The timestamp of the current frame, in seconds, with microsecond accuracy.
|
yading@10
|
4461
|
yading@10
|
4462
|
yading@10
|
4463 =back
|
yading@10
|
4464
|
yading@10
|
4465
|
yading@10
|
4466
|
yading@10
|
4467 =head3 Examples
|
yading@10
|
4468
|
yading@10
|
4469
|
yading@10
|
4470
|
yading@10
|
4471 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
4472
|
yading@10
|
4473
|
yading@10
|
4474 =item *
|
yading@10
|
4475
|
yading@10
|
4476 Draw "Test Text" with font FreeSerif, using the default values for the
|
yading@10
|
4477 optional parameters.
|
yading@10
|
4478
|
yading@10
|
4479
|
yading@10
|
4480 drawtext="fontfile=/usr/share/fonts/truetype/freefont/FreeSerif.ttf: text='Test Text'"
|
yading@10
|
4481
|
yading@10
|
4482
|
yading@10
|
4483
|
yading@10
|
4484 =item *
|
yading@10
|
4485
|
yading@10
|
4486 Draw 'Test Text' with font FreeSerif of size 24 at position x=100
|
yading@10
|
4487 and y=50 (counting from the top-left corner of the screen), text is
|
yading@10
|
4488 yellow with a red box around it. Both the text and the box have an
|
yading@10
|
4489 opacity of 20%.
|
yading@10
|
4490
|
yading@10
|
4491
|
yading@10
|
4492 drawtext="fontfile=/usr/share/fonts/truetype/freefont/FreeSerif.ttf: text='Test Text':\
|
yading@10
|
4493 x=100: y=50: fontsize=24: fontcolor=yellow@0.2: box=1: boxcolor=red@0.2"
|
yading@10
|
4494
|
yading@10
|
4495
|
yading@10
|
4496 Note that the double quotes are not necessary if spaces are not used
|
yading@10
|
4497 within the parameter list.
|
yading@10
|
4498
|
yading@10
|
4499
|
yading@10
|
4500 =item *
|
yading@10
|
4501
|
yading@10
|
4502 Show the text at the center of the video frame:
|
yading@10
|
4503
|
yading@10
|
4504 drawtext="fontsize=30:fontfile=FreeSerif.ttf:text='hello world':x=(w-text_w)/2:y=(h-text_h-line_h)/2"
|
yading@10
|
4505
|
yading@10
|
4506
|
yading@10
|
4507
|
yading@10
|
4508 =item *
|
yading@10
|
4509
|
yading@10
|
4510 Show a text line sliding from right to left in the last row of the video
|
yading@10
|
4511 frame. The file F<LONG_LINE> is assumed to contain a single line
|
yading@10
|
4512 with no newlines.
|
yading@10
|
4513
|
yading@10
|
4514 drawtext="fontsize=15:fontfile=FreeSerif.ttf:text=LONG_LINE:y=h-line_h:x=-50*t"
|
yading@10
|
4515
|
yading@10
|
4516
|
yading@10
|
4517
|
yading@10
|
4518 =item *
|
yading@10
|
4519
|
yading@10
|
4520 Show the content of file F<CREDITS> off the bottom of the frame and scroll up.
|
yading@10
|
4521
|
yading@10
|
4522 drawtext="fontsize=20:fontfile=FreeSerif.ttf:textfile=CREDITS:y=h-20*t"
|
yading@10
|
4523
|
yading@10
|
4524
|
yading@10
|
4525
|
yading@10
|
4526 =item *
|
yading@10
|
4527
|
yading@10
|
4528 Draw a single green letter "g", at the center of the input video.
|
yading@10
|
4529 The glyph baseline is placed at half screen height.
|
yading@10
|
4530
|
yading@10
|
4531 drawtext="fontsize=60:fontfile=FreeSerif.ttf:fontcolor=green:text=g:x=(w-max_glyph_w)/2:y=h/2-ascent"
|
yading@10
|
4532
|
yading@10
|
4533
|
yading@10
|
4534
|
yading@10
|
4535 =item *
|
yading@10
|
4536
|
yading@10
|
4537 Show text for 1 second every 3 seconds:
|
yading@10
|
4538
|
yading@10
|
4539 drawtext="fontfile=FreeSerif.ttf:fontcolor=white:x=100:y=x/dar:draw=lt(mod(t\,3)\,1):text='blink'"
|
yading@10
|
4540
|
yading@10
|
4541
|
yading@10
|
4542
|
yading@10
|
4543 =item *
|
yading@10
|
4544
|
yading@10
|
4545 Use fontconfig to set the font. Note that the colons need to be escaped.
|
yading@10
|
4546
|
yading@10
|
4547 drawtext='fontfile=Linux Libertine O-40\:style=Semibold:text=FFmpeg'
|
yading@10
|
4548
|
yading@10
|
4549
|
yading@10
|
4550
|
yading@10
|
4551 =item *
|
yading@10
|
4552
|
yading@10
|
4553 Print the date of a real-time encoding (see strftime(3)):
|
yading@10
|
4554
|
yading@10
|
4555 drawtext='fontfile=FreeSans.ttf:text=%{localtime:%a %b %d %Y}'
|
yading@10
|
4556
|
yading@10
|
4557
|
yading@10
|
4558
|
yading@10
|
4559 =back
|
yading@10
|
4560
|
yading@10
|
4561
|
yading@10
|
4562 For more information about libfreetype, check:
|
yading@10
|
4563 E<lt>B<http://www.freetype.org/>E<gt>.
|
yading@10
|
4564
|
yading@10
|
4565 For more information about fontconfig, check:
|
yading@10
|
4566 E<lt>B<http://freedesktop.org/software/fontconfig/fontconfig-user.html>E<gt>.
|
yading@10
|
4567
|
yading@10
|
4568
|
yading@10
|
4569 =head2 edgedetect
|
yading@10
|
4570
|
yading@10
|
4571
|
yading@10
|
4572 Detect and draw edges. The filter uses the Canny Edge Detection algorithm.
|
yading@10
|
4573
|
yading@10
|
4574 The filter accepts the following options:
|
yading@10
|
4575
|
yading@10
|
4576
|
yading@10
|
4577 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
4578
|
yading@10
|
4579
|
yading@10
|
4580 =item B<low, high>
|
yading@10
|
4581
|
yading@10
|
4582 Set low and high threshold values used by the Canny thresholding
|
yading@10
|
4583 algorithm.
|
yading@10
|
4584
|
yading@10
|
4585 The high threshold selects the "strong" edge pixels, which are then
|
yading@10
|
4586 connected through 8-connectivity with the "weak" edge pixels selected
|
yading@10
|
4587 by the low threshold.
|
yading@10
|
4588
|
yading@10
|
4589 I<low> and I<high> threshold values must be choosen in the range
|
yading@10
|
4590 [0,1], and I<low> should be lesser or equal to I<high>.
|
yading@10
|
4591
|
yading@10
|
4592 Default value for I<low> is C<20/255>, and default value for I<high>
|
yading@10
|
4593 is C<50/255>.
|
yading@10
|
4594
|
yading@10
|
4595 =back
|
yading@10
|
4596
|
yading@10
|
4597
|
yading@10
|
4598 Example:
|
yading@10
|
4599
|
yading@10
|
4600 edgedetect=low=0.1:high=0.4
|
yading@10
|
4601
|
yading@10
|
4602
|
yading@10
|
4603
|
yading@10
|
4604 =head2 fade
|
yading@10
|
4605
|
yading@10
|
4606
|
yading@10
|
4607 Apply fade-in/out effect to input video.
|
yading@10
|
4608
|
yading@10
|
4609 This filter accepts the following options:
|
yading@10
|
4610
|
yading@10
|
4611
|
yading@10
|
4612 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
4613
|
yading@10
|
4614
|
yading@10
|
4615 =item B<type, t>
|
yading@10
|
4616
|
yading@10
|
4617 The effect type -- can be either "in" for fade-in, or "out" for a fade-out
|
yading@10
|
4618 effect.
|
yading@10
|
4619 Default is C<in>.
|
yading@10
|
4620
|
yading@10
|
4621
|
yading@10
|
4622 =item B<start_frame, s>
|
yading@10
|
4623
|
yading@10
|
4624 Specify the number of the start frame for starting to apply the fade
|
yading@10
|
4625 effect. Default is 0.
|
yading@10
|
4626
|
yading@10
|
4627
|
yading@10
|
4628 =item B<nb_frames, n>
|
yading@10
|
4629
|
yading@10
|
4630 The number of frames for which the fade effect has to last. At the end of the
|
yading@10
|
4631 fade-in effect the output video will have the same intensity as the input video,
|
yading@10
|
4632 at the end of the fade-out transition the output video will be completely black.
|
yading@10
|
4633 Default is 25.
|
yading@10
|
4634
|
yading@10
|
4635
|
yading@10
|
4636 =item B<alpha>
|
yading@10
|
4637
|
yading@10
|
4638 If set to 1, fade only alpha channel, if one exists on the input.
|
yading@10
|
4639 Default value is 0.
|
yading@10
|
4640
|
yading@10
|
4641 =back
|
yading@10
|
4642
|
yading@10
|
4643
|
yading@10
|
4644
|
yading@10
|
4645 =head3 Examples
|
yading@10
|
4646
|
yading@10
|
4647
|
yading@10
|
4648
|
yading@10
|
4649 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
4650
|
yading@10
|
4651
|
yading@10
|
4652 =item *
|
yading@10
|
4653
|
yading@10
|
4654 Fade in first 30 frames of video:
|
yading@10
|
4655
|
yading@10
|
4656 fade=in:0:30
|
yading@10
|
4657
|
yading@10
|
4658
|
yading@10
|
4659 The command above is equivalent to:
|
yading@10
|
4660
|
yading@10
|
4661 fade=t=in:s=0:n=30
|
yading@10
|
4662
|
yading@10
|
4663
|
yading@10
|
4664
|
yading@10
|
4665 =item *
|
yading@10
|
4666
|
yading@10
|
4667 Fade out last 45 frames of a 200-frame video:
|
yading@10
|
4668
|
yading@10
|
4669 fade=out:155:45
|
yading@10
|
4670 fade=type=out:start_frame=155:nb_frames=45
|
yading@10
|
4671
|
yading@10
|
4672
|
yading@10
|
4673
|
yading@10
|
4674 =item *
|
yading@10
|
4675
|
yading@10
|
4676 Fade in first 25 frames and fade out last 25 frames of a 1000-frame video:
|
yading@10
|
4677
|
yading@10
|
4678 fade=in:0:25, fade=out:975:25
|
yading@10
|
4679
|
yading@10
|
4680
|
yading@10
|
4681
|
yading@10
|
4682 =item *
|
yading@10
|
4683
|
yading@10
|
4684 Make first 5 frames black, then fade in from frame 5-24:
|
yading@10
|
4685
|
yading@10
|
4686 fade=in:5:20
|
yading@10
|
4687
|
yading@10
|
4688
|
yading@10
|
4689
|
yading@10
|
4690 =item *
|
yading@10
|
4691
|
yading@10
|
4692 Fade in alpha over first 25 frames of video:
|
yading@10
|
4693
|
yading@10
|
4694 fade=in:0:25:alpha=1
|
yading@10
|
4695
|
yading@10
|
4696
|
yading@10
|
4697 =back
|
yading@10
|
4698
|
yading@10
|
4699
|
yading@10
|
4700
|
yading@10
|
4701 =head2 field
|
yading@10
|
4702
|
yading@10
|
4703
|
yading@10
|
4704 Extract a single field from an interlaced image using stride
|
yading@10
|
4705 arithmetic to avoid wasting CPU time. The output frames are marked as
|
yading@10
|
4706 non-interlaced.
|
yading@10
|
4707
|
yading@10
|
4708 The filter accepts the following options:
|
yading@10
|
4709
|
yading@10
|
4710
|
yading@10
|
4711 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
4712
|
yading@10
|
4713
|
yading@10
|
4714 =item B<type>
|
yading@10
|
4715
|
yading@10
|
4716 Specify whether to extract the top (if the value is C<0> or
|
yading@10
|
4717 C<top>) or the bottom field (if the value is C<1> or
|
yading@10
|
4718 C<bottom>).
|
yading@10
|
4719
|
yading@10
|
4720 =back
|
yading@10
|
4721
|
yading@10
|
4722
|
yading@10
|
4723
|
yading@10
|
4724 =head2 fieldmatch
|
yading@10
|
4725
|
yading@10
|
4726
|
yading@10
|
4727 Field matching filter for inverse telecine. It is meant to reconstruct the
|
yading@10
|
4728 progressive frames from a telecined stream. The filter does not drop duplicated
|
yading@10
|
4729 frames, so to achieve a complete inverse telecine C<fieldmatch> needs to be
|
yading@10
|
4730 followed by a decimation filter such as decimate in the filtergraph.
|
yading@10
|
4731
|
yading@10
|
4732 The separation of the field matching and the decimation is notably motivated by
|
yading@10
|
4733 the possibility of inserting a de-interlacing filter fallback between the two.
|
yading@10
|
4734 If the source has mixed telecined and real interlaced content,
|
yading@10
|
4735 C<fieldmatch> will not be able to match fields for the interlaced parts.
|
yading@10
|
4736 But these remaining combed frames will be marked as interlaced, and thus can be
|
yading@10
|
4737 de-interlaced by a later filter such as yadif before decimation.
|
yading@10
|
4738
|
yading@10
|
4739 In addition to the various configuration options, C<fieldmatch> can take an
|
yading@10
|
4740 optional second stream, activated through the B<ppsrc> option. If
|
yading@10
|
4741 enabled, the frames reconstruction will be based on the fields and frames from
|
yading@10
|
4742 this second stream. This allows the first input to be pre-processed in order to
|
yading@10
|
4743 help the various algorithms of the filter, while keeping the output lossless
|
yading@10
|
4744 (assuming the fields are matched properly). Typically, a field-aware denoiser,
|
yading@10
|
4745 or brightness/contrast adjustments can help.
|
yading@10
|
4746
|
yading@10
|
4747 Note that this filter uses the same algorithms as TIVTC/TFM (AviSynth project)
|
yading@10
|
4748 and VIVTC/VFM (VapourSynth project). The later is a light clone of TFM from
|
yading@10
|
4749 which C<fieldmatch> is based on. While the semantic and usage are very
|
yading@10
|
4750 close, some behaviour and options names can differ.
|
yading@10
|
4751
|
yading@10
|
4752 The filter accepts the following options:
|
yading@10
|
4753
|
yading@10
|
4754
|
yading@10
|
4755 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
4756
|
yading@10
|
4757
|
yading@10
|
4758 =item B<order>
|
yading@10
|
4759
|
yading@10
|
4760 Specify the assumed field order of the input stream. Available values are:
|
yading@10
|
4761
|
yading@10
|
4762
|
yading@10
|
4763 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
4764
|
yading@10
|
4765
|
yading@10
|
4766 =item B<auto>
|
yading@10
|
4767
|
yading@10
|
4768 Auto detect parity (use FFmpeg's internal parity value).
|
yading@10
|
4769
|
yading@10
|
4770 =item B<bff>
|
yading@10
|
4771
|
yading@10
|
4772 Assume bottom field first.
|
yading@10
|
4773
|
yading@10
|
4774 =item B<tff>
|
yading@10
|
4775
|
yading@10
|
4776 Assume top field first.
|
yading@10
|
4777
|
yading@10
|
4778 =back
|
yading@10
|
4779
|
yading@10
|
4780
|
yading@10
|
4781 Note that it is sometimes recommended not to trust the parity announced by the
|
yading@10
|
4782 stream.
|
yading@10
|
4783
|
yading@10
|
4784 Default value is I<auto>.
|
yading@10
|
4785
|
yading@10
|
4786
|
yading@10
|
4787 =item B<mode>
|
yading@10
|
4788
|
yading@10
|
4789 Set the matching mode or strategy to use. B<pc> mode is the safest in the
|
yading@10
|
4790 sense that it wont risk creating jerkiness due to duplicate frames when
|
yading@10
|
4791 possible, but if there are bad edits or blended fields it will end up
|
yading@10
|
4792 outputting combed frames when a good match might actually exist. On the other
|
yading@10
|
4793 hand, B<pcn_ub> mode is the most risky in terms of creating jerkiness,
|
yading@10
|
4794 but will almost always find a good frame if there is one. The other values are
|
yading@10
|
4795 all somewhere in between B<pc> and B<pcn_ub> in terms of risking
|
yading@10
|
4796 jerkiness and creating duplicate frames versus finding good matches in sections
|
yading@10
|
4797 with bad edits, orphaned fields, blended fields, etc.
|
yading@10
|
4798
|
yading@10
|
4799 More details about p/c/n/u/b are available in p/c/n/u/b meaning section.
|
yading@10
|
4800
|
yading@10
|
4801 Available values are:
|
yading@10
|
4802
|
yading@10
|
4803
|
yading@10
|
4804 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
4805
|
yading@10
|
4806
|
yading@10
|
4807 =item B<pc>
|
yading@10
|
4808
|
yading@10
|
4809 2-way matching (p/c)
|
yading@10
|
4810
|
yading@10
|
4811 =item B<pc_n>
|
yading@10
|
4812
|
yading@10
|
4813 2-way matching, and trying 3rd match if still combed (p/c + n)
|
yading@10
|
4814
|
yading@10
|
4815 =item B<pc_u>
|
yading@10
|
4816
|
yading@10
|
4817 2-way matching, and trying 3rd match (same order) if still combed (p/c + u)
|
yading@10
|
4818
|
yading@10
|
4819 =item B<pc_n_ub>
|
yading@10
|
4820
|
yading@10
|
4821 2-way matching, trying 3rd match if still combed, and trying 4th/5th matches if
|
yading@10
|
4822 still combed (p/c + n + u/b)
|
yading@10
|
4823
|
yading@10
|
4824 =item B<pcn>
|
yading@10
|
4825
|
yading@10
|
4826 3-way matching (p/c/n)
|
yading@10
|
4827
|
yading@10
|
4828 =item B<pcn_ub>
|
yading@10
|
4829
|
yading@10
|
4830 3-way matching, and trying 4th/5th matches if all 3 of the original matches are
|
yading@10
|
4831 detected as combed (p/c/n + u/b)
|
yading@10
|
4832
|
yading@10
|
4833 =back
|
yading@10
|
4834
|
yading@10
|
4835
|
yading@10
|
4836 The parenthesis at the end indicate the matches that would be used for that
|
yading@10
|
4837 mode assuming B<order>=I<tff> (and B<field> on I<auto> or
|
yading@10
|
4838 I<top>).
|
yading@10
|
4839
|
yading@10
|
4840 In terms of speed B<pc> mode is by far the fastest and B<pcn_ub> is
|
yading@10
|
4841 the slowest.
|
yading@10
|
4842
|
yading@10
|
4843 Default value is I<pc_n>.
|
yading@10
|
4844
|
yading@10
|
4845
|
yading@10
|
4846 =item B<ppsrc>
|
yading@10
|
4847
|
yading@10
|
4848 Mark the main input stream as a pre-processed input, and enable the secondary
|
yading@10
|
4849 input stream as the clean source to pick the fields from. See the filter
|
yading@10
|
4850 introduction for more details. It is similar to the B<clip2> feature from
|
yading@10
|
4851 VFM/TFM.
|
yading@10
|
4852
|
yading@10
|
4853 Default value is C<0> (disabled).
|
yading@10
|
4854
|
yading@10
|
4855
|
yading@10
|
4856 =item B<field>
|
yading@10
|
4857
|
yading@10
|
4858 Set the field to match from. It is recommended to set this to the same value as
|
yading@10
|
4859 B<order> unless you experience matching failures with that setting. In
|
yading@10
|
4860 certain circumstances changing the field that is used to match from can have a
|
yading@10
|
4861 large impact on matching performance. Available values are:
|
yading@10
|
4862
|
yading@10
|
4863
|
yading@10
|
4864 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
4865
|
yading@10
|
4866
|
yading@10
|
4867 =item B<auto>
|
yading@10
|
4868
|
yading@10
|
4869 Automatic (same value as B<order>).
|
yading@10
|
4870
|
yading@10
|
4871 =item B<bottom>
|
yading@10
|
4872
|
yading@10
|
4873 Match from the bottom field.
|
yading@10
|
4874
|
yading@10
|
4875 =item B<top>
|
yading@10
|
4876
|
yading@10
|
4877 Match from the top field.
|
yading@10
|
4878
|
yading@10
|
4879 =back
|
yading@10
|
4880
|
yading@10
|
4881
|
yading@10
|
4882 Default value is I<auto>.
|
yading@10
|
4883
|
yading@10
|
4884
|
yading@10
|
4885 =item B<mchroma>
|
yading@10
|
4886
|
yading@10
|
4887 Set whether or not chroma is included during the match comparisons. In most
|
yading@10
|
4888 cases it is recommended to leave this enabled. You should set this to C<0>
|
yading@10
|
4889 only if your clip has bad chroma problems such as heavy rainbowing or other
|
yading@10
|
4890 artifacts. Setting this to C<0> could also be used to speed things up at
|
yading@10
|
4891 the cost of some accuracy.
|
yading@10
|
4892
|
yading@10
|
4893 Default value is C<1>.
|
yading@10
|
4894
|
yading@10
|
4895
|
yading@10
|
4896 =item B<y0>
|
yading@10
|
4897
|
yading@10
|
4898
|
yading@10
|
4899 =item B<y1>
|
yading@10
|
4900
|
yading@10
|
4901 These define an exclusion band which excludes the lines between B<y0> and
|
yading@10
|
4902 B<y1> from being included in the field matching decision. An exclusion
|
yading@10
|
4903 band can be used to ignore subtitles, a logo, or other things that may
|
yading@10
|
4904 interfere with the matching. B<y0> sets the starting scan line and
|
yading@10
|
4905 B<y1> sets the ending line; all lines in between B<y0> and
|
yading@10
|
4906 B<y1> (including B<y0> and B<y1>) will be ignored. Setting
|
yading@10
|
4907 B<y0> and B<y1> to the same value will disable the feature.
|
yading@10
|
4908 B<y0> and B<y1> defaults to C<0>.
|
yading@10
|
4909
|
yading@10
|
4910
|
yading@10
|
4911 =item B<scthresh>
|
yading@10
|
4912
|
yading@10
|
4913 Set the scene change detection threshold as a percentage of maximum change on
|
yading@10
|
4914 the luma plane. Good values are in the C<[8.0, 14.0]> range. Scene change
|
yading@10
|
4915 detection is only relevant in case B<combmatch>=I<sc>. The range for
|
yading@10
|
4916 B<scthresh> is C<[0.0, 100.0]>.
|
yading@10
|
4917
|
yading@10
|
4918 Default value is C<12.0>.
|
yading@10
|
4919
|
yading@10
|
4920
|
yading@10
|
4921 =item B<combmatch>
|
yading@10
|
4922
|
yading@10
|
4923 When B<combatch> is not I<none>, C<fieldmatch> will take into
|
yading@10
|
4924 account the combed scores of matches when deciding what match to use as the
|
yading@10
|
4925 final match. Available values are:
|
yading@10
|
4926
|
yading@10
|
4927
|
yading@10
|
4928 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
4929
|
yading@10
|
4930
|
yading@10
|
4931 =item B<none>
|
yading@10
|
4932
|
yading@10
|
4933 No final matching based on combed scores.
|
yading@10
|
4934
|
yading@10
|
4935 =item B<sc>
|
yading@10
|
4936
|
yading@10
|
4937 Combed scores are only used when a scene change is detected.
|
yading@10
|
4938
|
yading@10
|
4939 =item B<full>
|
yading@10
|
4940
|
yading@10
|
4941 Use combed scores all the time.
|
yading@10
|
4942
|
yading@10
|
4943 =back
|
yading@10
|
4944
|
yading@10
|
4945
|
yading@10
|
4946 Default is I<sc>.
|
yading@10
|
4947
|
yading@10
|
4948
|
yading@10
|
4949 =item B<combdbg>
|
yading@10
|
4950
|
yading@10
|
4951 Force C<fieldmatch> to calculate the combed metrics for certain matches and
|
yading@10
|
4952 print them. This setting is known as B<micout> in TFM/VFM vocabulary.
|
yading@10
|
4953 Available values are:
|
yading@10
|
4954
|
yading@10
|
4955
|
yading@10
|
4956 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
4957
|
yading@10
|
4958
|
yading@10
|
4959 =item B<none>
|
yading@10
|
4960
|
yading@10
|
4961 No forced calculation.
|
yading@10
|
4962
|
yading@10
|
4963 =item B<pcn>
|
yading@10
|
4964
|
yading@10
|
4965 Force p/c/n calculations.
|
yading@10
|
4966
|
yading@10
|
4967 =item B<pcnub>
|
yading@10
|
4968
|
yading@10
|
4969 Force p/c/n/u/b calculations.
|
yading@10
|
4970
|
yading@10
|
4971 =back
|
yading@10
|
4972
|
yading@10
|
4973
|
yading@10
|
4974 Default value is I<none>.
|
yading@10
|
4975
|
yading@10
|
4976
|
yading@10
|
4977 =item B<cthresh>
|
yading@10
|
4978
|
yading@10
|
4979 This is the area combing threshold used for combed frame detection. This
|
yading@10
|
4980 essentially controls how "strong" or "visible" combing must be to be detected.
|
yading@10
|
4981 Larger values mean combing must be more visible and smaller values mean combing
|
yading@10
|
4982 can be less visible or strong and still be detected. Valid settings are from
|
yading@10
|
4983 C<-1> (every pixel will be detected as combed) to C<255> (no pixel will
|
yading@10
|
4984 be detected as combed). This is basically a pixel difference value. A good
|
yading@10
|
4985 range is C<[8, 12]>.
|
yading@10
|
4986
|
yading@10
|
4987 Default value is C<9>.
|
yading@10
|
4988
|
yading@10
|
4989
|
yading@10
|
4990 =item B<chroma>
|
yading@10
|
4991
|
yading@10
|
4992 Sets whether or not chroma is considered in the combed frame decision. Only
|
yading@10
|
4993 disable this if your source has chroma problems (rainbowing, etc.) that are
|
yading@10
|
4994 causing problems for the combed frame detection with chroma enabled. Actually,
|
yading@10
|
4995 using B<chroma>=I<0> is usually more reliable, except for the case
|
yading@10
|
4996 where there is chroma only combing in the source.
|
yading@10
|
4997
|
yading@10
|
4998 Default value is C<0>.
|
yading@10
|
4999
|
yading@10
|
5000
|
yading@10
|
5001 =item B<blockx>
|
yading@10
|
5002
|
yading@10
|
5003
|
yading@10
|
5004 =item B<blocky>
|
yading@10
|
5005
|
yading@10
|
5006 Respectively set the x-axis and y-axis size of the window used during combed
|
yading@10
|
5007 frame detection. This has to do with the size of the area in which
|
yading@10
|
5008 B<combpel> pixels are required to be detected as combed for a frame to be
|
yading@10
|
5009 declared combed. See the B<combpel> parameter description for more info.
|
yading@10
|
5010 Possible values are any number that is a power of 2 starting at 4 and going up
|
yading@10
|
5011 to 512.
|
yading@10
|
5012
|
yading@10
|
5013 Default value is C<16>.
|
yading@10
|
5014
|
yading@10
|
5015
|
yading@10
|
5016 =item B<combpel>
|
yading@10
|
5017
|
yading@10
|
5018 The number of combed pixels inside any of the B<blocky> by
|
yading@10
|
5019 B<blockx> size blocks on the frame for the frame to be detected as
|
yading@10
|
5020 combed. While B<cthresh> controls how "visible" the combing must be, this
|
yading@10
|
5021 setting controls "how much" combing there must be in any localized area (a
|
yading@10
|
5022 window defined by the B<blockx> and B<blocky> settings) on the
|
yading@10
|
5023 frame. Minimum value is C<0> and maximum is C<blocky x blockx> (at
|
yading@10
|
5024 which point no frames will ever be detected as combed). This setting is known
|
yading@10
|
5025 as B<MI> in TFM/VFM vocabulary.
|
yading@10
|
5026
|
yading@10
|
5027 Default value is C<80>.
|
yading@10
|
5028
|
yading@10
|
5029 =back
|
yading@10
|
5030
|
yading@10
|
5031
|
yading@10
|
5032
|
yading@10
|
5033
|
yading@10
|
5034 =head3 p/c/n/u/b meaning
|
yading@10
|
5035
|
yading@10
|
5036
|
yading@10
|
5037
|
yading@10
|
5038 =head4 p/c/n
|
yading@10
|
5039
|
yading@10
|
5040
|
yading@10
|
5041 We assume the following telecined stream:
|
yading@10
|
5042
|
yading@10
|
5043
|
yading@10
|
5044 Top fields: 1 2 2 3 4
|
yading@10
|
5045 Bottom fields: 1 2 3 4 4
|
yading@10
|
5046
|
yading@10
|
5047
|
yading@10
|
5048 The numbers correspond to the progressive frame the fields relate to. Here, the
|
yading@10
|
5049 first two frames are progressive, the 3rd and 4th are combed, and so on.
|
yading@10
|
5050
|
yading@10
|
5051 When C<fieldmatch> is configured to run a matching from bottom
|
yading@10
|
5052 (B<field>=I<bottom>) this is how this input stream get transformed:
|
yading@10
|
5053
|
yading@10
|
5054
|
yading@10
|
5055 Input stream:
|
yading@10
|
5056 T 1 2 2 3 4
|
yading@10
|
5057 B 1 2 3 4 4 <-- matching reference
|
yading@10
|
5058
|
yading@10
|
5059 Matches: c c n n c
|
yading@10
|
5060
|
yading@10
|
5061 Output stream:
|
yading@10
|
5062 T 1 2 3 4 4
|
yading@10
|
5063 B 1 2 3 4 4
|
yading@10
|
5064
|
yading@10
|
5065
|
yading@10
|
5066 As a result of the field matching, we can see that some frames get duplicated.
|
yading@10
|
5067 To perform a complete inverse telecine, you need to rely on a decimation filter
|
yading@10
|
5068 after this operation. See for instance the decimate filter.
|
yading@10
|
5069
|
yading@10
|
5070 The same operation now matching from top fields (B<field>=I<top>)
|
yading@10
|
5071 looks like this:
|
yading@10
|
5072
|
yading@10
|
5073
|
yading@10
|
5074 Input stream:
|
yading@10
|
5075 T 1 2 2 3 4 <-- matching reference
|
yading@10
|
5076 B 1 2 3 4 4
|
yading@10
|
5077
|
yading@10
|
5078 Matches: c c p p c
|
yading@10
|
5079
|
yading@10
|
5080 Output stream:
|
yading@10
|
5081 T 1 2 2 3 4
|
yading@10
|
5082 B 1 2 2 3 4
|
yading@10
|
5083
|
yading@10
|
5084
|
yading@10
|
5085 In these examples, we can see what I<p>, I<c> and I<n> mean;
|
yading@10
|
5086 basically, they refer to the frame and field of the opposite parity:
|
yading@10
|
5087
|
yading@10
|
5088
|
yading@10
|
5089 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
5090
|
yading@10
|
5091
|
yading@10
|
5092 =item *<I<p> matches the field of the opposite parity in the previous frame>
|
yading@10
|
5093
|
yading@10
|
5094
|
yading@10
|
5095 =item *<I<c> matches the field of the opposite parity in the current frame>
|
yading@10
|
5096
|
yading@10
|
5097
|
yading@10
|
5098 =item *<I<n> matches the field of the opposite parity in the next frame>
|
yading@10
|
5099
|
yading@10
|
5100
|
yading@10
|
5101 =back
|
yading@10
|
5102
|
yading@10
|
5103
|
yading@10
|
5104
|
yading@10
|
5105 =head4 u/b
|
yading@10
|
5106
|
yading@10
|
5107
|
yading@10
|
5108 The I<u> and I<b> matching are a bit special in the sense that they match
|
yading@10
|
5109 from the opposite parity flag. In the following examples, we assume that we are
|
yading@10
|
5110 currently matching the 2nd frame (Top:2, bottom:2). According to the match, a
|
yading@10
|
5111 'x' is placed above and below each matched fields.
|
yading@10
|
5112
|
yading@10
|
5113 With bottom matching (B<field>=I<bottom>):
|
yading@10
|
5114
|
yading@10
|
5115 Match: c p n b u
|
yading@10
|
5116
|
yading@10
|
5117 x x x x x
|
yading@10
|
5118 Top 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 2 2
|
yading@10
|
5119 Bottom 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
|
yading@10
|
5120 x x x x x
|
yading@10
|
5121
|
yading@10
|
5122 Output frames:
|
yading@10
|
5123 2 1 2 2 2
|
yading@10
|
5124 2 2 2 1 3
|
yading@10
|
5125
|
yading@10
|
5126
|
yading@10
|
5127 With top matching (B<field>=I<top>):
|
yading@10
|
5128
|
yading@10
|
5129 Match: c p n b u
|
yading@10
|
5130
|
yading@10
|
5131 x x x x x
|
yading@10
|
5132 Top 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 2 2
|
yading@10
|
5133 Bottom 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
|
yading@10
|
5134 x x x x x
|
yading@10
|
5135
|
yading@10
|
5136 Output frames:
|
yading@10
|
5137 2 2 2 1 2
|
yading@10
|
5138 2 1 3 2 2
|
yading@10
|
5139
|
yading@10
|
5140
|
yading@10
|
5141
|
yading@10
|
5142 =head3 Examples
|
yading@10
|
5143
|
yading@10
|
5144
|
yading@10
|
5145 Simple IVTC of a top field first telecined stream:
|
yading@10
|
5146
|
yading@10
|
5147 fieldmatch=order=tff:combmatch=none, decimate
|
yading@10
|
5148
|
yading@10
|
5149
|
yading@10
|
5150 Advanced IVTC, with fallback on yadif for still combed frames:
|
yading@10
|
5151
|
yading@10
|
5152 fieldmatch=order=tff:combmatch=full, yadif=deint=interlaced, decimate
|
yading@10
|
5153
|
yading@10
|
5154
|
yading@10
|
5155
|
yading@10
|
5156 =head2 fieldorder
|
yading@10
|
5157
|
yading@10
|
5158
|
yading@10
|
5159 Transform the field order of the input video.
|
yading@10
|
5160
|
yading@10
|
5161 This filter accepts the following options:
|
yading@10
|
5162
|
yading@10
|
5163
|
yading@10
|
5164 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
5165
|
yading@10
|
5166
|
yading@10
|
5167
|
yading@10
|
5168 =item B<order>
|
yading@10
|
5169
|
yading@10
|
5170 Output field order. Valid values are I<tff> for top field first or I<bff>
|
yading@10
|
5171 for bottom field first.
|
yading@10
|
5172
|
yading@10
|
5173 =back
|
yading@10
|
5174
|
yading@10
|
5175
|
yading@10
|
5176 Default value is B<tff>.
|
yading@10
|
5177
|
yading@10
|
5178 Transformation is achieved by shifting the picture content up or down
|
yading@10
|
5179 by one line, and filling the remaining line with appropriate picture content.
|
yading@10
|
5180 This method is consistent with most broadcast field order converters.
|
yading@10
|
5181
|
yading@10
|
5182 If the input video is not flagged as being interlaced, or it is already
|
yading@10
|
5183 flagged as being of the required output field order then this filter does
|
yading@10
|
5184 not alter the incoming video.
|
yading@10
|
5185
|
yading@10
|
5186 This filter is very useful when converting to or from PAL DV material,
|
yading@10
|
5187 which is bottom field first.
|
yading@10
|
5188
|
yading@10
|
5189 For example:
|
yading@10
|
5190
|
yading@10
|
5191 ffmpeg -i in.vob -vf "fieldorder=bff" out.dv
|
yading@10
|
5192
|
yading@10
|
5193
|
yading@10
|
5194
|
yading@10
|
5195 =head2 fifo
|
yading@10
|
5196
|
yading@10
|
5197
|
yading@10
|
5198 Buffer input images and send them when they are requested.
|
yading@10
|
5199
|
yading@10
|
5200 This filter is mainly useful when auto-inserted by the libavfilter
|
yading@10
|
5201 framework.
|
yading@10
|
5202
|
yading@10
|
5203 The filter does not take parameters.
|
yading@10
|
5204
|
yading@10
|
5205
|
yading@10
|
5206
|
yading@10
|
5207 =head2 format
|
yading@10
|
5208
|
yading@10
|
5209
|
yading@10
|
5210 Convert the input video to one of the specified pixel formats.
|
yading@10
|
5211 Libavfilter will try to pick one that is supported for the input to
|
yading@10
|
5212 the next filter.
|
yading@10
|
5213
|
yading@10
|
5214 This filter accepts the following parameters:
|
yading@10
|
5215
|
yading@10
|
5216 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
5217
|
yading@10
|
5218
|
yading@10
|
5219
|
yading@10
|
5220 =item B<pix_fmts>
|
yading@10
|
5221
|
yading@10
|
5222 A '|'-separated list of pixel format names, for example
|
yading@10
|
5223 "pix_fmts=yuv420p|monow|rgb24".
|
yading@10
|
5224
|
yading@10
|
5225
|
yading@10
|
5226 =back
|
yading@10
|
5227
|
yading@10
|
5228
|
yading@10
|
5229
|
yading@10
|
5230 =head3 Examples
|
yading@10
|
5231
|
yading@10
|
5232
|
yading@10
|
5233
|
yading@10
|
5234 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
5235
|
yading@10
|
5236
|
yading@10
|
5237 =item *
|
yading@10
|
5238
|
yading@10
|
5239 Convert the input video to the format I<yuv420p>
|
yading@10
|
5240
|
yading@10
|
5241 format=pix_fmts=yuv420p
|
yading@10
|
5242
|
yading@10
|
5243
|
yading@10
|
5244 Convert the input video to any of the formats in the list
|
yading@10
|
5245
|
yading@10
|
5246 format=pix_fmts=yuv420p|yuv444p|yuv410p
|
yading@10
|
5247
|
yading@10
|
5248
|
yading@10
|
5249 =back
|
yading@10
|
5250
|
yading@10
|
5251
|
yading@10
|
5252
|
yading@10
|
5253 =head2 fps
|
yading@10
|
5254
|
yading@10
|
5255
|
yading@10
|
5256 Convert the video to specified constant frame rate by duplicating or dropping
|
yading@10
|
5257 frames as necessary.
|
yading@10
|
5258
|
yading@10
|
5259 This filter accepts the following named parameters:
|
yading@10
|
5260
|
yading@10
|
5261 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
5262
|
yading@10
|
5263
|
yading@10
|
5264
|
yading@10
|
5265 =item B<fps>
|
yading@10
|
5266
|
yading@10
|
5267 Desired output frame rate. The default is C<25>.
|
yading@10
|
5268
|
yading@10
|
5269
|
yading@10
|
5270 =item B<round>
|
yading@10
|
5271
|
yading@10
|
5272 Rounding method.
|
yading@10
|
5273
|
yading@10
|
5274 Possible values are:
|
yading@10
|
5275
|
yading@10
|
5276 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
5277
|
yading@10
|
5278
|
yading@10
|
5279 =item B<zero>
|
yading@10
|
5280
|
yading@10
|
5281 zero round towards 0
|
yading@10
|
5282
|
yading@10
|
5283 =item B<inf>
|
yading@10
|
5284
|
yading@10
|
5285 round away from 0
|
yading@10
|
5286
|
yading@10
|
5287 =item B<down>
|
yading@10
|
5288
|
yading@10
|
5289 round towards -infinity
|
yading@10
|
5290
|
yading@10
|
5291 =item B<up>
|
yading@10
|
5292
|
yading@10
|
5293 round towards +infinity
|
yading@10
|
5294
|
yading@10
|
5295 =item B<near>
|
yading@10
|
5296
|
yading@10
|
5297 round to nearest
|
yading@10
|
5298
|
yading@10
|
5299 =back
|
yading@10
|
5300
|
yading@10
|
5301 The default is C<near>.
|
yading@10
|
5302
|
yading@10
|
5303
|
yading@10
|
5304 =back
|
yading@10
|
5305
|
yading@10
|
5306
|
yading@10
|
5307 Alternatively, the options can be specified as a flat string:
|
yading@10
|
5308 I<fps>[:I<round>].
|
yading@10
|
5309
|
yading@10
|
5310 See also the setpts filter.
|
yading@10
|
5311
|
yading@10
|
5312
|
yading@10
|
5313 =head2 framestep
|
yading@10
|
5314
|
yading@10
|
5315
|
yading@10
|
5316 Select one frame every N-th frame.
|
yading@10
|
5317
|
yading@10
|
5318 This filter accepts the following option:
|
yading@10
|
5319
|
yading@10
|
5320 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
5321
|
yading@10
|
5322
|
yading@10
|
5323 =item B<step>
|
yading@10
|
5324
|
yading@10
|
5325 Select frame after every C<step> frames.
|
yading@10
|
5326 Allowed values are positive integers higher than 0. Default value is C<1>.
|
yading@10
|
5327
|
yading@10
|
5328 =back
|
yading@10
|
5329
|
yading@10
|
5330
|
yading@10
|
5331
|
yading@10
|
5332
|
yading@10
|
5333 =head2 frei0r
|
yading@10
|
5334
|
yading@10
|
5335
|
yading@10
|
5336 Apply a frei0r effect to the input video.
|
yading@10
|
5337
|
yading@10
|
5338 To enable compilation of this filter you need to install the frei0r
|
yading@10
|
5339 header and configure FFmpeg with C<--enable-frei0r>.
|
yading@10
|
5340
|
yading@10
|
5341 This filter accepts the following options:
|
yading@10
|
5342
|
yading@10
|
5343
|
yading@10
|
5344 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
5345
|
yading@10
|
5346
|
yading@10
|
5347
|
yading@10
|
5348 =item B<filter_name>
|
yading@10
|
5349
|
yading@10
|
5350 The name to the frei0r effect to load. If the environment variable
|
yading@10
|
5351 B<FREI0R_PATH> is defined, the frei0r effect is searched in each one of the
|
yading@10
|
5352 directories specified by the colon separated list in B<FREIOR_PATH>,
|
yading@10
|
5353 otherwise in the standard frei0r paths, which are in this order:
|
yading@10
|
5354 F<HOME/.frei0r-1/lib/>, F</usr/local/lib/frei0r-1/>,
|
yading@10
|
5355 F</usr/lib/frei0r-1/>.
|
yading@10
|
5356
|
yading@10
|
5357
|
yading@10
|
5358 =item B<filter_params>
|
yading@10
|
5359
|
yading@10
|
5360 A '|'-separated list of parameters to pass to the frei0r effect.
|
yading@10
|
5361
|
yading@10
|
5362
|
yading@10
|
5363 =back
|
yading@10
|
5364
|
yading@10
|
5365
|
yading@10
|
5366 A frei0r effect parameter can be a boolean (whose values are specified
|
yading@10
|
5367 with "y" and "n"), a double, a color (specified by the syntax
|
yading@10
|
5368 I<R>/I<G>/I<B>, I<R>, I<G>, and I<B> being float
|
yading@10
|
5369 numbers from 0.0 to 1.0) or by an C<av_parse_color()> color
|
yading@10
|
5370 description), a position (specified by the syntax I<X>/I<Y>,
|
yading@10
|
5371 I<X> and I<Y> being float numbers) and a string.
|
yading@10
|
5372
|
yading@10
|
5373 The number and kind of parameters depend on the loaded effect. If an
|
yading@10
|
5374 effect parameter is not specified the default value is set.
|
yading@10
|
5375
|
yading@10
|
5376
|
yading@10
|
5377 =head3 Examples
|
yading@10
|
5378
|
yading@10
|
5379
|
yading@10
|
5380
|
yading@10
|
5381 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
5382
|
yading@10
|
5383
|
yading@10
|
5384 =item *
|
yading@10
|
5385
|
yading@10
|
5386 Apply the distort0r effect, set the first two double parameters:
|
yading@10
|
5387
|
yading@10
|
5388 frei0r=filter_name=distort0r:filter_params=0.5|0.01
|
yading@10
|
5389
|
yading@10
|
5390
|
yading@10
|
5391
|
yading@10
|
5392 =item *
|
yading@10
|
5393
|
yading@10
|
5394 Apply the colordistance effect, take a color as first parameter:
|
yading@10
|
5395
|
yading@10
|
5396 frei0r=colordistance:0.2/0.3/0.4
|
yading@10
|
5397 frei0r=colordistance:violet
|
yading@10
|
5398 frei0r=colordistance:0x112233
|
yading@10
|
5399
|
yading@10
|
5400
|
yading@10
|
5401
|
yading@10
|
5402 =item *
|
yading@10
|
5403
|
yading@10
|
5404 Apply the perspective effect, specify the top left and top right image
|
yading@10
|
5405 positions:
|
yading@10
|
5406
|
yading@10
|
5407 frei0r=perspective:0.2/0.2|0.8/0.2
|
yading@10
|
5408
|
yading@10
|
5409
|
yading@10
|
5410 =back
|
yading@10
|
5411
|
yading@10
|
5412
|
yading@10
|
5413 For more information see:
|
yading@10
|
5414 E<lt>B<http://frei0r.dyne.org>E<gt>
|
yading@10
|
5415
|
yading@10
|
5416
|
yading@10
|
5417 =head2 geq
|
yading@10
|
5418
|
yading@10
|
5419
|
yading@10
|
5420 The filter accepts the following options:
|
yading@10
|
5421
|
yading@10
|
5422
|
yading@10
|
5423 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
5424
|
yading@10
|
5425
|
yading@10
|
5426 =item B<lum_expr>
|
yading@10
|
5427
|
yading@10
|
5428 the luminance expression
|
yading@10
|
5429
|
yading@10
|
5430 =item B<cb_expr>
|
yading@10
|
5431
|
yading@10
|
5432 the chrominance blue expression
|
yading@10
|
5433
|
yading@10
|
5434 =item B<cr_expr>
|
yading@10
|
5435
|
yading@10
|
5436 the chrominance red expression
|
yading@10
|
5437
|
yading@10
|
5438 =item B<alpha_expr>
|
yading@10
|
5439
|
yading@10
|
5440 the alpha expression
|
yading@10
|
5441
|
yading@10
|
5442 =back
|
yading@10
|
5443
|
yading@10
|
5444
|
yading@10
|
5445 If one of the chrominance expression is not defined, it falls back on the other
|
yading@10
|
5446 one. If no alpha expression is specified it will evaluate to opaque value.
|
yading@10
|
5447 If none of chrominance expressions are
|
yading@10
|
5448 specified, they will evaluate the luminance expression.
|
yading@10
|
5449
|
yading@10
|
5450 The expressions can use the following variables and functions:
|
yading@10
|
5451
|
yading@10
|
5452
|
yading@10
|
5453 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
5454
|
yading@10
|
5455
|
yading@10
|
5456 =item B<N>
|
yading@10
|
5457
|
yading@10
|
5458 The sequential number of the filtered frame, starting from C<0>.
|
yading@10
|
5459
|
yading@10
|
5460
|
yading@10
|
5461 =item B<X>
|
yading@10
|
5462
|
yading@10
|
5463
|
yading@10
|
5464 =item B<Y>
|
yading@10
|
5465
|
yading@10
|
5466 The coordinates of the current sample.
|
yading@10
|
5467
|
yading@10
|
5468
|
yading@10
|
5469 =item B<W>
|
yading@10
|
5470
|
yading@10
|
5471
|
yading@10
|
5472 =item B<H>
|
yading@10
|
5473
|
yading@10
|
5474 The width and height of the image.
|
yading@10
|
5475
|
yading@10
|
5476
|
yading@10
|
5477 =item B<SW>
|
yading@10
|
5478
|
yading@10
|
5479
|
yading@10
|
5480 =item B<SH>
|
yading@10
|
5481
|
yading@10
|
5482 Width and height scale depending on the currently filtered plane. It is the
|
yading@10
|
5483 ratio between the corresponding luma plane number of pixels and the current
|
yading@10
|
5484 plane ones. E.g. for YUV4:2:0 the values are C<1,1> for the luma plane, and
|
yading@10
|
5485 C<0.5,0.5> for chroma planes.
|
yading@10
|
5486
|
yading@10
|
5487
|
yading@10
|
5488 =item B<T>
|
yading@10
|
5489
|
yading@10
|
5490 Time of the current frame, expressed in seconds.
|
yading@10
|
5491
|
yading@10
|
5492
|
yading@10
|
5493 =item B<p(x, y)>
|
yading@10
|
5494
|
yading@10
|
5495 Return the value of the pixel at location (I<x>,I<y>) of the current
|
yading@10
|
5496 plane.
|
yading@10
|
5497
|
yading@10
|
5498
|
yading@10
|
5499 =item B<lum(x, y)>
|
yading@10
|
5500
|
yading@10
|
5501 Return the value of the pixel at location (I<x>,I<y>) of the luminance
|
yading@10
|
5502 plane.
|
yading@10
|
5503
|
yading@10
|
5504
|
yading@10
|
5505 =item B<cb(x, y)>
|
yading@10
|
5506
|
yading@10
|
5507 Return the value of the pixel at location (I<x>,I<y>) of the
|
yading@10
|
5508 blue-difference chroma plane. Returns 0 if there is no such plane.
|
yading@10
|
5509
|
yading@10
|
5510
|
yading@10
|
5511 =item B<cr(x, y)>
|
yading@10
|
5512
|
yading@10
|
5513 Return the value of the pixel at location (I<x>,I<y>) of the
|
yading@10
|
5514 red-difference chroma plane. Returns 0 if there is no such plane.
|
yading@10
|
5515
|
yading@10
|
5516
|
yading@10
|
5517 =item B<alpha(x, y)>
|
yading@10
|
5518
|
yading@10
|
5519 Return the value of the pixel at location (I<x>,I<y>) of the alpha
|
yading@10
|
5520 plane. Returns 0 if there is no such plane.
|
yading@10
|
5521
|
yading@10
|
5522 =back
|
yading@10
|
5523
|
yading@10
|
5524
|
yading@10
|
5525 For functions, if I<x> and I<y> are outside the area, the value will be
|
yading@10
|
5526 automatically clipped to the closer edge.
|
yading@10
|
5527
|
yading@10
|
5528
|
yading@10
|
5529 =head3 Examples
|
yading@10
|
5530
|
yading@10
|
5531
|
yading@10
|
5532
|
yading@10
|
5533 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
5534
|
yading@10
|
5535
|
yading@10
|
5536 =item *
|
yading@10
|
5537
|
yading@10
|
5538 Flip the image horizontally:
|
yading@10
|
5539
|
yading@10
|
5540 geq=p(W-X\,Y)
|
yading@10
|
5541
|
yading@10
|
5542
|
yading@10
|
5543
|
yading@10
|
5544 =item *
|
yading@10
|
5545
|
yading@10
|
5546 Generate a bidimensional sine wave, with angle C<PI/3> and a
|
yading@10
|
5547 wavelength of 100 pixels:
|
yading@10
|
5548
|
yading@10
|
5549 geq=128 + 100*sin(2*(PI/100)*(cos(PI/3)*(X-50*T) + sin(PI/3)*Y)):128:128
|
yading@10
|
5550
|
yading@10
|
5551
|
yading@10
|
5552
|
yading@10
|
5553 =item *
|
yading@10
|
5554
|
yading@10
|
5555 Generate a fancy enigmatic moving light:
|
yading@10
|
5556
|
yading@10
|
5557 nullsrc=s=256x256,geq=random(1)/hypot(X-cos(N*0.07)*W/2-W/2\,Y-sin(N*0.09)*H/2-H/2)^2*1000000*sin(N*0.02):128:128
|
yading@10
|
5558
|
yading@10
|
5559
|
yading@10
|
5560
|
yading@10
|
5561 =item *
|
yading@10
|
5562
|
yading@10
|
5563 Generate a quick emboss effect:
|
yading@10
|
5564
|
yading@10
|
5565 format=gray,geq=lum_expr='(p(X,Y)+(256-p(X-4,Y-4)))/2'
|
yading@10
|
5566
|
yading@10
|
5567
|
yading@10
|
5568 =back
|
yading@10
|
5569
|
yading@10
|
5570
|
yading@10
|
5571
|
yading@10
|
5572 =head2 gradfun
|
yading@10
|
5573
|
yading@10
|
5574
|
yading@10
|
5575 Fix the banding artifacts that are sometimes introduced into nearly flat
|
yading@10
|
5576 regions by truncation to 8bit color depth.
|
yading@10
|
5577 Interpolate the gradients that should go where the bands are, and
|
yading@10
|
5578 dither them.
|
yading@10
|
5579
|
yading@10
|
5580 This filter is designed for playback only. Do not use it prior to
|
yading@10
|
5581 lossy compression, because compression tends to lose the dither and
|
yading@10
|
5582 bring back the bands.
|
yading@10
|
5583
|
yading@10
|
5584 This filter accepts the following options:
|
yading@10
|
5585
|
yading@10
|
5586
|
yading@10
|
5587 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
5588
|
yading@10
|
5589
|
yading@10
|
5590
|
yading@10
|
5591 =item B<strength>
|
yading@10
|
5592
|
yading@10
|
5593 The maximum amount by which the filter will change any one pixel. Also the
|
yading@10
|
5594 threshold for detecting nearly flat regions. Acceptable values range from .51 to
|
yading@10
|
5595 64, default value is 1.2, out-of-range values will be clipped to the valid
|
yading@10
|
5596 range.
|
yading@10
|
5597
|
yading@10
|
5598
|
yading@10
|
5599 =item B<radius>
|
yading@10
|
5600
|
yading@10
|
5601 The neighborhood to fit the gradient to. A larger radius makes for smoother
|
yading@10
|
5602 gradients, but also prevents the filter from modifying the pixels near detailed
|
yading@10
|
5603 regions. Acceptable values are 8-32, default value is 16, out-of-range values
|
yading@10
|
5604 will be clipped to the valid range.
|
yading@10
|
5605
|
yading@10
|
5606
|
yading@10
|
5607 =back
|
yading@10
|
5608
|
yading@10
|
5609
|
yading@10
|
5610 Alternatively, the options can be specified as a flat string:
|
yading@10
|
5611 I<strength>[:I<radius>]
|
yading@10
|
5612
|
yading@10
|
5613
|
yading@10
|
5614 =head3 Examples
|
yading@10
|
5615
|
yading@10
|
5616
|
yading@10
|
5617
|
yading@10
|
5618 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
5619
|
yading@10
|
5620
|
yading@10
|
5621 =item *
|
yading@10
|
5622
|
yading@10
|
5623 Apply the filter with a C<3.5> strength and radius of C<8>:
|
yading@10
|
5624
|
yading@10
|
5625 gradfun=3.5:8
|
yading@10
|
5626
|
yading@10
|
5627
|
yading@10
|
5628
|
yading@10
|
5629 =item *
|
yading@10
|
5630
|
yading@10
|
5631 Specify radius, omitting the strength (which will fall-back to the default
|
yading@10
|
5632 value):
|
yading@10
|
5633
|
yading@10
|
5634 gradfun=radius=8
|
yading@10
|
5635
|
yading@10
|
5636
|
yading@10
|
5637
|
yading@10
|
5638 =back
|
yading@10
|
5639
|
yading@10
|
5640
|
yading@10
|
5641
|
yading@10
|
5642 =head2 hflip
|
yading@10
|
5643
|
yading@10
|
5644
|
yading@10
|
5645 Flip the input video horizontally.
|
yading@10
|
5646
|
yading@10
|
5647 For example to horizontally flip the input video with B<ffmpeg>:
|
yading@10
|
5648
|
yading@10
|
5649 ffmpeg -i in.avi -vf "hflip" out.avi
|
yading@10
|
5650
|
yading@10
|
5651
|
yading@10
|
5652
|
yading@10
|
5653 =head2 histeq
|
yading@10
|
5654
|
yading@10
|
5655 This filter applies a global color histogram equalization on a
|
yading@10
|
5656 per-frame basis.
|
yading@10
|
5657
|
yading@10
|
5658 It can be used to correct video that has a compressed range of pixel
|
yading@10
|
5659 intensities. The filter redistributes the pixel intensities to
|
yading@10
|
5660 equalize their distribution across the intensity range. It may be
|
yading@10
|
5661 viewed as an "automatically adjusting contrast filter". This filter is
|
yading@10
|
5662 useful only for correcting degraded or poorly captured source
|
yading@10
|
5663 video.
|
yading@10
|
5664
|
yading@10
|
5665 The filter accepts the following options:
|
yading@10
|
5666
|
yading@10
|
5667
|
yading@10
|
5668 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
5669
|
yading@10
|
5670
|
yading@10
|
5671 =item B<strength>
|
yading@10
|
5672
|
yading@10
|
5673 Determine the amount of equalization to be applied. As the strength
|
yading@10
|
5674 is reduced, the distribution of pixel intensities more-and-more
|
yading@10
|
5675 approaches that of the input frame. The value must be a float number
|
yading@10
|
5676 in the range [0,1] and defaults to 0.200.
|
yading@10
|
5677
|
yading@10
|
5678
|
yading@10
|
5679 =item B<intensity>
|
yading@10
|
5680
|
yading@10
|
5681 Set the maximum intensity that can generated and scale the output
|
yading@10
|
5682 values appropriately. The strength should be set as desired and then
|
yading@10
|
5683 the intensity can be limited if needed to avoid washing-out. The value
|
yading@10
|
5684 must be a float number in the range [0,1] and defaults to 0.210.
|
yading@10
|
5685
|
yading@10
|
5686
|
yading@10
|
5687 =item B<antibanding>
|
yading@10
|
5688
|
yading@10
|
5689 Set the antibanding level. If enabled the filter will randomly vary
|
yading@10
|
5690 the luminance of output pixels by a small amount to avoid banding of
|
yading@10
|
5691 the histogram. Possible values are C<none>, C<weak> or
|
yading@10
|
5692 C<strong>. It defaults to C<none>.
|
yading@10
|
5693
|
yading@10
|
5694 =back
|
yading@10
|
5695
|
yading@10
|
5696
|
yading@10
|
5697
|
yading@10
|
5698 =head2 histogram
|
yading@10
|
5699
|
yading@10
|
5700
|
yading@10
|
5701 Compute and draw a color distribution histogram for the input video.
|
yading@10
|
5702
|
yading@10
|
5703 The computed histogram is a representation of distribution of color components
|
yading@10
|
5704 in an image.
|
yading@10
|
5705
|
yading@10
|
5706 The filter accepts the following options:
|
yading@10
|
5707
|
yading@10
|
5708
|
yading@10
|
5709 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
5710
|
yading@10
|
5711
|
yading@10
|
5712 =item B<mode>
|
yading@10
|
5713
|
yading@10
|
5714 Set histogram mode.
|
yading@10
|
5715
|
yading@10
|
5716 It accepts the following values:
|
yading@10
|
5717
|
yading@10
|
5718 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
5719
|
yading@10
|
5720
|
yading@10
|
5721 =item B<levels>
|
yading@10
|
5722
|
yading@10
|
5723 standard histogram that display color components distribution in an image.
|
yading@10
|
5724 Displays color graph for each color component. Shows distribution
|
yading@10
|
5725 of the Y, U, V, A or G, B, R components, depending on input format,
|
yading@10
|
5726 in current frame. Bellow each graph is color component scale meter.
|
yading@10
|
5727
|
yading@10
|
5728
|
yading@10
|
5729 =item B<color>
|
yading@10
|
5730
|
yading@10
|
5731 chroma values in vectorscope, if brighter more such chroma values are
|
yading@10
|
5732 distributed in an image.
|
yading@10
|
5733 Displays chroma values (U/V color placement) in two dimensional graph
|
yading@10
|
5734 (which is called a vectorscope). It can be used to read of the hue and
|
yading@10
|
5735 saturation of the current frame. At a same time it is a histogram.
|
yading@10
|
5736 The whiter a pixel in the vectorscope, the more pixels of the input frame
|
yading@10
|
5737 correspond to that pixel (that is the more pixels have this chroma value).
|
yading@10
|
5738 The V component is displayed on the horizontal (X) axis, with the leftmost
|
yading@10
|
5739 side being V = 0 and the rightmost side being V = 255.
|
yading@10
|
5740 The U component is displayed on the vertical (Y) axis, with the top
|
yading@10
|
5741 representing U = 0 and the bottom representing U = 255.
|
yading@10
|
5742
|
yading@10
|
5743 The position of a white pixel in the graph corresponds to the chroma value
|
yading@10
|
5744 of a pixel of the input clip. So the graph can be used to read of the
|
yading@10
|
5745 hue (color flavor) and the saturation (the dominance of the hue in the color).
|
yading@10
|
5746 As the hue of a color changes, it moves around the square. At the center of
|
yading@10
|
5747 the square, the saturation is zero, which means that the corresponding pixel
|
yading@10
|
5748 has no color. If you increase the amount of a specific color, while leaving
|
yading@10
|
5749 the other colors unchanged, the saturation increases, and you move towards
|
yading@10
|
5750 the edge of the square.
|
yading@10
|
5751
|
yading@10
|
5752
|
yading@10
|
5753 =item B<color2>
|
yading@10
|
5754
|
yading@10
|
5755 chroma values in vectorscope, similar as C<color> but actual chroma values
|
yading@10
|
5756 are displayed.
|
yading@10
|
5757
|
yading@10
|
5758
|
yading@10
|
5759 =item B<waveform>
|
yading@10
|
5760
|
yading@10
|
5761 per row/column color component graph. In row mode graph in the left side represents
|
yading@10
|
5762 color component value 0 and right side represents value = 255. In column mode top
|
yading@10
|
5763 side represents color component value = 0 and bottom side represents value = 255.
|
yading@10
|
5764
|
yading@10
|
5765 =back
|
yading@10
|
5766
|
yading@10
|
5767 Default value is C<levels>.
|
yading@10
|
5768
|
yading@10
|
5769
|
yading@10
|
5770 =item B<level_height>
|
yading@10
|
5771
|
yading@10
|
5772 Set height of level in C<levels>. Default value is C<200>.
|
yading@10
|
5773 Allowed range is [50, 2048].
|
yading@10
|
5774
|
yading@10
|
5775
|
yading@10
|
5776 =item B<scale_height>
|
yading@10
|
5777
|
yading@10
|
5778 Set height of color scale in C<levels>. Default value is C<12>.
|
yading@10
|
5779 Allowed range is [0, 40].
|
yading@10
|
5780
|
yading@10
|
5781
|
yading@10
|
5782 =item B<step>
|
yading@10
|
5783
|
yading@10
|
5784 Set step for C<waveform> mode. Smaller values are useful to find out how much
|
yading@10
|
5785 of same luminance values across input rows/columns are distributed.
|
yading@10
|
5786 Default value is C<10>. Allowed range is [1, 255].
|
yading@10
|
5787
|
yading@10
|
5788
|
yading@10
|
5789 =item B<waveform_mode>
|
yading@10
|
5790
|
yading@10
|
5791 Set mode for C<waveform>. Can be either C<row>, or C<column>.
|
yading@10
|
5792 Default is C<row>.
|
yading@10
|
5793
|
yading@10
|
5794
|
yading@10
|
5795 =item B<display_mode>
|
yading@10
|
5796
|
yading@10
|
5797 Set display mode for C<waveform> and C<levels>.
|
yading@10
|
5798 It accepts the following values:
|
yading@10
|
5799
|
yading@10
|
5800 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
5801
|
yading@10
|
5802
|
yading@10
|
5803 =item B<parade>
|
yading@10
|
5804
|
yading@10
|
5805 Display separate graph for the color components side by side in
|
yading@10
|
5806 C<row> waveform mode or one below other in C<column> waveform mode
|
yading@10
|
5807 for C<waveform> histogram mode. For C<levels> histogram mode
|
yading@10
|
5808 per color component graphs are placed one bellow other.
|
yading@10
|
5809
|
yading@10
|
5810 This display mode in C<waveform> histogram mode makes it easy to spot
|
yading@10
|
5811 color casts in the highlights and shadows of an image, by comparing the
|
yading@10
|
5812 contours of the top and the bottom of each waveform.
|
yading@10
|
5813 Since whites, grays, and blacks are characterized by
|
yading@10
|
5814 exactly equal amounts of red, green, and blue, neutral areas of the
|
yading@10
|
5815 picture should display three waveforms of roughly equal width/height.
|
yading@10
|
5816 If not, the correction is easy to make by making adjustments to level the
|
yading@10
|
5817 three waveforms.
|
yading@10
|
5818
|
yading@10
|
5819
|
yading@10
|
5820 =item B<overlay>
|
yading@10
|
5821
|
yading@10
|
5822 Presents information that's identical to that in the C<parade>, except
|
yading@10
|
5823 that the graphs representing color components are superimposed directly
|
yading@10
|
5824 over one another.
|
yading@10
|
5825
|
yading@10
|
5826 This display mode in C<waveform> histogram mode can make it easier to spot
|
yading@10
|
5827 the relative differences or similarities in overlapping areas of the color
|
yading@10
|
5828 components that are supposed to be identical, such as neutral whites, grays,
|
yading@10
|
5829 or blacks.
|
yading@10
|
5830
|
yading@10
|
5831 =back
|
yading@10
|
5832
|
yading@10
|
5833 Default is C<parade>.
|
yading@10
|
5834
|
yading@10
|
5835 =back
|
yading@10
|
5836
|
yading@10
|
5837
|
yading@10
|
5838
|
yading@10
|
5839 =head3 Examples
|
yading@10
|
5840
|
yading@10
|
5841
|
yading@10
|
5842
|
yading@10
|
5843 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
5844
|
yading@10
|
5845
|
yading@10
|
5846
|
yading@10
|
5847 =item *
|
yading@10
|
5848
|
yading@10
|
5849 Calculate and draw histogram:
|
yading@10
|
5850
|
yading@10
|
5851 ffplay -i input -vf histogram
|
yading@10
|
5852
|
yading@10
|
5853
|
yading@10
|
5854
|
yading@10
|
5855 =back
|
yading@10
|
5856
|
yading@10
|
5857
|
yading@10
|
5858
|
yading@10
|
5859 =head2 hqdn3d
|
yading@10
|
5860
|
yading@10
|
5861
|
yading@10
|
5862 High precision/quality 3d denoise filter. This filter aims to reduce
|
yading@10
|
5863 image noise producing smooth images and making still images really
|
yading@10
|
5864 still. It should enhance compressibility.
|
yading@10
|
5865
|
yading@10
|
5866 It accepts the following optional parameters:
|
yading@10
|
5867
|
yading@10
|
5868
|
yading@10
|
5869 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
5870
|
yading@10
|
5871
|
yading@10
|
5872 =item B<luma_spatial>
|
yading@10
|
5873
|
yading@10
|
5874 a non-negative float number which specifies spatial luma strength,
|
yading@10
|
5875 defaults to 4.0
|
yading@10
|
5876
|
yading@10
|
5877
|
yading@10
|
5878 =item B<chroma_spatial>
|
yading@10
|
5879
|
yading@10
|
5880 a non-negative float number which specifies spatial chroma strength,
|
yading@10
|
5881 defaults to 3.0*I<luma_spatial>/4.0
|
yading@10
|
5882
|
yading@10
|
5883
|
yading@10
|
5884 =item B<luma_tmp>
|
yading@10
|
5885
|
yading@10
|
5886 a float number which specifies luma temporal strength, defaults to
|
yading@10
|
5887 6.0*I<luma_spatial>/4.0
|
yading@10
|
5888
|
yading@10
|
5889
|
yading@10
|
5890 =item B<chroma_tmp>
|
yading@10
|
5891
|
yading@10
|
5892 a float number which specifies chroma temporal strength, defaults to
|
yading@10
|
5893 I<luma_tmp>*I<chroma_spatial>/I<luma_spatial>
|
yading@10
|
5894
|
yading@10
|
5895 =back
|
yading@10
|
5896
|
yading@10
|
5897
|
yading@10
|
5898
|
yading@10
|
5899 =head2 hue
|
yading@10
|
5900
|
yading@10
|
5901
|
yading@10
|
5902 Modify the hue and/or the saturation of the input.
|
yading@10
|
5903
|
yading@10
|
5904 This filter accepts the following options:
|
yading@10
|
5905
|
yading@10
|
5906
|
yading@10
|
5907 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
5908
|
yading@10
|
5909
|
yading@10
|
5910 =item B<h>
|
yading@10
|
5911
|
yading@10
|
5912 Specify the hue angle as a number of degrees. It accepts an expression,
|
yading@10
|
5913 and defaults to "0".
|
yading@10
|
5914
|
yading@10
|
5915
|
yading@10
|
5916 =item B<s>
|
yading@10
|
5917
|
yading@10
|
5918 Specify the saturation in the [-10,10] range. It accepts a float number and
|
yading@10
|
5919 defaults to "1".
|
yading@10
|
5920
|
yading@10
|
5921
|
yading@10
|
5922 =item B<H>
|
yading@10
|
5923
|
yading@10
|
5924 Specify the hue angle as a number of radians. It accepts a float
|
yading@10
|
5925 number or an expression, and defaults to "0".
|
yading@10
|
5926
|
yading@10
|
5927 =back
|
yading@10
|
5928
|
yading@10
|
5929
|
yading@10
|
5930 B<h> and B<H> are mutually exclusive, and can't be
|
yading@10
|
5931 specified at the same time.
|
yading@10
|
5932
|
yading@10
|
5933 The B<h>, B<H> and B<s> option values are
|
yading@10
|
5934 expressions containing the following constants:
|
yading@10
|
5935
|
yading@10
|
5936
|
yading@10
|
5937 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
5938
|
yading@10
|
5939
|
yading@10
|
5940 =item B<n>
|
yading@10
|
5941
|
yading@10
|
5942 frame count of the input frame starting from 0
|
yading@10
|
5943
|
yading@10
|
5944
|
yading@10
|
5945 =item B<pts>
|
yading@10
|
5946
|
yading@10
|
5947 presentation timestamp of the input frame expressed in time base units
|
yading@10
|
5948
|
yading@10
|
5949
|
yading@10
|
5950 =item B<r>
|
yading@10
|
5951
|
yading@10
|
5952 frame rate of the input video, NAN if the input frame rate is unknown
|
yading@10
|
5953
|
yading@10
|
5954
|
yading@10
|
5955 =item B<t>
|
yading@10
|
5956
|
yading@10
|
5957 timestamp expressed in seconds, NAN if the input timestamp is unknown
|
yading@10
|
5958
|
yading@10
|
5959
|
yading@10
|
5960 =item B<tb>
|
yading@10
|
5961
|
yading@10
|
5962 time base of the input video
|
yading@10
|
5963
|
yading@10
|
5964 =back
|
yading@10
|
5965
|
yading@10
|
5966
|
yading@10
|
5967
|
yading@10
|
5968 =head3 Examples
|
yading@10
|
5969
|
yading@10
|
5970
|
yading@10
|
5971
|
yading@10
|
5972 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
5973
|
yading@10
|
5974
|
yading@10
|
5975 =item *
|
yading@10
|
5976
|
yading@10
|
5977 Set the hue to 90 degrees and the saturation to 1.0:
|
yading@10
|
5978
|
yading@10
|
5979 hue=h=90:s=1
|
yading@10
|
5980
|
yading@10
|
5981
|
yading@10
|
5982
|
yading@10
|
5983 =item *
|
yading@10
|
5984
|
yading@10
|
5985 Same command but expressing the hue in radians:
|
yading@10
|
5986
|
yading@10
|
5987 hue=H=PI/2:s=1
|
yading@10
|
5988
|
yading@10
|
5989
|
yading@10
|
5990
|
yading@10
|
5991 =item *
|
yading@10
|
5992
|
yading@10
|
5993 Rotate hue and make the saturation swing between 0
|
yading@10
|
5994 and 2 over a period of 1 second:
|
yading@10
|
5995
|
yading@10
|
5996 hue="H=2*PI*t: s=sin(2*PI*t)+1"
|
yading@10
|
5997
|
yading@10
|
5998
|
yading@10
|
5999
|
yading@10
|
6000 =item *
|
yading@10
|
6001
|
yading@10
|
6002 Apply a 3 seconds saturation fade-in effect starting at 0:
|
yading@10
|
6003
|
yading@10
|
6004 hue="s=min(t/3\,1)"
|
yading@10
|
6005
|
yading@10
|
6006
|
yading@10
|
6007 The general fade-in expression can be written as:
|
yading@10
|
6008
|
yading@10
|
6009 hue="s=min(0\, max((t-START)/DURATION\, 1))"
|
yading@10
|
6010
|
yading@10
|
6011
|
yading@10
|
6012
|
yading@10
|
6013 =item *
|
yading@10
|
6014
|
yading@10
|
6015 Apply a 3 seconds saturation fade-out effect starting at 5 seconds:
|
yading@10
|
6016
|
yading@10
|
6017 hue="s=max(0\, min(1\, (8-t)/3))"
|
yading@10
|
6018
|
yading@10
|
6019
|
yading@10
|
6020 The general fade-out expression can be written as:
|
yading@10
|
6021
|
yading@10
|
6022 hue="s=max(0\, min(1\, (START+DURATION-t)/DURATION))"
|
yading@10
|
6023
|
yading@10
|
6024
|
yading@10
|
6025
|
yading@10
|
6026 =back
|
yading@10
|
6027
|
yading@10
|
6028
|
yading@10
|
6029
|
yading@10
|
6030 =head3 Commands
|
yading@10
|
6031
|
yading@10
|
6032
|
yading@10
|
6033 This filter supports the following commands:
|
yading@10
|
6034
|
yading@10
|
6035 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
6036
|
yading@10
|
6037
|
yading@10
|
6038 =item B<s>
|
yading@10
|
6039
|
yading@10
|
6040
|
yading@10
|
6041 =item B<h>
|
yading@10
|
6042
|
yading@10
|
6043
|
yading@10
|
6044 =item B<H>
|
yading@10
|
6045
|
yading@10
|
6046 Modify the hue and/or the saturation of the input video.
|
yading@10
|
6047 The command accepts the same syntax of the corresponding option.
|
yading@10
|
6048
|
yading@10
|
6049 If the specified expression is not valid, it is kept at its current
|
yading@10
|
6050 value.
|
yading@10
|
6051
|
yading@10
|
6052 =back
|
yading@10
|
6053
|
yading@10
|
6054
|
yading@10
|
6055
|
yading@10
|
6056 =head2 idet
|
yading@10
|
6057
|
yading@10
|
6058
|
yading@10
|
6059 Detect video interlacing type.
|
yading@10
|
6060
|
yading@10
|
6061 This filter tries to detect if the input is interlaced or progressive,
|
yading@10
|
6062 top or bottom field first.
|
yading@10
|
6063
|
yading@10
|
6064 The filter accepts the following options:
|
yading@10
|
6065
|
yading@10
|
6066
|
yading@10
|
6067 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
6068
|
yading@10
|
6069
|
yading@10
|
6070 =item B<intl_thres>
|
yading@10
|
6071
|
yading@10
|
6072 Set interlacing threshold.
|
yading@10
|
6073
|
yading@10
|
6074 =item B<prog_thres>
|
yading@10
|
6075
|
yading@10
|
6076 Set progressive threshold.
|
yading@10
|
6077
|
yading@10
|
6078 =back
|
yading@10
|
6079
|
yading@10
|
6080
|
yading@10
|
6081
|
yading@10
|
6082 =head2 il
|
yading@10
|
6083
|
yading@10
|
6084
|
yading@10
|
6085 Deinterleave or interleave fields.
|
yading@10
|
6086
|
yading@10
|
6087 This filter allows to process interlaced images fields without
|
yading@10
|
6088 deinterlacing them. Deinterleaving splits the input frame into 2
|
yading@10
|
6089 fields (so called half pictures). Odd lines are moved to the top
|
yading@10
|
6090 half of the output image, even lines to the bottom half.
|
yading@10
|
6091 You can process (filter) them independently and then re-interleave them.
|
yading@10
|
6092
|
yading@10
|
6093 The filter accepts the following options:
|
yading@10
|
6094
|
yading@10
|
6095
|
yading@10
|
6096 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
6097
|
yading@10
|
6098
|
yading@10
|
6099 =item B<luma_mode, l>
|
yading@10
|
6100
|
yading@10
|
6101
|
yading@10
|
6102 =item B<chroma_mode, s>
|
yading@10
|
6103
|
yading@10
|
6104
|
yading@10
|
6105 =item B<alpha_mode, a>
|
yading@10
|
6106
|
yading@10
|
6107 Available values for I<luma_mode>, I<chroma_mode> and
|
yading@10
|
6108 I<alpha_mode> are:
|
yading@10
|
6109
|
yading@10
|
6110
|
yading@10
|
6111 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
6112
|
yading@10
|
6113
|
yading@10
|
6114 =item B<none>
|
yading@10
|
6115
|
yading@10
|
6116 Do nothing.
|
yading@10
|
6117
|
yading@10
|
6118
|
yading@10
|
6119 =item B<deinterleave, d>
|
yading@10
|
6120
|
yading@10
|
6121 Deinterleave fields, placing one above the other.
|
yading@10
|
6122
|
yading@10
|
6123
|
yading@10
|
6124 =item B<interleave, i>
|
yading@10
|
6125
|
yading@10
|
6126 Interleave fields. Reverse the effect of deinterleaving.
|
yading@10
|
6127
|
yading@10
|
6128 =back
|
yading@10
|
6129
|
yading@10
|
6130 Default value is C<none>.
|
yading@10
|
6131
|
yading@10
|
6132
|
yading@10
|
6133 =item B<luma_swap, ls>
|
yading@10
|
6134
|
yading@10
|
6135
|
yading@10
|
6136 =item B<chroma_swap, cs>
|
yading@10
|
6137
|
yading@10
|
6138
|
yading@10
|
6139 =item B<alpha_swap, as>
|
yading@10
|
6140
|
yading@10
|
6141 Swap luma/chroma/alpha fields. Exchange even & odd lines. Default value is C<0>.
|
yading@10
|
6142
|
yading@10
|
6143 =back
|
yading@10
|
6144
|
yading@10
|
6145
|
yading@10
|
6146
|
yading@10
|
6147 =head2 interlace
|
yading@10
|
6148
|
yading@10
|
6149
|
yading@10
|
6150 Simple interlacing filter from progressive contents. This interleaves upper (or
|
yading@10
|
6151 lower) lines from odd frames with lower (or upper) lines from even frames,
|
yading@10
|
6152 halving the frame rate and preserving image height.
|
yading@10
|
6153
|
yading@10
|
6154
|
yading@10
|
6155 Original Original New Frame
|
yading@10
|
6156 Frame 'j' Frame 'j+1' (tff)
|
yading@10
|
6157 ========== =========== ==================
|
yading@10
|
6158 Line 0 --------------------> Frame 'j' Line 0
|
yading@10
|
6159 Line 1 Line 1 ----> Frame 'j+1' Line 1
|
yading@10
|
6160 Line 2 ---------------------> Frame 'j' Line 2
|
yading@10
|
6161 Line 3 Line 3 ----> Frame 'j+1' Line 3
|
yading@10
|
6162 ... ... ...
|
yading@10
|
6163 New Frame + 1 will be generated by Frame 'j+2' and Frame 'j+3' and so on
|
yading@10
|
6164
|
yading@10
|
6165
|
yading@10
|
6166 It accepts the following optional parameters:
|
yading@10
|
6167
|
yading@10
|
6168
|
yading@10
|
6169 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
6170
|
yading@10
|
6171
|
yading@10
|
6172 =item B<scan>
|
yading@10
|
6173
|
yading@10
|
6174 determines whether the interlaced frame is taken from the even (tff - default)
|
yading@10
|
6175 or odd (bff) lines of the progressive frame.
|
yading@10
|
6176
|
yading@10
|
6177
|
yading@10
|
6178 =item B<lowpass>
|
yading@10
|
6179
|
yading@10
|
6180 Enable (default) or disable the vertical lowpass filter to avoid twitter
|
yading@10
|
6181 interlacing and reduce moire patterns.
|
yading@10
|
6182
|
yading@10
|
6183 =back
|
yading@10
|
6184
|
yading@10
|
6185
|
yading@10
|
6186
|
yading@10
|
6187 =head2 kerndeint
|
yading@10
|
6188
|
yading@10
|
6189
|
yading@10
|
6190 Deinterlace input video by applying Donald Graft's adaptive kernel
|
yading@10
|
6191 deinterling. Work on interlaced parts of a video to produce
|
yading@10
|
6192 progressive frames.
|
yading@10
|
6193
|
yading@10
|
6194 The description of the accepted parameters follows.
|
yading@10
|
6195
|
yading@10
|
6196
|
yading@10
|
6197 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
6198
|
yading@10
|
6199
|
yading@10
|
6200 =item B<thresh>
|
yading@10
|
6201
|
yading@10
|
6202 Set the threshold which affects the filter's tolerance when
|
yading@10
|
6203 determining if a pixel line must be processed. It must be an integer
|
yading@10
|
6204 in the range [0,255] and defaults to 10. A value of 0 will result in
|
yading@10
|
6205 applying the process on every pixels.
|
yading@10
|
6206
|
yading@10
|
6207
|
yading@10
|
6208 =item B<map>
|
yading@10
|
6209
|
yading@10
|
6210 Paint pixels exceeding the threshold value to white if set to 1.
|
yading@10
|
6211 Default is 0.
|
yading@10
|
6212
|
yading@10
|
6213
|
yading@10
|
6214 =item B<order>
|
yading@10
|
6215
|
yading@10
|
6216 Set the fields order. Swap fields if set to 1, leave fields alone if
|
yading@10
|
6217 0. Default is 0.
|
yading@10
|
6218
|
yading@10
|
6219
|
yading@10
|
6220 =item B<sharp>
|
yading@10
|
6221
|
yading@10
|
6222 Enable additional sharpening if set to 1. Default is 0.
|
yading@10
|
6223
|
yading@10
|
6224
|
yading@10
|
6225 =item B<twoway>
|
yading@10
|
6226
|
yading@10
|
6227 Enable twoway sharpening if set to 1. Default is 0.
|
yading@10
|
6228
|
yading@10
|
6229 =back
|
yading@10
|
6230
|
yading@10
|
6231
|
yading@10
|
6232
|
yading@10
|
6233 =head3 Examples
|
yading@10
|
6234
|
yading@10
|
6235
|
yading@10
|
6236
|
yading@10
|
6237 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
6238
|
yading@10
|
6239
|
yading@10
|
6240 =item *
|
yading@10
|
6241
|
yading@10
|
6242 Apply default values:
|
yading@10
|
6243
|
yading@10
|
6244 kerndeint=thresh=10:map=0:order=0:sharp=0:twoway=0
|
yading@10
|
6245
|
yading@10
|
6246
|
yading@10
|
6247
|
yading@10
|
6248 =item *
|
yading@10
|
6249
|
yading@10
|
6250 Enable additional sharpening:
|
yading@10
|
6251
|
yading@10
|
6252 kerndeint=sharp=1
|
yading@10
|
6253
|
yading@10
|
6254
|
yading@10
|
6255
|
yading@10
|
6256 =item *
|
yading@10
|
6257
|
yading@10
|
6258 Paint processed pixels in white:
|
yading@10
|
6259
|
yading@10
|
6260 kerndeint=map=1
|
yading@10
|
6261
|
yading@10
|
6262
|
yading@10
|
6263 =back
|
yading@10
|
6264
|
yading@10
|
6265
|
yading@10
|
6266
|
yading@10
|
6267 =head2 lut, lutrgb, lutyuv
|
yading@10
|
6268
|
yading@10
|
6269
|
yading@10
|
6270 Compute a look-up table for binding each pixel component input value
|
yading@10
|
6271 to an output value, and apply it to input video.
|
yading@10
|
6272
|
yading@10
|
6273 I<lutyuv> applies a lookup table to a YUV input video, I<lutrgb>
|
yading@10
|
6274 to an RGB input video.
|
yading@10
|
6275
|
yading@10
|
6276 These filters accept the following options:
|
yading@10
|
6277
|
yading@10
|
6278 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
6279
|
yading@10
|
6280
|
yading@10
|
6281 =item B<c0>
|
yading@10
|
6282
|
yading@10
|
6283 set first pixel component expression
|
yading@10
|
6284
|
yading@10
|
6285 =item B<c1>
|
yading@10
|
6286
|
yading@10
|
6287 set second pixel component expression
|
yading@10
|
6288
|
yading@10
|
6289 =item B<c2>
|
yading@10
|
6290
|
yading@10
|
6291 set third pixel component expression
|
yading@10
|
6292
|
yading@10
|
6293 =item B<c3>
|
yading@10
|
6294
|
yading@10
|
6295 set fourth pixel component expression, corresponds to the alpha component
|
yading@10
|
6296
|
yading@10
|
6297
|
yading@10
|
6298 =item B<r>
|
yading@10
|
6299
|
yading@10
|
6300 set red component expression
|
yading@10
|
6301
|
yading@10
|
6302 =item B<g>
|
yading@10
|
6303
|
yading@10
|
6304 set green component expression
|
yading@10
|
6305
|
yading@10
|
6306 =item B<b>
|
yading@10
|
6307
|
yading@10
|
6308 set blue component expression
|
yading@10
|
6309
|
yading@10
|
6310 =item B<a>
|
yading@10
|
6311
|
yading@10
|
6312 alpha component expression
|
yading@10
|
6313
|
yading@10
|
6314
|
yading@10
|
6315 =item B<y>
|
yading@10
|
6316
|
yading@10
|
6317 set Y/luminance component expression
|
yading@10
|
6318
|
yading@10
|
6319 =item B<u>
|
yading@10
|
6320
|
yading@10
|
6321 set U/Cb component expression
|
yading@10
|
6322
|
yading@10
|
6323 =item B<v>
|
yading@10
|
6324
|
yading@10
|
6325 set V/Cr component expression
|
yading@10
|
6326
|
yading@10
|
6327 =back
|
yading@10
|
6328
|
yading@10
|
6329
|
yading@10
|
6330 Each of them specifies the expression to use for computing the lookup table for
|
yading@10
|
6331 the corresponding pixel component values.
|
yading@10
|
6332
|
yading@10
|
6333 The exact component associated to each of the I<c*> options depends on the
|
yading@10
|
6334 format in input.
|
yading@10
|
6335
|
yading@10
|
6336 The I<lut> filter requires either YUV or RGB pixel formats in input,
|
yading@10
|
6337 I<lutrgb> requires RGB pixel formats in input, and I<lutyuv> requires YUV.
|
yading@10
|
6338
|
yading@10
|
6339 The expressions can contain the following constants and functions:
|
yading@10
|
6340
|
yading@10
|
6341
|
yading@10
|
6342 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
6343
|
yading@10
|
6344
|
yading@10
|
6345 =item B<w, h>
|
yading@10
|
6346
|
yading@10
|
6347 the input width and height
|
yading@10
|
6348
|
yading@10
|
6349
|
yading@10
|
6350 =item B<val>
|
yading@10
|
6351
|
yading@10
|
6352 input value for the pixel component
|
yading@10
|
6353
|
yading@10
|
6354
|
yading@10
|
6355 =item B<clipval>
|
yading@10
|
6356
|
yading@10
|
6357 the input value clipped in the I<minval>-I<maxval> range
|
yading@10
|
6358
|
yading@10
|
6359
|
yading@10
|
6360 =item B<maxval>
|
yading@10
|
6361
|
yading@10
|
6362 maximum value for the pixel component
|
yading@10
|
6363
|
yading@10
|
6364
|
yading@10
|
6365 =item B<minval>
|
yading@10
|
6366
|
yading@10
|
6367 minimum value for the pixel component
|
yading@10
|
6368
|
yading@10
|
6369
|
yading@10
|
6370 =item B<negval>
|
yading@10
|
6371
|
yading@10
|
6372 the negated value for the pixel component value clipped in the
|
yading@10
|
6373 I<minval>-I<maxval> range , it corresponds to the expression
|
yading@10
|
6374 "maxval-clipval+minval"
|
yading@10
|
6375
|
yading@10
|
6376
|
yading@10
|
6377 =item B<clip(val)>
|
yading@10
|
6378
|
yading@10
|
6379 the computed value in I<val> clipped in the
|
yading@10
|
6380 I<minval>-I<maxval> range
|
yading@10
|
6381
|
yading@10
|
6382
|
yading@10
|
6383 =item B<gammaval(gamma)>
|
yading@10
|
6384
|
yading@10
|
6385 the computed gamma correction value of the pixel component value
|
yading@10
|
6386 clipped in the I<minval>-I<maxval> range, corresponds to the
|
yading@10
|
6387 expression
|
yading@10
|
6388 "pow((clipval-minval)/(maxval-minval)\,I<gamma>)*(maxval-minval)+minval"
|
yading@10
|
6389
|
yading@10
|
6390
|
yading@10
|
6391 =back
|
yading@10
|
6392
|
yading@10
|
6393
|
yading@10
|
6394 All expressions default to "val".
|
yading@10
|
6395
|
yading@10
|
6396
|
yading@10
|
6397 =head3 Examples
|
yading@10
|
6398
|
yading@10
|
6399
|
yading@10
|
6400
|
yading@10
|
6401 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
6402
|
yading@10
|
6403
|
yading@10
|
6404 =item *
|
yading@10
|
6405
|
yading@10
|
6406 Negate input video:
|
yading@10
|
6407
|
yading@10
|
6408 lutrgb="r=maxval+minval-val:g=maxval+minval-val:b=maxval+minval-val"
|
yading@10
|
6409 lutyuv="y=maxval+minval-val:u=maxval+minval-val:v=maxval+minval-val"
|
yading@10
|
6410
|
yading@10
|
6411
|
yading@10
|
6412 The above is the same as:
|
yading@10
|
6413
|
yading@10
|
6414 lutrgb="r=negval:g=negval:b=negval"
|
yading@10
|
6415 lutyuv="y=negval:u=negval:v=negval"
|
yading@10
|
6416
|
yading@10
|
6417
|
yading@10
|
6418
|
yading@10
|
6419 =item *
|
yading@10
|
6420
|
yading@10
|
6421 Negate luminance:
|
yading@10
|
6422
|
yading@10
|
6423 lutyuv=y=negval
|
yading@10
|
6424
|
yading@10
|
6425
|
yading@10
|
6426
|
yading@10
|
6427 =item *
|
yading@10
|
6428
|
yading@10
|
6429 Remove chroma components, turns the video into a graytone image:
|
yading@10
|
6430
|
yading@10
|
6431 lutyuv="u=128:v=128"
|
yading@10
|
6432
|
yading@10
|
6433
|
yading@10
|
6434
|
yading@10
|
6435 =item *
|
yading@10
|
6436
|
yading@10
|
6437 Apply a luma burning effect:
|
yading@10
|
6438
|
yading@10
|
6439 lutyuv="y=2*val"
|
yading@10
|
6440
|
yading@10
|
6441
|
yading@10
|
6442
|
yading@10
|
6443 =item *
|
yading@10
|
6444
|
yading@10
|
6445 Remove green and blue components:
|
yading@10
|
6446
|
yading@10
|
6447 lutrgb="g=0:b=0"
|
yading@10
|
6448
|
yading@10
|
6449
|
yading@10
|
6450
|
yading@10
|
6451 =item *
|
yading@10
|
6452
|
yading@10
|
6453 Set a constant alpha channel value on input:
|
yading@10
|
6454
|
yading@10
|
6455 format=rgba,lutrgb=a="maxval-minval/2"
|
yading@10
|
6456
|
yading@10
|
6457
|
yading@10
|
6458
|
yading@10
|
6459 =item *
|
yading@10
|
6460
|
yading@10
|
6461 Correct luminance gamma by a 0.5 factor:
|
yading@10
|
6462
|
yading@10
|
6463 lutyuv=y=gammaval(0.5)
|
yading@10
|
6464
|
yading@10
|
6465
|
yading@10
|
6466
|
yading@10
|
6467 =item *
|
yading@10
|
6468
|
yading@10
|
6469 Discard least significant bits of luma:
|
yading@10
|
6470
|
yading@10
|
6471 lutyuv=y='bitand(val, 128+64+32)'
|
yading@10
|
6472
|
yading@10
|
6473
|
yading@10
|
6474 =back
|
yading@10
|
6475
|
yading@10
|
6476
|
yading@10
|
6477
|
yading@10
|
6478 =head2 mp
|
yading@10
|
6479
|
yading@10
|
6480
|
yading@10
|
6481 Apply an MPlayer filter to the input video.
|
yading@10
|
6482
|
yading@10
|
6483 This filter provides a wrapper around most of the filters of
|
yading@10
|
6484 MPlayer/MEncoder.
|
yading@10
|
6485
|
yading@10
|
6486 This wrapper is considered experimental. Some of the wrapped filters
|
yading@10
|
6487 may not work properly and we may drop support for them, as they will
|
yading@10
|
6488 be implemented natively into FFmpeg. Thus you should avoid
|
yading@10
|
6489 depending on them when writing portable scripts.
|
yading@10
|
6490
|
yading@10
|
6491 The filters accepts the parameters:
|
yading@10
|
6492 I<filter_name>[:=]I<filter_params>
|
yading@10
|
6493
|
yading@10
|
6494 I<filter_name> is the name of a supported MPlayer filter,
|
yading@10
|
6495 I<filter_params> is a string containing the parameters accepted by
|
yading@10
|
6496 the named filter.
|
yading@10
|
6497
|
yading@10
|
6498 The list of the currently supported filters follows:
|
yading@10
|
6499
|
yading@10
|
6500 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
6501
|
yading@10
|
6502
|
yading@10
|
6503 =item I<dint>
|
yading@10
|
6504
|
yading@10
|
6505
|
yading@10
|
6506 =item I<down3dright>
|
yading@10
|
6507
|
yading@10
|
6508
|
yading@10
|
6509 =item I<eq2>
|
yading@10
|
6510
|
yading@10
|
6511
|
yading@10
|
6512 =item I<eq>
|
yading@10
|
6513
|
yading@10
|
6514
|
yading@10
|
6515 =item I<fil>
|
yading@10
|
6516
|
yading@10
|
6517
|
yading@10
|
6518 =item I<fspp>
|
yading@10
|
6519
|
yading@10
|
6520
|
yading@10
|
6521 =item I<ilpack>
|
yading@10
|
6522
|
yading@10
|
6523
|
yading@10
|
6524 =item I<mcdeint>
|
yading@10
|
6525
|
yading@10
|
6526
|
yading@10
|
6527 =item I<ow>
|
yading@10
|
6528
|
yading@10
|
6529
|
yading@10
|
6530 =item I<perspective>
|
yading@10
|
6531
|
yading@10
|
6532
|
yading@10
|
6533 =item I<phase>
|
yading@10
|
6534
|
yading@10
|
6535
|
yading@10
|
6536 =item I<pp7>
|
yading@10
|
6537
|
yading@10
|
6538
|
yading@10
|
6539 =item I<pullup>
|
yading@10
|
6540
|
yading@10
|
6541
|
yading@10
|
6542 =item I<qp>
|
yading@10
|
6543
|
yading@10
|
6544
|
yading@10
|
6545 =item I<sab>
|
yading@10
|
6546
|
yading@10
|
6547
|
yading@10
|
6548 =item I<softpulldown>
|
yading@10
|
6549
|
yading@10
|
6550
|
yading@10
|
6551 =item I<spp>
|
yading@10
|
6552
|
yading@10
|
6553
|
yading@10
|
6554 =item I<tinterlace>
|
yading@10
|
6555
|
yading@10
|
6556
|
yading@10
|
6557 =item I<uspp>
|
yading@10
|
6558
|
yading@10
|
6559
|
yading@10
|
6560 =back
|
yading@10
|
6561
|
yading@10
|
6562
|
yading@10
|
6563 The parameter syntax and behavior for the listed filters are the same
|
yading@10
|
6564 of the corresponding MPlayer filters. For detailed instructions check
|
yading@10
|
6565 the "VIDEO FILTERS" section in the MPlayer manual.
|
yading@10
|
6566
|
yading@10
|
6567
|
yading@10
|
6568 =head3 Examples
|
yading@10
|
6569
|
yading@10
|
6570
|
yading@10
|
6571
|
yading@10
|
6572 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
6573
|
yading@10
|
6574
|
yading@10
|
6575 =item *
|
yading@10
|
6576
|
yading@10
|
6577 Adjust gamma, brightness, contrast:
|
yading@10
|
6578
|
yading@10
|
6579 mp=eq2=1.0:2:0.5
|
yading@10
|
6580
|
yading@10
|
6581
|
yading@10
|
6582 =back
|
yading@10
|
6583
|
yading@10
|
6584
|
yading@10
|
6585 See also mplayer(1), E<lt>B<http://www.mplayerhq.hu/>E<gt>.
|
yading@10
|
6586
|
yading@10
|
6587
|
yading@10
|
6588 =head2 mpdecimate
|
yading@10
|
6589
|
yading@10
|
6590
|
yading@10
|
6591 Drop frames that do not differ greatly from the previous frame in
|
yading@10
|
6592 order to reduce frame rate.
|
yading@10
|
6593
|
yading@10
|
6594 The main use of this filter is for very-low-bitrate encoding
|
yading@10
|
6595 (e.g. streaming over dialup modem), but it could in theory be used for
|
yading@10
|
6596 fixing movies that were inverse-telecined incorrectly.
|
yading@10
|
6597
|
yading@10
|
6598 A description of the accepted options follows.
|
yading@10
|
6599
|
yading@10
|
6600
|
yading@10
|
6601 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
6602
|
yading@10
|
6603
|
yading@10
|
6604 =item B<max>
|
yading@10
|
6605
|
yading@10
|
6606 Set the maximum number of consecutive frames which can be dropped (if
|
yading@10
|
6607 positive), or the minimum interval between dropped frames (if
|
yading@10
|
6608 negative). If the value is 0, the frame is dropped unregarding the
|
yading@10
|
6609 number of previous sequentially dropped frames.
|
yading@10
|
6610
|
yading@10
|
6611 Default value is 0.
|
yading@10
|
6612
|
yading@10
|
6613
|
yading@10
|
6614 =item B<hi>
|
yading@10
|
6615
|
yading@10
|
6616
|
yading@10
|
6617 =item B<lo>
|
yading@10
|
6618
|
yading@10
|
6619
|
yading@10
|
6620 =item B<frac>
|
yading@10
|
6621
|
yading@10
|
6622 Set the dropping threshold values.
|
yading@10
|
6623
|
yading@10
|
6624 Values for B<hi> and B<lo> are for 8x8 pixel blocks and
|
yading@10
|
6625 represent actual pixel value differences, so a threshold of 64
|
yading@10
|
6626 corresponds to 1 unit of difference for each pixel, or the same spread
|
yading@10
|
6627 out differently over the block.
|
yading@10
|
6628
|
yading@10
|
6629 A frame is a candidate for dropping if no 8x8 blocks differ by more
|
yading@10
|
6630 than a threshold of B<hi>, and if no more than B<frac> blocks (1
|
yading@10
|
6631 meaning the whole image) differ by more than a threshold of B<lo>.
|
yading@10
|
6632
|
yading@10
|
6633 Default value for B<hi> is 64*12, default value for B<lo> is
|
yading@10
|
6634 64*5, and default value for B<frac> is 0.33.
|
yading@10
|
6635
|
yading@10
|
6636 =back
|
yading@10
|
6637
|
yading@10
|
6638
|
yading@10
|
6639
|
yading@10
|
6640
|
yading@10
|
6641 =head2 negate
|
yading@10
|
6642
|
yading@10
|
6643
|
yading@10
|
6644 Negate input video.
|
yading@10
|
6645
|
yading@10
|
6646 This filter accepts an integer in input, if non-zero it negates the
|
yading@10
|
6647 alpha component (if available). The default value in input is 0.
|
yading@10
|
6648
|
yading@10
|
6649
|
yading@10
|
6650 =head2 noformat
|
yading@10
|
6651
|
yading@10
|
6652
|
yading@10
|
6653 Force libavfilter not to use any of the specified pixel formats for the
|
yading@10
|
6654 input to the next filter.
|
yading@10
|
6655
|
yading@10
|
6656 This filter accepts the following parameters:
|
yading@10
|
6657
|
yading@10
|
6658 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
6659
|
yading@10
|
6660
|
yading@10
|
6661
|
yading@10
|
6662 =item B<pix_fmts>
|
yading@10
|
6663
|
yading@10
|
6664 A '|'-separated list of pixel format names, for example
|
yading@10
|
6665 "pix_fmts=yuv420p|monow|rgb24".
|
yading@10
|
6666
|
yading@10
|
6667
|
yading@10
|
6668 =back
|
yading@10
|
6669
|
yading@10
|
6670
|
yading@10
|
6671
|
yading@10
|
6672 =head3 Examples
|
yading@10
|
6673
|
yading@10
|
6674
|
yading@10
|
6675
|
yading@10
|
6676 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
6677
|
yading@10
|
6678
|
yading@10
|
6679 =item *
|
yading@10
|
6680
|
yading@10
|
6681 Force libavfilter to use a format different from I<yuv420p> for the
|
yading@10
|
6682 input to the vflip filter:
|
yading@10
|
6683
|
yading@10
|
6684 noformat=pix_fmts=yuv420p,vflip
|
yading@10
|
6685
|
yading@10
|
6686
|
yading@10
|
6687
|
yading@10
|
6688 =item *
|
yading@10
|
6689
|
yading@10
|
6690 Convert the input video to any of the formats not contained in the list:
|
yading@10
|
6691
|
yading@10
|
6692 noformat=yuv420p|yuv444p|yuv410p
|
yading@10
|
6693
|
yading@10
|
6694
|
yading@10
|
6695 =back
|
yading@10
|
6696
|
yading@10
|
6697
|
yading@10
|
6698
|
yading@10
|
6699 =head2 noise
|
yading@10
|
6700
|
yading@10
|
6701
|
yading@10
|
6702 Add noise on video input frame.
|
yading@10
|
6703
|
yading@10
|
6704 The filter accepts the following options:
|
yading@10
|
6705
|
yading@10
|
6706
|
yading@10
|
6707 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
6708
|
yading@10
|
6709
|
yading@10
|
6710 =item B<all_seed>
|
yading@10
|
6711
|
yading@10
|
6712
|
yading@10
|
6713 =item B<c0_seed>
|
yading@10
|
6714
|
yading@10
|
6715
|
yading@10
|
6716 =item B<c1_seed>
|
yading@10
|
6717
|
yading@10
|
6718
|
yading@10
|
6719 =item B<c2_seed>
|
yading@10
|
6720
|
yading@10
|
6721
|
yading@10
|
6722 =item B<c3_seed>
|
yading@10
|
6723
|
yading@10
|
6724 Set noise seed for specific pixel component or all pixel components in case
|
yading@10
|
6725 of I<all_seed>. Default value is C<123457>.
|
yading@10
|
6726
|
yading@10
|
6727
|
yading@10
|
6728 =item B<all_strength, alls>
|
yading@10
|
6729
|
yading@10
|
6730
|
yading@10
|
6731 =item B<c0_strength, c0s>
|
yading@10
|
6732
|
yading@10
|
6733
|
yading@10
|
6734 =item B<c1_strength, c1s>
|
yading@10
|
6735
|
yading@10
|
6736
|
yading@10
|
6737 =item B<c2_strength, c2s>
|
yading@10
|
6738
|
yading@10
|
6739
|
yading@10
|
6740 =item B<c3_strength, c3s>
|
yading@10
|
6741
|
yading@10
|
6742 Set noise strength for specific pixel component or all pixel components in case
|
yading@10
|
6743 I<all_strength>. Default value is C<0>. Allowed range is [0, 100].
|
yading@10
|
6744
|
yading@10
|
6745
|
yading@10
|
6746 =item B<all_flags, allf>
|
yading@10
|
6747
|
yading@10
|
6748
|
yading@10
|
6749 =item B<c0_flags, c0f>
|
yading@10
|
6750
|
yading@10
|
6751
|
yading@10
|
6752 =item B<c1_flags, c1f>
|
yading@10
|
6753
|
yading@10
|
6754
|
yading@10
|
6755 =item B<c2_flags, c2f>
|
yading@10
|
6756
|
yading@10
|
6757
|
yading@10
|
6758 =item B<c3_flags, c3f>
|
yading@10
|
6759
|
yading@10
|
6760 Set pixel component flags or set flags for all components if I<all_flags>.
|
yading@10
|
6761 Available values for component flags are:
|
yading@10
|
6762
|
yading@10
|
6763 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
6764
|
yading@10
|
6765
|
yading@10
|
6766 =item B<a>
|
yading@10
|
6767
|
yading@10
|
6768 averaged temporal noise (smoother)
|
yading@10
|
6769
|
yading@10
|
6770 =item B<p>
|
yading@10
|
6771
|
yading@10
|
6772 mix random noise with a (semi)regular pattern
|
yading@10
|
6773
|
yading@10
|
6774 =item B<q>
|
yading@10
|
6775
|
yading@10
|
6776 higher quality (slightly better looking, slightly slower)
|
yading@10
|
6777
|
yading@10
|
6778 =item B<t>
|
yading@10
|
6779
|
yading@10
|
6780 temporal noise (noise pattern changes between frames)
|
yading@10
|
6781
|
yading@10
|
6782 =item B<u>
|
yading@10
|
6783
|
yading@10
|
6784 uniform noise (gaussian otherwise)
|
yading@10
|
6785
|
yading@10
|
6786 =back
|
yading@10
|
6787
|
yading@10
|
6788
|
yading@10
|
6789 =back
|
yading@10
|
6790
|
yading@10
|
6791
|
yading@10
|
6792
|
yading@10
|
6793 =head3 Examples
|
yading@10
|
6794
|
yading@10
|
6795
|
yading@10
|
6796 Add temporal and uniform noise to input video:
|
yading@10
|
6797
|
yading@10
|
6798 noise=alls=20:allf=t+u
|
yading@10
|
6799
|
yading@10
|
6800
|
yading@10
|
6801
|
yading@10
|
6802 =head2 null
|
yading@10
|
6803
|
yading@10
|
6804
|
yading@10
|
6805 Pass the video source unchanged to the output.
|
yading@10
|
6806
|
yading@10
|
6807
|
yading@10
|
6808 =head2 ocv
|
yading@10
|
6809
|
yading@10
|
6810
|
yading@10
|
6811 Apply video transform using libopencv.
|
yading@10
|
6812
|
yading@10
|
6813 To enable this filter install libopencv library and headers and
|
yading@10
|
6814 configure FFmpeg with C<--enable-libopencv>.
|
yading@10
|
6815
|
yading@10
|
6816 This filter accepts the following parameters:
|
yading@10
|
6817
|
yading@10
|
6818
|
yading@10
|
6819 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
6820
|
yading@10
|
6821
|
yading@10
|
6822
|
yading@10
|
6823 =item B<filter_name>
|
yading@10
|
6824
|
yading@10
|
6825 The name of the libopencv filter to apply.
|
yading@10
|
6826
|
yading@10
|
6827
|
yading@10
|
6828 =item B<filter_params>
|
yading@10
|
6829
|
yading@10
|
6830 The parameters to pass to the libopencv filter. If not specified the default
|
yading@10
|
6831 values are assumed.
|
yading@10
|
6832
|
yading@10
|
6833
|
yading@10
|
6834 =back
|
yading@10
|
6835
|
yading@10
|
6836
|
yading@10
|
6837 Refer to the official libopencv documentation for more precise
|
yading@10
|
6838 information:
|
yading@10
|
6839 E<lt>B<http://opencv.willowgarage.com/documentation/c/image_filtering.html>E<gt>
|
yading@10
|
6840
|
yading@10
|
6841 Follows the list of supported libopencv filters.
|
yading@10
|
6842
|
yading@10
|
6843
|
yading@10
|
6844
|
yading@10
|
6845 =head3 dilate
|
yading@10
|
6846
|
yading@10
|
6847
|
yading@10
|
6848 Dilate an image by using a specific structuring element.
|
yading@10
|
6849 This filter corresponds to the libopencv function C<cvDilate>.
|
yading@10
|
6850
|
yading@10
|
6851 It accepts the parameters: I<struct_el>|I<nb_iterations>.
|
yading@10
|
6852
|
yading@10
|
6853 I<struct_el> represents a structuring element, and has the syntax:
|
yading@10
|
6854 I<cols>xI<rows>+I<anchor_x>xI<anchor_y>/I<shape>
|
yading@10
|
6855
|
yading@10
|
6856 I<cols> and I<rows> represent the number of columns and rows of
|
yading@10
|
6857 the structuring element, I<anchor_x> and I<anchor_y> the anchor
|
yading@10
|
6858 point, and I<shape> the shape for the structuring element, and
|
yading@10
|
6859 can be one of the values "rect", "cross", "ellipse", "custom".
|
yading@10
|
6860
|
yading@10
|
6861 If the value for I<shape> is "custom", it must be followed by a
|
yading@10
|
6862 string of the form "=I<filename>". The file with name
|
yading@10
|
6863 I<filename> is assumed to represent a binary image, with each
|
yading@10
|
6864 printable character corresponding to a bright pixel. When a custom
|
yading@10
|
6865 I<shape> is used, I<cols> and I<rows> are ignored, the number
|
yading@10
|
6866 or columns and rows of the read file are assumed instead.
|
yading@10
|
6867
|
yading@10
|
6868 The default value for I<struct_el> is "3x3+0x0/rect".
|
yading@10
|
6869
|
yading@10
|
6870 I<nb_iterations> specifies the number of times the transform is
|
yading@10
|
6871 applied to the image, and defaults to 1.
|
yading@10
|
6872
|
yading@10
|
6873 Follow some example:
|
yading@10
|
6874
|
yading@10
|
6875 # use the default values
|
yading@10
|
6876 ocv=dilate
|
yading@10
|
6877
|
yading@10
|
6878 # dilate using a structuring element with a 5x5 cross, iterate two times
|
yading@10
|
6879 ocv=filter_name=dilate:filter_params=5x5+2x2/cross|2
|
yading@10
|
6880
|
yading@10
|
6881 # read the shape from the file diamond.shape, iterate two times
|
yading@10
|
6882 # the file diamond.shape may contain a pattern of characters like this:
|
yading@10
|
6883 # *
|
yading@10
|
6884 # ***
|
yading@10
|
6885 # *****
|
yading@10
|
6886 # ***
|
yading@10
|
6887 # *
|
yading@10
|
6888 # the specified cols and rows are ignored (but not the anchor point coordinates)
|
yading@10
|
6889 ocv=dilate:0x0+2x2/custom=diamond.shape|2
|
yading@10
|
6890
|
yading@10
|
6891
|
yading@10
|
6892
|
yading@10
|
6893 =head3 erode
|
yading@10
|
6894
|
yading@10
|
6895
|
yading@10
|
6896 Erode an image by using a specific structuring element.
|
yading@10
|
6897 This filter corresponds to the libopencv function C<cvErode>.
|
yading@10
|
6898
|
yading@10
|
6899 The filter accepts the parameters: I<struct_el>:I<nb_iterations>,
|
yading@10
|
6900 with the same syntax and semantics as the dilate filter.
|
yading@10
|
6901
|
yading@10
|
6902
|
yading@10
|
6903 =head3 smooth
|
yading@10
|
6904
|
yading@10
|
6905
|
yading@10
|
6906 Smooth the input video.
|
yading@10
|
6907
|
yading@10
|
6908 The filter takes the following parameters:
|
yading@10
|
6909 I<type>|I<param1>|I<param2>|I<param3>|I<param4>.
|
yading@10
|
6910
|
yading@10
|
6911 I<type> is the type of smooth filter to apply, and can be one of
|
yading@10
|
6912 the following values: "blur", "blur_no_scale", "median", "gaussian",
|
yading@10
|
6913 "bilateral". The default value is "gaussian".
|
yading@10
|
6914
|
yading@10
|
6915 I<param1>, I<param2>, I<param3>, and I<param4> are
|
yading@10
|
6916 parameters whose meanings depend on smooth type. I<param1> and
|
yading@10
|
6917 I<param2> accept integer positive values or 0, I<param3> and
|
yading@10
|
6918 I<param4> accept float values.
|
yading@10
|
6919
|
yading@10
|
6920 The default value for I<param1> is 3, the default value for the
|
yading@10
|
6921 other parameters is 0.
|
yading@10
|
6922
|
yading@10
|
6923 These parameters correspond to the parameters assigned to the
|
yading@10
|
6924 libopencv function C<cvSmooth>.
|
yading@10
|
6925
|
yading@10
|
6926
|
yading@10
|
6927
|
yading@10
|
6928 =head2 overlay
|
yading@10
|
6929
|
yading@10
|
6930
|
yading@10
|
6931 Overlay one video on top of another.
|
yading@10
|
6932
|
yading@10
|
6933 It takes two inputs and one output, the first input is the "main"
|
yading@10
|
6934 video on which the second input is overlayed.
|
yading@10
|
6935
|
yading@10
|
6936 This filter accepts the following parameters:
|
yading@10
|
6937
|
yading@10
|
6938 A description of the accepted options follows.
|
yading@10
|
6939
|
yading@10
|
6940
|
yading@10
|
6941 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
6942
|
yading@10
|
6943
|
yading@10
|
6944 =item B<x>
|
yading@10
|
6945
|
yading@10
|
6946
|
yading@10
|
6947 =item B<y>
|
yading@10
|
6948
|
yading@10
|
6949 Set the expression for the x and y coordinates of the overlayed video
|
yading@10
|
6950 on the main video. Default value is "0" for both expressions. In case
|
yading@10
|
6951 the expression is invalid, it is set to a huge value (meaning that the
|
yading@10
|
6952 overlay will not be displayed within the output visible area).
|
yading@10
|
6953
|
yading@10
|
6954
|
yading@10
|
6955 =item B<enable>
|
yading@10
|
6956
|
yading@10
|
6957 Set the expression which enables the overlay. If the evaluation is
|
yading@10
|
6958 different from 0, the overlay is displayed on top of the input
|
yading@10
|
6959 frame. By default it is "1".
|
yading@10
|
6960
|
yading@10
|
6961
|
yading@10
|
6962 =item B<eval>
|
yading@10
|
6963
|
yading@10
|
6964 Set when the expressions for B<x>, B<y>, and
|
yading@10
|
6965 B<enable> are evaluated.
|
yading@10
|
6966
|
yading@10
|
6967 It accepts the following values:
|
yading@10
|
6968
|
yading@10
|
6969 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
6970
|
yading@10
|
6971
|
yading@10
|
6972 =item B<init>
|
yading@10
|
6973
|
yading@10
|
6974 only evaluate expressions once during the filter initialization or
|
yading@10
|
6975 when a command is processed
|
yading@10
|
6976
|
yading@10
|
6977
|
yading@10
|
6978 =item B<frame>
|
yading@10
|
6979
|
yading@10
|
6980 evaluate expressions for each incoming frame
|
yading@10
|
6981
|
yading@10
|
6982 =back
|
yading@10
|
6983
|
yading@10
|
6984
|
yading@10
|
6985 Default value is B<frame>.
|
yading@10
|
6986
|
yading@10
|
6987
|
yading@10
|
6988 =item B<shortest>
|
yading@10
|
6989
|
yading@10
|
6990 If set to 1, force the output to terminate when the shortest input
|
yading@10
|
6991 terminates. Default value is 0.
|
yading@10
|
6992
|
yading@10
|
6993
|
yading@10
|
6994 =item B<format>
|
yading@10
|
6995
|
yading@10
|
6996 Set the format for the output video.
|
yading@10
|
6997
|
yading@10
|
6998 It accepts the following values:
|
yading@10
|
6999
|
yading@10
|
7000 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
7001
|
yading@10
|
7002
|
yading@10
|
7003 =item B<yuv420>
|
yading@10
|
7004
|
yading@10
|
7005 force YUV420 output
|
yading@10
|
7006
|
yading@10
|
7007
|
yading@10
|
7008 =item B<yuv444>
|
yading@10
|
7009
|
yading@10
|
7010 force YUV444 output
|
yading@10
|
7011
|
yading@10
|
7012
|
yading@10
|
7013 =item B<rgb>
|
yading@10
|
7014
|
yading@10
|
7015 force RGB output
|
yading@10
|
7016
|
yading@10
|
7017 =back
|
yading@10
|
7018
|
yading@10
|
7019
|
yading@10
|
7020 Default value is B<yuv420>.
|
yading@10
|
7021
|
yading@10
|
7022
|
yading@10
|
7023 =item B<rgb> I<(deprecated)>
|
yading@10
|
7024
|
yading@10
|
7025 If set to 1, force the filter to accept inputs in the RGB
|
yading@10
|
7026 color space. Default value is 0. This option is deprecated, use
|
yading@10
|
7027 B<format> instead.
|
yading@10
|
7028
|
yading@10
|
7029
|
yading@10
|
7030 =item B<repeatlast>
|
yading@10
|
7031
|
yading@10
|
7032 If set to 1, force the filter to draw the last overlay frame over the
|
yading@10
|
7033 main input until the end of the stream. A value of 0 disables this
|
yading@10
|
7034 behavior, which is enabled by default.
|
yading@10
|
7035
|
yading@10
|
7036 =back
|
yading@10
|
7037
|
yading@10
|
7038
|
yading@10
|
7039 The B<x>, B<y>, and B<enable> expressions can
|
yading@10
|
7040 contain the following parameters.
|
yading@10
|
7041
|
yading@10
|
7042
|
yading@10
|
7043 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
7044
|
yading@10
|
7045
|
yading@10
|
7046 =item B<main_w, W>
|
yading@10
|
7047
|
yading@10
|
7048
|
yading@10
|
7049 =item B<main_h, H>
|
yading@10
|
7050
|
yading@10
|
7051 main input width and height
|
yading@10
|
7052
|
yading@10
|
7053
|
yading@10
|
7054 =item B<overlay_w, w>
|
yading@10
|
7055
|
yading@10
|
7056
|
yading@10
|
7057 =item B<overlay_h, h>
|
yading@10
|
7058
|
yading@10
|
7059 overlay input width and height
|
yading@10
|
7060
|
yading@10
|
7061
|
yading@10
|
7062 =item B<x>
|
yading@10
|
7063
|
yading@10
|
7064
|
yading@10
|
7065 =item B<y>
|
yading@10
|
7066
|
yading@10
|
7067 the computed values for I<x> and I<y>. They are evaluated for
|
yading@10
|
7068 each new frame.
|
yading@10
|
7069
|
yading@10
|
7070
|
yading@10
|
7071 =item B<hsub>
|
yading@10
|
7072
|
yading@10
|
7073
|
yading@10
|
7074 =item B<vsub>
|
yading@10
|
7075
|
yading@10
|
7076 horizontal and vertical chroma subsample values of the output
|
yading@10
|
7077 format. For example for the pixel format "yuv422p" I<hsub> is 2 and
|
yading@10
|
7078 I<vsub> is 1.
|
yading@10
|
7079
|
yading@10
|
7080
|
yading@10
|
7081 =item B<n>
|
yading@10
|
7082
|
yading@10
|
7083 the number of input frame, starting from 0
|
yading@10
|
7084
|
yading@10
|
7085
|
yading@10
|
7086 =item B<pos>
|
yading@10
|
7087
|
yading@10
|
7088 the position in the file of the input frame, NAN if unknown
|
yading@10
|
7089
|
yading@10
|
7090
|
yading@10
|
7091 =item B<t>
|
yading@10
|
7092
|
yading@10
|
7093 timestamp expressed in seconds, NAN if the input timestamp is unknown
|
yading@10
|
7094
|
yading@10
|
7095 =back
|
yading@10
|
7096
|
yading@10
|
7097
|
yading@10
|
7098 Note that the I<n>, I<pos>, I<t> variables are available only
|
yading@10
|
7099 when evaluation is done I<per frame>, and will evaluate to NAN
|
yading@10
|
7100 when B<eval> is set to B<init>.
|
yading@10
|
7101
|
yading@10
|
7102 Be aware that frames are taken from each input video in timestamp
|
yading@10
|
7103 order, hence, if their initial timestamps differ, it is a a good idea
|
yading@10
|
7104 to pass the two inputs through a I<setpts=PTS-STARTPTS> filter to
|
yading@10
|
7105 have them begin in the same zero timestamp, as it does the example for
|
yading@10
|
7106 the I<movie> filter.
|
yading@10
|
7107
|
yading@10
|
7108 You can chain together more overlays but you should test the
|
yading@10
|
7109 efficiency of such approach.
|
yading@10
|
7110
|
yading@10
|
7111
|
yading@10
|
7112 =head3 Commands
|
yading@10
|
7113
|
yading@10
|
7114
|
yading@10
|
7115 This filter supports the following commands:
|
yading@10
|
7116
|
yading@10
|
7117 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
7118
|
yading@10
|
7119
|
yading@10
|
7120 =item B<x>
|
yading@10
|
7121
|
yading@10
|
7122
|
yading@10
|
7123 =item B<y>
|
yading@10
|
7124
|
yading@10
|
7125
|
yading@10
|
7126 =item B<enable>
|
yading@10
|
7127
|
yading@10
|
7128 Modify the x/y and enable overlay of the overlay input.
|
yading@10
|
7129 The command accepts the same syntax of the corresponding option.
|
yading@10
|
7130
|
yading@10
|
7131 If the specified expression is not valid, it is kept at its current
|
yading@10
|
7132 value.
|
yading@10
|
7133
|
yading@10
|
7134 =back
|
yading@10
|
7135
|
yading@10
|
7136
|
yading@10
|
7137
|
yading@10
|
7138 =head3 Examples
|
yading@10
|
7139
|
yading@10
|
7140
|
yading@10
|
7141
|
yading@10
|
7142 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
7143
|
yading@10
|
7144
|
yading@10
|
7145 =item *
|
yading@10
|
7146
|
yading@10
|
7147 Draw the overlay at 10 pixels from the bottom right corner of the main
|
yading@10
|
7148 video:
|
yading@10
|
7149
|
yading@10
|
7150 overlay=main_w-overlay_w-10:main_h-overlay_h-10
|
yading@10
|
7151
|
yading@10
|
7152
|
yading@10
|
7153 Using named options the example above becomes:
|
yading@10
|
7154
|
yading@10
|
7155 overlay=x=main_w-overlay_w-10:y=main_h-overlay_h-10
|
yading@10
|
7156
|
yading@10
|
7157
|
yading@10
|
7158
|
yading@10
|
7159 =item *
|
yading@10
|
7160
|
yading@10
|
7161 Insert a transparent PNG logo in the bottom left corner of the input,
|
yading@10
|
7162 using the B<ffmpeg> tool with the C<-filter_complex> option:
|
yading@10
|
7163
|
yading@10
|
7164 ffmpeg -i input -i logo -filter_complex 'overlay=10:main_h-overlay_h-10' output
|
yading@10
|
7165
|
yading@10
|
7166
|
yading@10
|
7167
|
yading@10
|
7168 =item *
|
yading@10
|
7169
|
yading@10
|
7170 Insert 2 different transparent PNG logos (second logo on bottom
|
yading@10
|
7171 right corner) using the B<ffmpeg> tool:
|
yading@10
|
7172
|
yading@10
|
7173 ffmpeg -i input -i logo1 -i logo2 -filter_complex 'overlay=x=10:y=H-h-10,overlay=x=W-w-10:y=H-h-10' output
|
yading@10
|
7174
|
yading@10
|
7175
|
yading@10
|
7176
|
yading@10
|
7177 =item *
|
yading@10
|
7178
|
yading@10
|
7179 Add a transparent color layer on top of the main video, C<WxH>
|
yading@10
|
7180 must specify the size of the main input to the overlay filter:
|
yading@10
|
7181
|
yading@10
|
7182 color=color=red@.3:size=WxH [over]; [in][over] overlay [out]
|
yading@10
|
7183
|
yading@10
|
7184
|
yading@10
|
7185
|
yading@10
|
7186 =item *
|
yading@10
|
7187
|
yading@10
|
7188 Play an original video and a filtered version (here with the deshake
|
yading@10
|
7189 filter) side by side using the B<ffplay> tool:
|
yading@10
|
7190
|
yading@10
|
7191 ffplay input.avi -vf 'split[a][b]; [a]pad=iw*2:ih[src]; [b]deshake[filt]; [src][filt]overlay=w'
|
yading@10
|
7192
|
yading@10
|
7193
|
yading@10
|
7194 The above command is the same as:
|
yading@10
|
7195
|
yading@10
|
7196 ffplay input.avi -vf 'split[b], pad=iw*2[src], [b]deshake, [src]overlay=w'
|
yading@10
|
7197
|
yading@10
|
7198
|
yading@10
|
7199
|
yading@10
|
7200 =item *
|
yading@10
|
7201
|
yading@10
|
7202 Make a sliding overlay appearing from the left to the right top part of the
|
yading@10
|
7203 screen starting since time 2:
|
yading@10
|
7204
|
yading@10
|
7205 overlay=x='if(gte(t,2), -w+(t-2)*20, NAN)':y=0
|
yading@10
|
7206
|
yading@10
|
7207
|
yading@10
|
7208
|
yading@10
|
7209 =item *
|
yading@10
|
7210
|
yading@10
|
7211 Compose output by putting two input videos side to side:
|
yading@10
|
7212
|
yading@10
|
7213 ffmpeg -i left.avi -i right.avi -filter_complex "
|
yading@10
|
7214 nullsrc=size=200x100 [background];
|
yading@10
|
7215 [0:v] setpts=PTS-STARTPTS, scale=100x100 [left];
|
yading@10
|
7216 [1:v] setpts=PTS-STARTPTS, scale=100x100 [right];
|
yading@10
|
7217 [background][left] overlay=shortest=1 [background+left];
|
yading@10
|
7218 [background+left][right] overlay=shortest=1:x=100 [left+right]
|
yading@10
|
7219 "
|
yading@10
|
7220
|
yading@10
|
7221
|
yading@10
|
7222
|
yading@10
|
7223 =item *
|
yading@10
|
7224
|
yading@10
|
7225 Chain several overlays in cascade:
|
yading@10
|
7226
|
yading@10
|
7227 nullsrc=s=200x200 [bg];
|
yading@10
|
7228 testsrc=s=100x100, split=4 [in0][in1][in2][in3];
|
yading@10
|
7229 [in0] lutrgb=r=0, [bg] overlay=0:0 [mid0];
|
yading@10
|
7230 [in1] lutrgb=g=0, [mid0] overlay=100:0 [mid1];
|
yading@10
|
7231 [in2] lutrgb=b=0, [mid1] overlay=0:100 [mid2];
|
yading@10
|
7232 [in3] null, [mid2] overlay=100:100 [out0]
|
yading@10
|
7233
|
yading@10
|
7234
|
yading@10
|
7235
|
yading@10
|
7236 =back
|
yading@10
|
7237
|
yading@10
|
7238
|
yading@10
|
7239
|
yading@10
|
7240 =head2 pad
|
yading@10
|
7241
|
yading@10
|
7242
|
yading@10
|
7243 Add paddings to the input image, and place the original input at the
|
yading@10
|
7244 given coordinates I<x>, I<y>.
|
yading@10
|
7245
|
yading@10
|
7246 This filter accepts the following parameters:
|
yading@10
|
7247
|
yading@10
|
7248
|
yading@10
|
7249 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
7250
|
yading@10
|
7251
|
yading@10
|
7252 =item B<width, w>
|
yading@10
|
7253
|
yading@10
|
7254
|
yading@10
|
7255 =item B<height, h>
|
yading@10
|
7256
|
yading@10
|
7257 Specify an expression for the size of the output image with the
|
yading@10
|
7258 paddings added. If the value for I<width> or I<height> is 0, the
|
yading@10
|
7259 corresponding input size is used for the output.
|
yading@10
|
7260
|
yading@10
|
7261 The I<width> expression can reference the value set by the
|
yading@10
|
7262 I<height> expression, and vice versa.
|
yading@10
|
7263
|
yading@10
|
7264 The default value of I<width> and I<height> is 0.
|
yading@10
|
7265
|
yading@10
|
7266
|
yading@10
|
7267 =item B<x>
|
yading@10
|
7268
|
yading@10
|
7269
|
yading@10
|
7270 =item B<y>
|
yading@10
|
7271
|
yading@10
|
7272 Specify an expression for the offsets where to place the input image
|
yading@10
|
7273 in the padded area with respect to the top/left border of the output
|
yading@10
|
7274 image.
|
yading@10
|
7275
|
yading@10
|
7276 The I<x> expression can reference the value set by the I<y>
|
yading@10
|
7277 expression, and vice versa.
|
yading@10
|
7278
|
yading@10
|
7279 The default value of I<x> and I<y> is 0.
|
yading@10
|
7280
|
yading@10
|
7281
|
yading@10
|
7282 =item B<color>
|
yading@10
|
7283
|
yading@10
|
7284 Specify the color of the padded area, it can be the name of a color
|
yading@10
|
7285 (case insensitive match) or a 0xRRGGBB[AA] sequence.
|
yading@10
|
7286
|
yading@10
|
7287 The default value of I<color> is "black".
|
yading@10
|
7288
|
yading@10
|
7289 =back
|
yading@10
|
7290
|
yading@10
|
7291
|
yading@10
|
7292 The value for the I<width>, I<height>, I<x>, and I<y>
|
yading@10
|
7293 options are expressions containing the following constants:
|
yading@10
|
7294
|
yading@10
|
7295
|
yading@10
|
7296 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
7297
|
yading@10
|
7298
|
yading@10
|
7299 =item B<in_w, in_h>
|
yading@10
|
7300
|
yading@10
|
7301 the input video width and height
|
yading@10
|
7302
|
yading@10
|
7303
|
yading@10
|
7304 =item B<iw, ih>
|
yading@10
|
7305
|
yading@10
|
7306 same as I<in_w> and I<in_h>
|
yading@10
|
7307
|
yading@10
|
7308
|
yading@10
|
7309 =item B<out_w, out_h>
|
yading@10
|
7310
|
yading@10
|
7311 the output width and height, that is the size of the padded area as
|
yading@10
|
7312 specified by the I<width> and I<height> expressions
|
yading@10
|
7313
|
yading@10
|
7314
|
yading@10
|
7315 =item B<ow, oh>
|
yading@10
|
7316
|
yading@10
|
7317 same as I<out_w> and I<out_h>
|
yading@10
|
7318
|
yading@10
|
7319
|
yading@10
|
7320 =item B<x, y>
|
yading@10
|
7321
|
yading@10
|
7322 x and y offsets as specified by the I<x> and I<y>
|
yading@10
|
7323 expressions, or NAN if not yet specified
|
yading@10
|
7324
|
yading@10
|
7325
|
yading@10
|
7326 =item B<a>
|
yading@10
|
7327
|
yading@10
|
7328 same as I<iw> / I<ih>
|
yading@10
|
7329
|
yading@10
|
7330
|
yading@10
|
7331 =item B<sar>
|
yading@10
|
7332
|
yading@10
|
7333 input sample aspect ratio
|
yading@10
|
7334
|
yading@10
|
7335
|
yading@10
|
7336 =item B<dar>
|
yading@10
|
7337
|
yading@10
|
7338 input display aspect ratio, it is the same as (I<iw> / I<ih>) * I<sar>
|
yading@10
|
7339
|
yading@10
|
7340
|
yading@10
|
7341 =item B<hsub, vsub>
|
yading@10
|
7342
|
yading@10
|
7343 horizontal and vertical chroma subsample values. For example for the
|
yading@10
|
7344 pixel format "yuv422p" I<hsub> is 2 and I<vsub> is 1.
|
yading@10
|
7345
|
yading@10
|
7346 =back
|
yading@10
|
7347
|
yading@10
|
7348
|
yading@10
|
7349
|
yading@10
|
7350 =head3 Examples
|
yading@10
|
7351
|
yading@10
|
7352
|
yading@10
|
7353
|
yading@10
|
7354 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
7355
|
yading@10
|
7356
|
yading@10
|
7357 =item *
|
yading@10
|
7358
|
yading@10
|
7359 Add paddings with color "violet" to the input video. Output video
|
yading@10
|
7360 size is 640x480, the top-left corner of the input video is placed at
|
yading@10
|
7361 column 0, row 40:
|
yading@10
|
7362
|
yading@10
|
7363 pad=640:480:0:40:violet
|
yading@10
|
7364
|
yading@10
|
7365
|
yading@10
|
7366 The example above is equivalent to the following command:
|
yading@10
|
7367
|
yading@10
|
7368 pad=width=640:height=480:x=0:y=40:color=violet
|
yading@10
|
7369
|
yading@10
|
7370
|
yading@10
|
7371
|
yading@10
|
7372 =item *
|
yading@10
|
7373
|
yading@10
|
7374 Pad the input to get an output with dimensions increased by 3/2,
|
yading@10
|
7375 and put the input video at the center of the padded area:
|
yading@10
|
7376
|
yading@10
|
7377 pad="3/2*iw:3/2*ih:(ow-iw)/2:(oh-ih)/2"
|
yading@10
|
7378
|
yading@10
|
7379
|
yading@10
|
7380
|
yading@10
|
7381 =item *
|
yading@10
|
7382
|
yading@10
|
7383 Pad the input to get a squared output with size equal to the maximum
|
yading@10
|
7384 value between the input width and height, and put the input video at
|
yading@10
|
7385 the center of the padded area:
|
yading@10
|
7386
|
yading@10
|
7387 pad="max(iw\,ih):ow:(ow-iw)/2:(oh-ih)/2"
|
yading@10
|
7388
|
yading@10
|
7389
|
yading@10
|
7390
|
yading@10
|
7391 =item *
|
yading@10
|
7392
|
yading@10
|
7393 Pad the input to get a final w/h ratio of 16:9:
|
yading@10
|
7394
|
yading@10
|
7395 pad="ih*16/9:ih:(ow-iw)/2:(oh-ih)/2"
|
yading@10
|
7396
|
yading@10
|
7397
|
yading@10
|
7398
|
yading@10
|
7399 =item *
|
yading@10
|
7400
|
yading@10
|
7401 In case of anamorphic video, in order to set the output display aspect
|
yading@10
|
7402 correctly, it is necessary to use I<sar> in the expression,
|
yading@10
|
7403 according to the relation:
|
yading@10
|
7404
|
yading@10
|
7405 (ih * X / ih) * sar = output_dar
|
yading@10
|
7406 X = output_dar / sar
|
yading@10
|
7407
|
yading@10
|
7408
|
yading@10
|
7409 Thus the previous example needs to be modified to:
|
yading@10
|
7410
|
yading@10
|
7411 pad="ih*16/9/sar:ih:(ow-iw)/2:(oh-ih)/2"
|
yading@10
|
7412
|
yading@10
|
7413
|
yading@10
|
7414
|
yading@10
|
7415 =item *
|
yading@10
|
7416
|
yading@10
|
7417 Double output size and put the input video in the bottom-right
|
yading@10
|
7418 corner of the output padded area:
|
yading@10
|
7419
|
yading@10
|
7420 pad="2*iw:2*ih:ow-iw:oh-ih"
|
yading@10
|
7421
|
yading@10
|
7422
|
yading@10
|
7423 =back
|
yading@10
|
7424
|
yading@10
|
7425
|
yading@10
|
7426
|
yading@10
|
7427 =head2 pixdesctest
|
yading@10
|
7428
|
yading@10
|
7429
|
yading@10
|
7430 Pixel format descriptor test filter, mainly useful for internal
|
yading@10
|
7431 testing. The output video should be equal to the input video.
|
yading@10
|
7432
|
yading@10
|
7433 For example:
|
yading@10
|
7434
|
yading@10
|
7435 format=monow, pixdesctest
|
yading@10
|
7436
|
yading@10
|
7437
|
yading@10
|
7438 can be used to test the monowhite pixel format descriptor definition.
|
yading@10
|
7439
|
yading@10
|
7440
|
yading@10
|
7441 =head2 pp
|
yading@10
|
7442
|
yading@10
|
7443
|
yading@10
|
7444 Enable the specified chain of postprocessing subfilters using libpostproc. This
|
yading@10
|
7445 library should be automatically selected with a GPL build (C<--enable-gpl>).
|
yading@10
|
7446 Subfilters must be separated by '/' and can be disabled by prepending a '-'.
|
yading@10
|
7447 Each subfilter and some options have a short and a long name that can be used
|
yading@10
|
7448 interchangeably, i.e. dr/dering are the same.
|
yading@10
|
7449
|
yading@10
|
7450 The filters accept the following options:
|
yading@10
|
7451
|
yading@10
|
7452
|
yading@10
|
7453 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
7454
|
yading@10
|
7455
|
yading@10
|
7456 =item B<subfilters>
|
yading@10
|
7457
|
yading@10
|
7458 Set postprocessing subfilters string.
|
yading@10
|
7459
|
yading@10
|
7460 =back
|
yading@10
|
7461
|
yading@10
|
7462
|
yading@10
|
7463 All subfilters share common options to determine their scope:
|
yading@10
|
7464
|
yading@10
|
7465
|
yading@10
|
7466 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
7467
|
yading@10
|
7468
|
yading@10
|
7469 =item B<a/autoq>
|
yading@10
|
7470
|
yading@10
|
7471 Honor the quality commands for this subfilter.
|
yading@10
|
7472
|
yading@10
|
7473
|
yading@10
|
7474 =item B<c/chrom>
|
yading@10
|
7475
|
yading@10
|
7476 Do chrominance filtering, too (default).
|
yading@10
|
7477
|
yading@10
|
7478
|
yading@10
|
7479 =item B<y/nochrom>
|
yading@10
|
7480
|
yading@10
|
7481 Do luminance filtering only (no chrominance).
|
yading@10
|
7482
|
yading@10
|
7483
|
yading@10
|
7484 =item B<n/noluma>
|
yading@10
|
7485
|
yading@10
|
7486 Do chrominance filtering only (no luminance).
|
yading@10
|
7487
|
yading@10
|
7488 =back
|
yading@10
|
7489
|
yading@10
|
7490
|
yading@10
|
7491 These options can be appended after the subfilter name, separated by a '|'.
|
yading@10
|
7492
|
yading@10
|
7493 Available subfilters are:
|
yading@10
|
7494
|
yading@10
|
7495
|
yading@10
|
7496 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
7497
|
yading@10
|
7498
|
yading@10
|
7499 =item B<hb/hdeblock[|difference[|flatness]]>
|
yading@10
|
7500
|
yading@10
|
7501 Horizontal deblocking filter
|
yading@10
|
7502
|
yading@10
|
7503 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
7504
|
yading@10
|
7505
|
yading@10
|
7506 =item B<difference>
|
yading@10
|
7507
|
yading@10
|
7508 Difference factor where higher values mean more deblocking (default: C<32>).
|
yading@10
|
7509
|
yading@10
|
7510 =item B<flatness>
|
yading@10
|
7511
|
yading@10
|
7512 Flatness threshold where lower values mean more deblocking (default: C<39>).
|
yading@10
|
7513
|
yading@10
|
7514 =back
|
yading@10
|
7515
|
yading@10
|
7516
|
yading@10
|
7517
|
yading@10
|
7518 =item B<vb/vdeblock[|difference[|flatness]]>
|
yading@10
|
7519
|
yading@10
|
7520 Vertical deblocking filter
|
yading@10
|
7521
|
yading@10
|
7522 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
7523
|
yading@10
|
7524
|
yading@10
|
7525 =item B<difference>
|
yading@10
|
7526
|
yading@10
|
7527 Difference factor where higher values mean more deblocking (default: C<32>).
|
yading@10
|
7528
|
yading@10
|
7529 =item B<flatness>
|
yading@10
|
7530
|
yading@10
|
7531 Flatness threshold where lower values mean more deblocking (default: C<39>).
|
yading@10
|
7532
|
yading@10
|
7533 =back
|
yading@10
|
7534
|
yading@10
|
7535
|
yading@10
|
7536
|
yading@10
|
7537 =item B<ha/hadeblock[|difference[|flatness]]>
|
yading@10
|
7538
|
yading@10
|
7539 Accurate horizontal deblocking filter
|
yading@10
|
7540
|
yading@10
|
7541 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
7542
|
yading@10
|
7543
|
yading@10
|
7544 =item B<difference>
|
yading@10
|
7545
|
yading@10
|
7546 Difference factor where higher values mean more deblocking (default: C<32>).
|
yading@10
|
7547
|
yading@10
|
7548 =item B<flatness>
|
yading@10
|
7549
|
yading@10
|
7550 Flatness threshold where lower values mean more deblocking (default: C<39>).
|
yading@10
|
7551
|
yading@10
|
7552 =back
|
yading@10
|
7553
|
yading@10
|
7554
|
yading@10
|
7555
|
yading@10
|
7556 =item B<va/vadeblock[|difference[|flatness]]>
|
yading@10
|
7557
|
yading@10
|
7558 Accurate vertical deblocking filter
|
yading@10
|
7559
|
yading@10
|
7560 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
7561
|
yading@10
|
7562
|
yading@10
|
7563 =item B<difference>
|
yading@10
|
7564
|
yading@10
|
7565 Difference factor where higher values mean more deblocking (default: C<32>).
|
yading@10
|
7566
|
yading@10
|
7567 =item B<flatness>
|
yading@10
|
7568
|
yading@10
|
7569 Flatness threshold where lower values mean more deblocking (default: C<39>).
|
yading@10
|
7570
|
yading@10
|
7571 =back
|
yading@10
|
7572
|
yading@10
|
7573
|
yading@10
|
7574 =back
|
yading@10
|
7575
|
yading@10
|
7576
|
yading@10
|
7577 The horizontal and vertical deblocking filters share the difference and
|
yading@10
|
7578 flatness values so you cannot set different horizontal and vertical
|
yading@10
|
7579 thresholds.
|
yading@10
|
7580
|
yading@10
|
7581
|
yading@10
|
7582 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
7583
|
yading@10
|
7584
|
yading@10
|
7585 =item B<h1/x1hdeblock>
|
yading@10
|
7586
|
yading@10
|
7587 Experimental horizontal deblocking filter
|
yading@10
|
7588
|
yading@10
|
7589
|
yading@10
|
7590 =item B<v1/x1vdeblock>
|
yading@10
|
7591
|
yading@10
|
7592 Experimental vertical deblocking filter
|
yading@10
|
7593
|
yading@10
|
7594
|
yading@10
|
7595 =item B<dr/dering>
|
yading@10
|
7596
|
yading@10
|
7597 Deringing filter
|
yading@10
|
7598
|
yading@10
|
7599
|
yading@10
|
7600 =item B<tn/tmpnoise[|threshold1[|threshold2[|threshold3]]], temporal noise reducer>
|
yading@10
|
7601
|
yading@10
|
7602
|
yading@10
|
7603 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
7604
|
yading@10
|
7605
|
yading@10
|
7606 =item B<threshold1>
|
yading@10
|
7607
|
yading@10
|
7608 larger -E<gt> stronger filtering
|
yading@10
|
7609
|
yading@10
|
7610 =item B<threshold2>
|
yading@10
|
7611
|
yading@10
|
7612 larger -E<gt> stronger filtering
|
yading@10
|
7613
|
yading@10
|
7614 =item B<threshold3>
|
yading@10
|
7615
|
yading@10
|
7616 larger -E<gt> stronger filtering
|
yading@10
|
7617
|
yading@10
|
7618 =back
|
yading@10
|
7619
|
yading@10
|
7620
|
yading@10
|
7621
|
yading@10
|
7622 =item B<al/autolevels[:f/fullyrange], automatic brightness / contrast correction>
|
yading@10
|
7623
|
yading@10
|
7624
|
yading@10
|
7625 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
7626
|
yading@10
|
7627
|
yading@10
|
7628 =item B<f/fullyrange>
|
yading@10
|
7629
|
yading@10
|
7630 Stretch luminance to C<0-255>.
|
yading@10
|
7631
|
yading@10
|
7632 =back
|
yading@10
|
7633
|
yading@10
|
7634
|
yading@10
|
7635
|
yading@10
|
7636 =item B<lb/linblenddeint>
|
yading@10
|
7637
|
yading@10
|
7638 Linear blend deinterlacing filter that deinterlaces the given block by
|
yading@10
|
7639 filtering all lines with a C<(1 2 1)> filter.
|
yading@10
|
7640
|
yading@10
|
7641
|
yading@10
|
7642 =item B<li/linipoldeint>
|
yading@10
|
7643
|
yading@10
|
7644 Linear interpolating deinterlacing filter that deinterlaces the given block by
|
yading@10
|
7645 linearly interpolating every second line.
|
yading@10
|
7646
|
yading@10
|
7647
|
yading@10
|
7648 =item B<ci/cubicipoldeint>
|
yading@10
|
7649
|
yading@10
|
7650 Cubic interpolating deinterlacing filter deinterlaces the given block by
|
yading@10
|
7651 cubically interpolating every second line.
|
yading@10
|
7652
|
yading@10
|
7653
|
yading@10
|
7654 =item B<md/mediandeint>
|
yading@10
|
7655
|
yading@10
|
7656 Median deinterlacing filter that deinterlaces the given block by applying a
|
yading@10
|
7657 median filter to every second line.
|
yading@10
|
7658
|
yading@10
|
7659
|
yading@10
|
7660 =item B<fd/ffmpegdeint>
|
yading@10
|
7661
|
yading@10
|
7662 FFmpeg deinterlacing filter that deinterlaces the given block by filtering every
|
yading@10
|
7663 second line with a C<(-1 4 2 4 -1)> filter.
|
yading@10
|
7664
|
yading@10
|
7665
|
yading@10
|
7666 =item B<l5/lowpass5>
|
yading@10
|
7667
|
yading@10
|
7668 Vertically applied FIR lowpass deinterlacing filter that deinterlaces the given
|
yading@10
|
7669 block by filtering all lines with a C<(-1 2 6 2 -1)> filter.
|
yading@10
|
7670
|
yading@10
|
7671
|
yading@10
|
7672 =item B<fq/forceQuant[|quantizer]>
|
yading@10
|
7673
|
yading@10
|
7674 Overrides the quantizer table from the input with the constant quantizer you
|
yading@10
|
7675 specify.
|
yading@10
|
7676
|
yading@10
|
7677 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
7678
|
yading@10
|
7679
|
yading@10
|
7680 =item B<quantizer>
|
yading@10
|
7681
|
yading@10
|
7682 Quantizer to use
|
yading@10
|
7683
|
yading@10
|
7684 =back
|
yading@10
|
7685
|
yading@10
|
7686
|
yading@10
|
7687
|
yading@10
|
7688 =item B<de/default>
|
yading@10
|
7689
|
yading@10
|
7690 Default pp filter combination (C<hb|a,vb|a,dr|a>)
|
yading@10
|
7691
|
yading@10
|
7692
|
yading@10
|
7693 =item B<fa/fast>
|
yading@10
|
7694
|
yading@10
|
7695 Fast pp filter combination (C<h1|a,v1|a,dr|a>)
|
yading@10
|
7696
|
yading@10
|
7697
|
yading@10
|
7698 =item B<ac>
|
yading@10
|
7699
|
yading@10
|
7700 High quality pp filter combination (C<ha|a|128|7,va|a,dr|a>)
|
yading@10
|
7701
|
yading@10
|
7702 =back
|
yading@10
|
7703
|
yading@10
|
7704
|
yading@10
|
7705
|
yading@10
|
7706 =head3 Examples
|
yading@10
|
7707
|
yading@10
|
7708
|
yading@10
|
7709
|
yading@10
|
7710 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
7711
|
yading@10
|
7712
|
yading@10
|
7713 =item *
|
yading@10
|
7714
|
yading@10
|
7715 Apply horizontal and vertical deblocking, deringing and automatic
|
yading@10
|
7716 brightness/contrast:
|
yading@10
|
7717
|
yading@10
|
7718 pp=hb/vb/dr/al
|
yading@10
|
7719
|
yading@10
|
7720
|
yading@10
|
7721
|
yading@10
|
7722 =item *
|
yading@10
|
7723
|
yading@10
|
7724 Apply default filters without brightness/contrast correction:
|
yading@10
|
7725
|
yading@10
|
7726 pp=de/-al
|
yading@10
|
7727
|
yading@10
|
7728
|
yading@10
|
7729
|
yading@10
|
7730 =item *
|
yading@10
|
7731
|
yading@10
|
7732 Apply default filters and temporal denoiser:
|
yading@10
|
7733
|
yading@10
|
7734 pp=default/tmpnoise|1|2|3
|
yading@10
|
7735
|
yading@10
|
7736
|
yading@10
|
7737
|
yading@10
|
7738 =item *
|
yading@10
|
7739
|
yading@10
|
7740 Apply deblocking on luminance only, and switch vertical deblocking on or off
|
yading@10
|
7741 automatically depending on available CPU time:
|
yading@10
|
7742
|
yading@10
|
7743 pp=hb|y/vb|a
|
yading@10
|
7744
|
yading@10
|
7745
|
yading@10
|
7746 =back
|
yading@10
|
7747
|
yading@10
|
7748
|
yading@10
|
7749
|
yading@10
|
7750 =head2 removelogo
|
yading@10
|
7751
|
yading@10
|
7752
|
yading@10
|
7753 Suppress a TV station logo, using an image file to determine which
|
yading@10
|
7754 pixels comprise the logo. It works by filling in the pixels that
|
yading@10
|
7755 comprise the logo with neighboring pixels.
|
yading@10
|
7756
|
yading@10
|
7757 The filters accept the following options:
|
yading@10
|
7758
|
yading@10
|
7759
|
yading@10
|
7760 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
7761
|
yading@10
|
7762
|
yading@10
|
7763 =item B<filename, f>
|
yading@10
|
7764
|
yading@10
|
7765 Set the filter bitmap file, which can be any image format supported by
|
yading@10
|
7766 libavformat. The width and height of the image file must match those of the
|
yading@10
|
7767 video stream being processed.
|
yading@10
|
7768
|
yading@10
|
7769 =back
|
yading@10
|
7770
|
yading@10
|
7771
|
yading@10
|
7772 Pixels in the provided bitmap image with a value of zero are not
|
yading@10
|
7773 considered part of the logo, non-zero pixels are considered part of
|
yading@10
|
7774 the logo. If you use white (255) for the logo and black (0) for the
|
yading@10
|
7775 rest, you will be safe. For making the filter bitmap, it is
|
yading@10
|
7776 recommended to take a screen capture of a black frame with the logo
|
yading@10
|
7777 visible, and then using a threshold filter followed by the erode
|
yading@10
|
7778 filter once or twice.
|
yading@10
|
7779
|
yading@10
|
7780 If needed, little splotches can be fixed manually. Remember that if
|
yading@10
|
7781 logo pixels are not covered, the filter quality will be much
|
yading@10
|
7782 reduced. Marking too many pixels as part of the logo does not hurt as
|
yading@10
|
7783 much, but it will increase the amount of blurring needed to cover over
|
yading@10
|
7784 the image and will destroy more information than necessary, and extra
|
yading@10
|
7785 pixels will slow things down on a large logo.
|
yading@10
|
7786
|
yading@10
|
7787
|
yading@10
|
7788 =head2 scale
|
yading@10
|
7789
|
yading@10
|
7790
|
yading@10
|
7791 Scale (resize) the input video, using the libswscale library.
|
yading@10
|
7792
|
yading@10
|
7793 The scale filter forces the output display aspect ratio to be the same
|
yading@10
|
7794 of the input, by changing the output sample aspect ratio.
|
yading@10
|
7795
|
yading@10
|
7796 The filter accepts the following options:
|
yading@10
|
7797
|
yading@10
|
7798
|
yading@10
|
7799 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
7800
|
yading@10
|
7801
|
yading@10
|
7802 =item B<width, w>
|
yading@10
|
7803
|
yading@10
|
7804 Output video width.
|
yading@10
|
7805 default value is C<iw>. See below
|
yading@10
|
7806 for the list of accepted constants.
|
yading@10
|
7807
|
yading@10
|
7808
|
yading@10
|
7809 =item B<height, h>
|
yading@10
|
7810
|
yading@10
|
7811 Output video height.
|
yading@10
|
7812 default value is C<ih>.
|
yading@10
|
7813 See below for the list of accepted constants.
|
yading@10
|
7814
|
yading@10
|
7815
|
yading@10
|
7816 =item B<interl>
|
yading@10
|
7817
|
yading@10
|
7818 Set the interlacing. It accepts the following values:
|
yading@10
|
7819
|
yading@10
|
7820
|
yading@10
|
7821 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
7822
|
yading@10
|
7823
|
yading@10
|
7824 =item B<1>
|
yading@10
|
7825
|
yading@10
|
7826 force interlaced aware scaling
|
yading@10
|
7827
|
yading@10
|
7828
|
yading@10
|
7829 =item B<0>
|
yading@10
|
7830
|
yading@10
|
7831 do not apply interlaced scaling
|
yading@10
|
7832
|
yading@10
|
7833
|
yading@10
|
7834 =item B<-1>
|
yading@10
|
7835
|
yading@10
|
7836 select interlaced aware scaling depending on whether the source frames
|
yading@10
|
7837 are flagged as interlaced or not
|
yading@10
|
7838
|
yading@10
|
7839 =back
|
yading@10
|
7840
|
yading@10
|
7841
|
yading@10
|
7842 Default value is C<0>.
|
yading@10
|
7843
|
yading@10
|
7844
|
yading@10
|
7845 =item B<flags>
|
yading@10
|
7846
|
yading@10
|
7847 Set libswscale scaling flags. If not explictly specified the filter
|
yading@10
|
7848 applies a bilinear scaling algorithm.
|
yading@10
|
7849
|
yading@10
|
7850
|
yading@10
|
7851 =item B<size, s>
|
yading@10
|
7852
|
yading@10
|
7853 Set the video size, the value must be a valid abbreviation or in the
|
yading@10
|
7854 form I<width>xI<height>.
|
yading@10
|
7855
|
yading@10
|
7856 =back
|
yading@10
|
7857
|
yading@10
|
7858
|
yading@10
|
7859 The values of the I<w> and I<h> options are expressions
|
yading@10
|
7860 containing the following constants:
|
yading@10
|
7861
|
yading@10
|
7862
|
yading@10
|
7863 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
7864
|
yading@10
|
7865
|
yading@10
|
7866 =item B<in_w, in_h>
|
yading@10
|
7867
|
yading@10
|
7868 the input width and height
|
yading@10
|
7869
|
yading@10
|
7870
|
yading@10
|
7871 =item B<iw, ih>
|
yading@10
|
7872
|
yading@10
|
7873 same as I<in_w> and I<in_h>
|
yading@10
|
7874
|
yading@10
|
7875
|
yading@10
|
7876 =item B<out_w, out_h>
|
yading@10
|
7877
|
yading@10
|
7878 the output (cropped) width and height
|
yading@10
|
7879
|
yading@10
|
7880
|
yading@10
|
7881 =item B<ow, oh>
|
yading@10
|
7882
|
yading@10
|
7883 same as I<out_w> and I<out_h>
|
yading@10
|
7884
|
yading@10
|
7885
|
yading@10
|
7886 =item B<a>
|
yading@10
|
7887
|
yading@10
|
7888 same as I<iw> / I<ih>
|
yading@10
|
7889
|
yading@10
|
7890
|
yading@10
|
7891 =item B<sar>
|
yading@10
|
7892
|
yading@10
|
7893 input sample aspect ratio
|
yading@10
|
7894
|
yading@10
|
7895
|
yading@10
|
7896 =item B<dar>
|
yading@10
|
7897
|
yading@10
|
7898 input display aspect ratio, it is the same as (I<iw> / I<ih>) * I<sar>
|
yading@10
|
7899
|
yading@10
|
7900
|
yading@10
|
7901 =item B<hsub, vsub>
|
yading@10
|
7902
|
yading@10
|
7903 horizontal and vertical chroma subsample values. For example for the
|
yading@10
|
7904 pixel format "yuv422p" I<hsub> is 2 and I<vsub> is 1.
|
yading@10
|
7905
|
yading@10
|
7906 =back
|
yading@10
|
7907
|
yading@10
|
7908
|
yading@10
|
7909 If the input image format is different from the format requested by
|
yading@10
|
7910 the next filter, the scale filter will convert the input to the
|
yading@10
|
7911 requested format.
|
yading@10
|
7912
|
yading@10
|
7913 If the value for I<w> or I<h> is 0, the respective input
|
yading@10
|
7914 size is used for the output.
|
yading@10
|
7915
|
yading@10
|
7916 If the value for I<w> or I<h> is -1, the scale filter will use, for the
|
yading@10
|
7917 respective output size, a value that maintains the aspect ratio of the input
|
yading@10
|
7918 image.
|
yading@10
|
7919
|
yading@10
|
7920
|
yading@10
|
7921 =head3 Examples
|
yading@10
|
7922
|
yading@10
|
7923
|
yading@10
|
7924
|
yading@10
|
7925 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
7926
|
yading@10
|
7927
|
yading@10
|
7928 =item *
|
yading@10
|
7929
|
yading@10
|
7930 Scale the input video to a size of 200x100:
|
yading@10
|
7931
|
yading@10
|
7932 scale=w=200:h=100
|
yading@10
|
7933
|
yading@10
|
7934
|
yading@10
|
7935 This is equivalent to:
|
yading@10
|
7936
|
yading@10
|
7937 scale=w=200:h=100
|
yading@10
|
7938
|
yading@10
|
7939
|
yading@10
|
7940 or:
|
yading@10
|
7941
|
yading@10
|
7942 scale=200x100
|
yading@10
|
7943
|
yading@10
|
7944
|
yading@10
|
7945
|
yading@10
|
7946 =item *
|
yading@10
|
7947
|
yading@10
|
7948 Specify a size abbreviation for the output size:
|
yading@10
|
7949
|
yading@10
|
7950 scale=qcif
|
yading@10
|
7951
|
yading@10
|
7952
|
yading@10
|
7953 which can also be written as:
|
yading@10
|
7954
|
yading@10
|
7955 scale=size=qcif
|
yading@10
|
7956
|
yading@10
|
7957
|
yading@10
|
7958
|
yading@10
|
7959 =item *
|
yading@10
|
7960
|
yading@10
|
7961 Scale the input to 2x:
|
yading@10
|
7962
|
yading@10
|
7963 scale=w=2*iw:h=2*ih
|
yading@10
|
7964
|
yading@10
|
7965
|
yading@10
|
7966
|
yading@10
|
7967 =item *
|
yading@10
|
7968
|
yading@10
|
7969 The above is the same as:
|
yading@10
|
7970
|
yading@10
|
7971 scale=2*in_w:2*in_h
|
yading@10
|
7972
|
yading@10
|
7973
|
yading@10
|
7974
|
yading@10
|
7975 =item *
|
yading@10
|
7976
|
yading@10
|
7977 Scale the input to 2x with forced interlaced scaling:
|
yading@10
|
7978
|
yading@10
|
7979 scale=2*iw:2*ih:interl=1
|
yading@10
|
7980
|
yading@10
|
7981
|
yading@10
|
7982
|
yading@10
|
7983 =item *
|
yading@10
|
7984
|
yading@10
|
7985 Scale the input to half size:
|
yading@10
|
7986
|
yading@10
|
7987 scale=w=iw/2:h=ih/2
|
yading@10
|
7988
|
yading@10
|
7989
|
yading@10
|
7990
|
yading@10
|
7991 =item *
|
yading@10
|
7992
|
yading@10
|
7993 Increase the width, and set the height to the same size:
|
yading@10
|
7994
|
yading@10
|
7995 scale=3/2*iw:ow
|
yading@10
|
7996
|
yading@10
|
7997
|
yading@10
|
7998
|
yading@10
|
7999 =item *
|
yading@10
|
8000
|
yading@10
|
8001 Seek for Greek harmony:
|
yading@10
|
8002
|
yading@10
|
8003 scale=iw:1/PHI*iw
|
yading@10
|
8004 scale=ih*PHI:ih
|
yading@10
|
8005
|
yading@10
|
8006
|
yading@10
|
8007
|
yading@10
|
8008 =item *
|
yading@10
|
8009
|
yading@10
|
8010 Increase the height, and set the width to 3/2 of the height:
|
yading@10
|
8011
|
yading@10
|
8012 scale=w=3/2*oh:h=3/5*ih
|
yading@10
|
8013
|
yading@10
|
8014
|
yading@10
|
8015
|
yading@10
|
8016 =item *
|
yading@10
|
8017
|
yading@10
|
8018 Increase the size, but make the size a multiple of the chroma
|
yading@10
|
8019 subsample values:
|
yading@10
|
8020
|
yading@10
|
8021 scale="trunc(3/2*iw/hsub)*hsub:trunc(3/2*ih/vsub)*vsub"
|
yading@10
|
8022
|
yading@10
|
8023
|
yading@10
|
8024
|
yading@10
|
8025 =item *
|
yading@10
|
8026
|
yading@10
|
8027 Increase the width to a maximum of 500 pixels, keep the same input
|
yading@10
|
8028 aspect ratio:
|
yading@10
|
8029
|
yading@10
|
8030 scale=w='min(500\, iw*3/2):h=-1'
|
yading@10
|
8031
|
yading@10
|
8032
|
yading@10
|
8033 =back
|
yading@10
|
8034
|
yading@10
|
8035
|
yading@10
|
8036
|
yading@10
|
8037 =head2 separatefields
|
yading@10
|
8038
|
yading@10
|
8039
|
yading@10
|
8040 The C<separatefields> takes a frame-based video input and splits
|
yading@10
|
8041 each frame into its components fields, producing a new half height clip
|
yading@10
|
8042 with twice the frame rate and twice the frame count.
|
yading@10
|
8043
|
yading@10
|
8044 This filter use field-dominance information in frame to decide which
|
yading@10
|
8045 of each pair of fields to place first in the output.
|
yading@10
|
8046 If it gets it wrong use setfield filter before C<separatefields> filter.
|
yading@10
|
8047
|
yading@10
|
8048
|
yading@10
|
8049 =head2 setdar, setsar
|
yading@10
|
8050
|
yading@10
|
8051
|
yading@10
|
8052 The C<setdar> filter sets the Display Aspect Ratio for the filter
|
yading@10
|
8053 output video.
|
yading@10
|
8054
|
yading@10
|
8055 This is done by changing the specified Sample (aka Pixel) Aspect
|
yading@10
|
8056 Ratio, according to the following equation:
|
yading@10
|
8057
|
yading@10
|
8058 <DAR> = <HORIZONTAL_RESOLUTION> / <VERTICAL_RESOLUTION> * <SAR>
|
yading@10
|
8059
|
yading@10
|
8060
|
yading@10
|
8061 Keep in mind that the C<setdar> filter does not modify the pixel
|
yading@10
|
8062 dimensions of the video frame. Also the display aspect ratio set by
|
yading@10
|
8063 this filter may be changed by later filters in the filterchain,
|
yading@10
|
8064 e.g. in case of scaling or if another "setdar" or a "setsar" filter is
|
yading@10
|
8065 applied.
|
yading@10
|
8066
|
yading@10
|
8067 The C<setsar> filter sets the Sample (aka Pixel) Aspect Ratio for
|
yading@10
|
8068 the filter output video.
|
yading@10
|
8069
|
yading@10
|
8070 Note that as a consequence of the application of this filter, the
|
yading@10
|
8071 output display aspect ratio will change according to the equation
|
yading@10
|
8072 above.
|
yading@10
|
8073
|
yading@10
|
8074 Keep in mind that the sample aspect ratio set by the C<setsar>
|
yading@10
|
8075 filter may be changed by later filters in the filterchain, e.g. if
|
yading@10
|
8076 another "setsar" or a "setdar" filter is applied.
|
yading@10
|
8077
|
yading@10
|
8078 The filters accept the following options:
|
yading@10
|
8079
|
yading@10
|
8080
|
yading@10
|
8081 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
8082
|
yading@10
|
8083
|
yading@10
|
8084 =item B<r, ratio, dar (C<setdar> only), sar (C<setsar> only)>
|
yading@10
|
8085
|
yading@10
|
8086 Set the aspect ratio used by the filter.
|
yading@10
|
8087
|
yading@10
|
8088 The parameter can be a floating point number string, an expression, or
|
yading@10
|
8089 a string of the form I<num>:I<den>, where I<num> and
|
yading@10
|
8090 I<den> are the numerator and denominator of the aspect ratio. If
|
yading@10
|
8091 the parameter is not specified, it is assumed the value "0".
|
yading@10
|
8092 In case the form "I<num>:I<den>" is used, the C<:> character
|
yading@10
|
8093 should be escaped.
|
yading@10
|
8094
|
yading@10
|
8095
|
yading@10
|
8096 =item B<max>
|
yading@10
|
8097
|
yading@10
|
8098 Set the maximum integer value to use for expressing numerator and
|
yading@10
|
8099 denominator when reducing the expressed aspect ratio to a rational.
|
yading@10
|
8100 Default value is C<100>.
|
yading@10
|
8101
|
yading@10
|
8102
|
yading@10
|
8103 =back
|
yading@10
|
8104
|
yading@10
|
8105
|
yading@10
|
8106
|
yading@10
|
8107 =head3 Examples
|
yading@10
|
8108
|
yading@10
|
8109
|
yading@10
|
8110
|
yading@10
|
8111 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
8112
|
yading@10
|
8113
|
yading@10
|
8114
|
yading@10
|
8115 =item *
|
yading@10
|
8116
|
yading@10
|
8117 To change the display aspect ratio to 16:9, specify one of the following:
|
yading@10
|
8118
|
yading@10
|
8119 setdar=dar=1.77777
|
yading@10
|
8120 setdar=dar=16/9
|
yading@10
|
8121 setdar=dar=1.77777
|
yading@10
|
8122
|
yading@10
|
8123
|
yading@10
|
8124
|
yading@10
|
8125 =item *
|
yading@10
|
8126
|
yading@10
|
8127 To change the sample aspect ratio to 10:11, specify:
|
yading@10
|
8128
|
yading@10
|
8129 setsar=sar=10/11
|
yading@10
|
8130
|
yading@10
|
8131
|
yading@10
|
8132
|
yading@10
|
8133 =item *
|
yading@10
|
8134
|
yading@10
|
8135 To set a display aspect ratio of 16:9, and specify a maximum integer value of
|
yading@10
|
8136 1000 in the aspect ratio reduction, use the command:
|
yading@10
|
8137
|
yading@10
|
8138 setdar=ratio=16/9:max=1000
|
yading@10
|
8139
|
yading@10
|
8140
|
yading@10
|
8141
|
yading@10
|
8142 =back
|
yading@10
|
8143
|
yading@10
|
8144
|
yading@10
|
8145
|
yading@10
|
8146
|
yading@10
|
8147 =head2 setfield
|
yading@10
|
8148
|
yading@10
|
8149
|
yading@10
|
8150 Force field for the output video frame.
|
yading@10
|
8151
|
yading@10
|
8152 The C<setfield> filter marks the interlace type field for the
|
yading@10
|
8153 output frames. It does not change the input frame, but only sets the
|
yading@10
|
8154 corresponding property, which affects how the frame is treated by
|
yading@10
|
8155 following filters (e.g. C<fieldorder> or C<yadif>).
|
yading@10
|
8156
|
yading@10
|
8157 The filter accepts the following options:
|
yading@10
|
8158
|
yading@10
|
8159
|
yading@10
|
8160 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
8161
|
yading@10
|
8162
|
yading@10
|
8163
|
yading@10
|
8164 =item B<mode>
|
yading@10
|
8165
|
yading@10
|
8166 Available values are:
|
yading@10
|
8167
|
yading@10
|
8168
|
yading@10
|
8169 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
8170
|
yading@10
|
8171
|
yading@10
|
8172 =item B<auto>
|
yading@10
|
8173
|
yading@10
|
8174 Keep the same field property.
|
yading@10
|
8175
|
yading@10
|
8176
|
yading@10
|
8177 =item B<bff>
|
yading@10
|
8178
|
yading@10
|
8179 Mark the frame as bottom-field-first.
|
yading@10
|
8180
|
yading@10
|
8181
|
yading@10
|
8182 =item B<tff>
|
yading@10
|
8183
|
yading@10
|
8184 Mark the frame as top-field-first.
|
yading@10
|
8185
|
yading@10
|
8186
|
yading@10
|
8187 =item B<prog>
|
yading@10
|
8188
|
yading@10
|
8189 Mark the frame as progressive.
|
yading@10
|
8190
|
yading@10
|
8191 =back
|
yading@10
|
8192
|
yading@10
|
8193
|
yading@10
|
8194 =back
|
yading@10
|
8195
|
yading@10
|
8196
|
yading@10
|
8197
|
yading@10
|
8198 =head2 showinfo
|
yading@10
|
8199
|
yading@10
|
8200
|
yading@10
|
8201 Show a line containing various information for each input video frame.
|
yading@10
|
8202 The input video is not modified.
|
yading@10
|
8203
|
yading@10
|
8204 The shown line contains a sequence of key/value pairs of the form
|
yading@10
|
8205 I<key>:I<value>.
|
yading@10
|
8206
|
yading@10
|
8207 A description of each shown parameter follows:
|
yading@10
|
8208
|
yading@10
|
8209
|
yading@10
|
8210 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
8211
|
yading@10
|
8212
|
yading@10
|
8213 =item B<n>
|
yading@10
|
8214
|
yading@10
|
8215 sequential number of the input frame, starting from 0
|
yading@10
|
8216
|
yading@10
|
8217
|
yading@10
|
8218 =item B<pts>
|
yading@10
|
8219
|
yading@10
|
8220 Presentation TimeStamp of the input frame, expressed as a number of
|
yading@10
|
8221 time base units. The time base unit depends on the filter input pad.
|
yading@10
|
8222
|
yading@10
|
8223
|
yading@10
|
8224 =item B<pts_time>
|
yading@10
|
8225
|
yading@10
|
8226 Presentation TimeStamp of the input frame, expressed as a number of
|
yading@10
|
8227 seconds
|
yading@10
|
8228
|
yading@10
|
8229
|
yading@10
|
8230 =item B<pos>
|
yading@10
|
8231
|
yading@10
|
8232 position of the frame in the input stream, -1 if this information in
|
yading@10
|
8233 unavailable and/or meaningless (for example in case of synthetic video)
|
yading@10
|
8234
|
yading@10
|
8235
|
yading@10
|
8236 =item B<fmt>
|
yading@10
|
8237
|
yading@10
|
8238 pixel format name
|
yading@10
|
8239
|
yading@10
|
8240
|
yading@10
|
8241 =item B<sar>
|
yading@10
|
8242
|
yading@10
|
8243 sample aspect ratio of the input frame, expressed in the form
|
yading@10
|
8244 I<num>/I<den>
|
yading@10
|
8245
|
yading@10
|
8246
|
yading@10
|
8247 =item B<s>
|
yading@10
|
8248
|
yading@10
|
8249 size of the input frame, expressed in the form
|
yading@10
|
8250 I<width>xI<height>
|
yading@10
|
8251
|
yading@10
|
8252
|
yading@10
|
8253 =item B<i>
|
yading@10
|
8254
|
yading@10
|
8255 interlaced mode ("P" for "progressive", "T" for top field first, "B"
|
yading@10
|
8256 for bottom field first)
|
yading@10
|
8257
|
yading@10
|
8258
|
yading@10
|
8259 =item B<iskey>
|
yading@10
|
8260
|
yading@10
|
8261 1 if the frame is a key frame, 0 otherwise
|
yading@10
|
8262
|
yading@10
|
8263
|
yading@10
|
8264 =item B<type>
|
yading@10
|
8265
|
yading@10
|
8266 picture type of the input frame ("I" for an I-frame, "P" for a
|
yading@10
|
8267 P-frame, "B" for a B-frame, "?" for unknown type).
|
yading@10
|
8268 Check also the documentation of the C<AVPictureType> enum and of
|
yading@10
|
8269 the C<av_get_picture_type_char> function defined in
|
yading@10
|
8270 F<libavutil/avutil.h>.
|
yading@10
|
8271
|
yading@10
|
8272
|
yading@10
|
8273 =item B<checksum>
|
yading@10
|
8274
|
yading@10
|
8275 Adler-32 checksum (printed in hexadecimal) of all the planes of the input frame
|
yading@10
|
8276
|
yading@10
|
8277
|
yading@10
|
8278 =item B<plane_checksum>
|
yading@10
|
8279
|
yading@10
|
8280 Adler-32 checksum (printed in hexadecimal) of each plane of the input frame,
|
yading@10
|
8281 expressed in the form "[I<c0> I<c1> I<c2> I<c3>]"
|
yading@10
|
8282
|
yading@10
|
8283 =back
|
yading@10
|
8284
|
yading@10
|
8285
|
yading@10
|
8286
|
yading@10
|
8287 =head2 smartblur
|
yading@10
|
8288
|
yading@10
|
8289
|
yading@10
|
8290 Blur the input video without impacting the outlines.
|
yading@10
|
8291
|
yading@10
|
8292 The filter accepts the following options:
|
yading@10
|
8293
|
yading@10
|
8294
|
yading@10
|
8295 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
8296
|
yading@10
|
8297
|
yading@10
|
8298 =item B<luma_radius, lr>
|
yading@10
|
8299
|
yading@10
|
8300 Set the luma radius. The option value must be a float number in
|
yading@10
|
8301 the range [0.1,5.0] that specifies the variance of the gaussian filter
|
yading@10
|
8302 used to blur the image (slower if larger). Default value is 1.0.
|
yading@10
|
8303
|
yading@10
|
8304
|
yading@10
|
8305 =item B<luma_strength, ls>
|
yading@10
|
8306
|
yading@10
|
8307 Set the luma strength. The option value must be a float number
|
yading@10
|
8308 in the range [-1.0,1.0] that configures the blurring. A value included
|
yading@10
|
8309 in [0.0,1.0] will blur the image whereas a value included in
|
yading@10
|
8310 [-1.0,0.0] will sharpen the image. Default value is 1.0.
|
yading@10
|
8311
|
yading@10
|
8312
|
yading@10
|
8313 =item B<luma_threshold, lt>
|
yading@10
|
8314
|
yading@10
|
8315 Set the luma threshold used as a coefficient to determine
|
yading@10
|
8316 whether a pixel should be blurred or not. The option value must be an
|
yading@10
|
8317 integer in the range [-30,30]. A value of 0 will filter all the image,
|
yading@10
|
8318 a value included in [0,30] will filter flat areas and a value included
|
yading@10
|
8319 in [-30,0] will filter edges. Default value is 0.
|
yading@10
|
8320
|
yading@10
|
8321
|
yading@10
|
8322 =item B<chroma_radius, cr>
|
yading@10
|
8323
|
yading@10
|
8324 Set the chroma radius. The option value must be a float number in
|
yading@10
|
8325 the range [0.1,5.0] that specifies the variance of the gaussian filter
|
yading@10
|
8326 used to blur the image (slower if larger). Default value is 1.0.
|
yading@10
|
8327
|
yading@10
|
8328
|
yading@10
|
8329 =item B<chroma_strength, cs>
|
yading@10
|
8330
|
yading@10
|
8331 Set the chroma strength. The option value must be a float number
|
yading@10
|
8332 in the range [-1.0,1.0] that configures the blurring. A value included
|
yading@10
|
8333 in [0.0,1.0] will blur the image whereas a value included in
|
yading@10
|
8334 [-1.0,0.0] will sharpen the image. Default value is 1.0.
|
yading@10
|
8335
|
yading@10
|
8336
|
yading@10
|
8337 =item B<chroma_threshold, ct>
|
yading@10
|
8338
|
yading@10
|
8339 Set the chroma threshold used as a coefficient to determine
|
yading@10
|
8340 whether a pixel should be blurred or not. The option value must be an
|
yading@10
|
8341 integer in the range [-30,30]. A value of 0 will filter all the image,
|
yading@10
|
8342 a value included in [0,30] will filter flat areas and a value included
|
yading@10
|
8343 in [-30,0] will filter edges. Default value is 0.
|
yading@10
|
8344
|
yading@10
|
8345 =back
|
yading@10
|
8346
|
yading@10
|
8347
|
yading@10
|
8348 If a chroma option is not explicitly set, the corresponding luma value
|
yading@10
|
8349 is set.
|
yading@10
|
8350
|
yading@10
|
8351
|
yading@10
|
8352 =head2 stereo3d
|
yading@10
|
8353
|
yading@10
|
8354
|
yading@10
|
8355 Convert between different stereoscopic image formats.
|
yading@10
|
8356
|
yading@10
|
8357 The filters accept the following options:
|
yading@10
|
8358
|
yading@10
|
8359
|
yading@10
|
8360 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
8361
|
yading@10
|
8362
|
yading@10
|
8363 =item B<in>
|
yading@10
|
8364
|
yading@10
|
8365 Set stereoscopic image format of input.
|
yading@10
|
8366
|
yading@10
|
8367 Available values for input image formats are:
|
yading@10
|
8368
|
yading@10
|
8369 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
8370
|
yading@10
|
8371
|
yading@10
|
8372 =item B<sbsl>
|
yading@10
|
8373
|
yading@10
|
8374 side by side parallel (left eye left, right eye right)
|
yading@10
|
8375
|
yading@10
|
8376
|
yading@10
|
8377 =item B<sbsr>
|
yading@10
|
8378
|
yading@10
|
8379 side by side crosseye (right eye left, left eye right)
|
yading@10
|
8380
|
yading@10
|
8381
|
yading@10
|
8382 =item B<sbs2l>
|
yading@10
|
8383
|
yading@10
|
8384 side by side parallel with half width resolution
|
yading@10
|
8385 (left eye left, right eye right)
|
yading@10
|
8386
|
yading@10
|
8387
|
yading@10
|
8388 =item B<sbs2r>
|
yading@10
|
8389
|
yading@10
|
8390 side by side crosseye with half width resolution
|
yading@10
|
8391 (right eye left, left eye right)
|
yading@10
|
8392
|
yading@10
|
8393
|
yading@10
|
8394 =item B<abl>
|
yading@10
|
8395
|
yading@10
|
8396 above-below (left eye above, right eye below)
|
yading@10
|
8397
|
yading@10
|
8398
|
yading@10
|
8399 =item B<abr>
|
yading@10
|
8400
|
yading@10
|
8401 above-below (right eye above, left eye below)
|
yading@10
|
8402
|
yading@10
|
8403
|
yading@10
|
8404 =item B<ab2l>
|
yading@10
|
8405
|
yading@10
|
8406 above-below with half height resolution
|
yading@10
|
8407 (left eye above, right eye below)
|
yading@10
|
8408
|
yading@10
|
8409
|
yading@10
|
8410 =item B<ab2r>
|
yading@10
|
8411
|
yading@10
|
8412 above-below with half height resolution
|
yading@10
|
8413 (right eye above, left eye below)
|
yading@10
|
8414
|
yading@10
|
8415 Default value is B<sbsl>.
|
yading@10
|
8416
|
yading@10
|
8417 =back
|
yading@10
|
8418
|
yading@10
|
8419
|
yading@10
|
8420
|
yading@10
|
8421 =item B<out>
|
yading@10
|
8422
|
yading@10
|
8423 Set stereoscopic image format of output.
|
yading@10
|
8424
|
yading@10
|
8425 Available values for output image formats are all the input formats as well as:
|
yading@10
|
8426
|
yading@10
|
8427 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
8428
|
yading@10
|
8429
|
yading@10
|
8430 =item B<arbg>
|
yading@10
|
8431
|
yading@10
|
8432 anaglyph red/blue gray
|
yading@10
|
8433 (red filter on left eye, blue filter on right eye)
|
yading@10
|
8434
|
yading@10
|
8435
|
yading@10
|
8436 =item B<argg>
|
yading@10
|
8437
|
yading@10
|
8438 anaglyph red/green gray
|
yading@10
|
8439 (red filter on left eye, green filter on right eye)
|
yading@10
|
8440
|
yading@10
|
8441
|
yading@10
|
8442 =item B<arcg>
|
yading@10
|
8443
|
yading@10
|
8444 anaglyph red/cyan gray
|
yading@10
|
8445 (red filter on left eye, cyan filter on right eye)
|
yading@10
|
8446
|
yading@10
|
8447
|
yading@10
|
8448 =item B<arch>
|
yading@10
|
8449
|
yading@10
|
8450 anaglyph red/cyan half colored
|
yading@10
|
8451 (red filter on left eye, cyan filter on right eye)
|
yading@10
|
8452
|
yading@10
|
8453
|
yading@10
|
8454 =item B<arcc>
|
yading@10
|
8455
|
yading@10
|
8456 anaglyph red/cyan color
|
yading@10
|
8457 (red filter on left eye, cyan filter on right eye)
|
yading@10
|
8458
|
yading@10
|
8459
|
yading@10
|
8460 =item B<arcd>
|
yading@10
|
8461
|
yading@10
|
8462 anaglyph red/cyan color optimized with the least squares projection of dubois
|
yading@10
|
8463 (red filter on left eye, cyan filter on right eye)
|
yading@10
|
8464
|
yading@10
|
8465
|
yading@10
|
8466 =item B<agmg>
|
yading@10
|
8467
|
yading@10
|
8468 anaglyph green/magenta gray
|
yading@10
|
8469 (green filter on left eye, magenta filter on right eye)
|
yading@10
|
8470
|
yading@10
|
8471
|
yading@10
|
8472 =item B<agmh>
|
yading@10
|
8473
|
yading@10
|
8474 anaglyph green/magenta half colored
|
yading@10
|
8475 (green filter on left eye, magenta filter on right eye)
|
yading@10
|
8476
|
yading@10
|
8477
|
yading@10
|
8478 =item B<agmc>
|
yading@10
|
8479
|
yading@10
|
8480 anaglyph green/magenta colored
|
yading@10
|
8481 (green filter on left eye, magenta filter on right eye)
|
yading@10
|
8482
|
yading@10
|
8483
|
yading@10
|
8484 =item B<agmd>
|
yading@10
|
8485
|
yading@10
|
8486 anaglyph green/magenta color optimized with the least squares projection of dubois
|
yading@10
|
8487 (green filter on left eye, magenta filter on right eye)
|
yading@10
|
8488
|
yading@10
|
8489
|
yading@10
|
8490 =item B<aybg>
|
yading@10
|
8491
|
yading@10
|
8492 anaglyph yellow/blue gray
|
yading@10
|
8493 (yellow filter on left eye, blue filter on right eye)
|
yading@10
|
8494
|
yading@10
|
8495
|
yading@10
|
8496 =item B<aybh>
|
yading@10
|
8497
|
yading@10
|
8498 anaglyph yellow/blue half colored
|
yading@10
|
8499 (yellow filter on left eye, blue filter on right eye)
|
yading@10
|
8500
|
yading@10
|
8501
|
yading@10
|
8502 =item B<aybc>
|
yading@10
|
8503
|
yading@10
|
8504 anaglyph yellow/blue colored
|
yading@10
|
8505 (yellow filter on left eye, blue filter on right eye)
|
yading@10
|
8506
|
yading@10
|
8507
|
yading@10
|
8508 =item B<aybd>
|
yading@10
|
8509
|
yading@10
|
8510 anaglyph yellow/blue color optimized with the least squares projection of dubois
|
yading@10
|
8511 (yellow filter on left eye, blue filter on right eye)
|
yading@10
|
8512
|
yading@10
|
8513
|
yading@10
|
8514 =item B<irl>
|
yading@10
|
8515
|
yading@10
|
8516 interleaved rows (left eye has top row, right eye starts on next row)
|
yading@10
|
8517
|
yading@10
|
8518
|
yading@10
|
8519 =item B<irr>
|
yading@10
|
8520
|
yading@10
|
8521 interleaved rows (right eye has top row, left eye starts on next row)
|
yading@10
|
8522
|
yading@10
|
8523
|
yading@10
|
8524 =item B<ml>
|
yading@10
|
8525
|
yading@10
|
8526 mono output (left eye only)
|
yading@10
|
8527
|
yading@10
|
8528
|
yading@10
|
8529 =item B<mr>
|
yading@10
|
8530
|
yading@10
|
8531 mono output (right eye only)
|
yading@10
|
8532
|
yading@10
|
8533 =back
|
yading@10
|
8534
|
yading@10
|
8535
|
yading@10
|
8536 Default value is B<arcd>.
|
yading@10
|
8537
|
yading@10
|
8538 =back
|
yading@10
|
8539
|
yading@10
|
8540
|
yading@10
|
8541
|
yading@10
|
8542
|
yading@10
|
8543 =head2 subtitles
|
yading@10
|
8544
|
yading@10
|
8545
|
yading@10
|
8546 Draw subtitles on top of input video using the libass library.
|
yading@10
|
8547
|
yading@10
|
8548 To enable compilation of this filter you need to configure FFmpeg with
|
yading@10
|
8549 C<--enable-libass>. This filter also requires a build with libavcodec and
|
yading@10
|
8550 libavformat to convert the passed subtitles file to ASS (Advanced Substation
|
yading@10
|
8551 Alpha) subtitles format.
|
yading@10
|
8552
|
yading@10
|
8553 The filter accepts the following options:
|
yading@10
|
8554
|
yading@10
|
8555
|
yading@10
|
8556 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
8557
|
yading@10
|
8558
|
yading@10
|
8559 =item B<filename, f>
|
yading@10
|
8560
|
yading@10
|
8561 Set the filename of the subtitle file to read. It must be specified.
|
yading@10
|
8562
|
yading@10
|
8563
|
yading@10
|
8564 =item B<original_size>
|
yading@10
|
8565
|
yading@10
|
8566 Specify the size of the original video, the video for which the ASS file
|
yading@10
|
8567 was composed. Due to a misdesign in ASS aspect ratio arithmetic, this is
|
yading@10
|
8568 necessary to correctly scale the fonts if the aspect ratio has been changed.
|
yading@10
|
8569
|
yading@10
|
8570
|
yading@10
|
8571 =item B<charenc>
|
yading@10
|
8572
|
yading@10
|
8573 Set subtitles input character encoding. C<subtitles> filter only. Only
|
yading@10
|
8574 useful if not UTF-8.
|
yading@10
|
8575
|
yading@10
|
8576 =back
|
yading@10
|
8577
|
yading@10
|
8578
|
yading@10
|
8579 If the first key is not specified, it is assumed that the first value
|
yading@10
|
8580 specifies the B<filename>.
|
yading@10
|
8581
|
yading@10
|
8582 For example, to render the file F<sub.srt> on top of the input
|
yading@10
|
8583 video, use the command:
|
yading@10
|
8584
|
yading@10
|
8585 subtitles=sub.srt
|
yading@10
|
8586
|
yading@10
|
8587
|
yading@10
|
8588 which is equivalent to:
|
yading@10
|
8589
|
yading@10
|
8590 subtitles=filename=sub.srt
|
yading@10
|
8591
|
yading@10
|
8592
|
yading@10
|
8593
|
yading@10
|
8594 =head2 super2xsai
|
yading@10
|
8595
|
yading@10
|
8596
|
yading@10
|
8597 Scale the input by 2x and smooth using the Super2xSaI (Scale and
|
yading@10
|
8598 Interpolate) pixel art scaling algorithm.
|
yading@10
|
8599
|
yading@10
|
8600 Useful for enlarging pixel art images without reducing sharpness.
|
yading@10
|
8601
|
yading@10
|
8602
|
yading@10
|
8603 =head2 swapuv
|
yading@10
|
8604
|
yading@10
|
8605 Swap U & V plane.
|
yading@10
|
8606
|
yading@10
|
8607
|
yading@10
|
8608 =head2 telecine
|
yading@10
|
8609
|
yading@10
|
8610
|
yading@10
|
8611 Apply telecine process to the video.
|
yading@10
|
8612
|
yading@10
|
8613 This filter accepts the following options:
|
yading@10
|
8614
|
yading@10
|
8615
|
yading@10
|
8616 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
8617
|
yading@10
|
8618
|
yading@10
|
8619 =item B<first_field>
|
yading@10
|
8620
|
yading@10
|
8621
|
yading@10
|
8622 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
8623
|
yading@10
|
8624
|
yading@10
|
8625 =item B<top, t>
|
yading@10
|
8626
|
yading@10
|
8627 top field first
|
yading@10
|
8628
|
yading@10
|
8629 =item B<bottom, b>
|
yading@10
|
8630
|
yading@10
|
8631 bottom field first
|
yading@10
|
8632 The default value is C<top>.
|
yading@10
|
8633
|
yading@10
|
8634 =back
|
yading@10
|
8635
|
yading@10
|
8636
|
yading@10
|
8637
|
yading@10
|
8638 =item B<pattern>
|
yading@10
|
8639
|
yading@10
|
8640 A string of numbers representing the pulldown pattern you wish to apply.
|
yading@10
|
8641 The default value is C<23>.
|
yading@10
|
8642
|
yading@10
|
8643 =back
|
yading@10
|
8644
|
yading@10
|
8645
|
yading@10
|
8646
|
yading@10
|
8647 Some typical patterns:
|
yading@10
|
8648
|
yading@10
|
8649 NTSC output (30i):
|
yading@10
|
8650 27.5p: 32222
|
yading@10
|
8651 24p: 23 (classic)
|
yading@10
|
8652 24p: 2332 (preferred)
|
yading@10
|
8653 20p: 33
|
yading@10
|
8654 18p: 334
|
yading@10
|
8655 16p: 3444
|
yading@10
|
8656
|
yading@10
|
8657 PAL output (25i):
|
yading@10
|
8658 27.5p: 12222
|
yading@10
|
8659 24p: 222222222223 ("Euro pulldown")
|
yading@10
|
8660 16.67p: 33
|
yading@10
|
8661 16p: 33333334
|
yading@10
|
8662
|
yading@10
|
8663
|
yading@10
|
8664
|
yading@10
|
8665 =head2 thumbnail
|
yading@10
|
8666
|
yading@10
|
8667 Select the most representative frame in a given sequence of consecutive frames.
|
yading@10
|
8668
|
yading@10
|
8669 The filter accepts the following options:
|
yading@10
|
8670
|
yading@10
|
8671
|
yading@10
|
8672 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
8673
|
yading@10
|
8674
|
yading@10
|
8675 =item B<n>
|
yading@10
|
8676
|
yading@10
|
8677 Set the frames batch size to analyze; in a set of I<n> frames, the filter
|
yading@10
|
8678 will pick one of them, and then handle the next batch of I<n> frames until
|
yading@10
|
8679 the end. Default is C<100>.
|
yading@10
|
8680
|
yading@10
|
8681 =back
|
yading@10
|
8682
|
yading@10
|
8683
|
yading@10
|
8684 Since the filter keeps track of the whole frames sequence, a bigger I<n>
|
yading@10
|
8685 value will result in a higher memory usage, so a high value is not recommended.
|
yading@10
|
8686
|
yading@10
|
8687
|
yading@10
|
8688 =head3 Examples
|
yading@10
|
8689
|
yading@10
|
8690
|
yading@10
|
8691
|
yading@10
|
8692 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
8693
|
yading@10
|
8694
|
yading@10
|
8695 =item *
|
yading@10
|
8696
|
yading@10
|
8697 Extract one picture each 50 frames:
|
yading@10
|
8698
|
yading@10
|
8699 thumbnail=50
|
yading@10
|
8700
|
yading@10
|
8701
|
yading@10
|
8702
|
yading@10
|
8703 =item *
|
yading@10
|
8704
|
yading@10
|
8705 Complete example of a thumbnail creation with B<ffmpeg>:
|
yading@10
|
8706
|
yading@10
|
8707 ffmpeg -i in.avi -vf thumbnail,scale=300:200 -frames:v 1 out.png
|
yading@10
|
8708
|
yading@10
|
8709
|
yading@10
|
8710 =back
|
yading@10
|
8711
|
yading@10
|
8712
|
yading@10
|
8713
|
yading@10
|
8714 =head2 tile
|
yading@10
|
8715
|
yading@10
|
8716
|
yading@10
|
8717 Tile several successive frames together.
|
yading@10
|
8718
|
yading@10
|
8719 The filter accepts the following options:
|
yading@10
|
8720
|
yading@10
|
8721
|
yading@10
|
8722 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
8723
|
yading@10
|
8724
|
yading@10
|
8725
|
yading@10
|
8726 =item B<layout>
|
yading@10
|
8727
|
yading@10
|
8728 Set the grid size (i.e. the number of lines and columns) in the form
|
yading@10
|
8729 "I<w>xI<h>".
|
yading@10
|
8730
|
yading@10
|
8731
|
yading@10
|
8732 =item B<nb_frames>
|
yading@10
|
8733
|
yading@10
|
8734 Set the maximum number of frames to render in the given area. It must be less
|
yading@10
|
8735 than or equal to I<w>xI<h>. The default value is C<0>, meaning all
|
yading@10
|
8736 the area will be used.
|
yading@10
|
8737
|
yading@10
|
8738
|
yading@10
|
8739 =item B<margin>
|
yading@10
|
8740
|
yading@10
|
8741 Set the outer border margin in pixels.
|
yading@10
|
8742
|
yading@10
|
8743
|
yading@10
|
8744 =item B<padding>
|
yading@10
|
8745
|
yading@10
|
8746 Set the inner border thickness (i.e. the number of pixels between frames). For
|
yading@10
|
8747 more advanced padding options (such as having different values for the edges),
|
yading@10
|
8748 refer to the pad video filter.
|
yading@10
|
8749
|
yading@10
|
8750
|
yading@10
|
8751 =back
|
yading@10
|
8752
|
yading@10
|
8753
|
yading@10
|
8754
|
yading@10
|
8755 =head3 Examples
|
yading@10
|
8756
|
yading@10
|
8757
|
yading@10
|
8758
|
yading@10
|
8759 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
8760
|
yading@10
|
8761
|
yading@10
|
8762 =item *
|
yading@10
|
8763
|
yading@10
|
8764 Produce 8x8 PNG tiles of all keyframes (B<-skip_frame nokey>) in a movie:
|
yading@10
|
8765
|
yading@10
|
8766 ffmpeg -skip_frame nokey -i file.avi -vf 'scale=128:72,tile=8x8' -an -vsync 0 keyframes%03d.png
|
yading@10
|
8767
|
yading@10
|
8768 The B<-vsync 0> is necessary to prevent B<ffmpeg> from
|
yading@10
|
8769 duplicating each output frame to accomodate the originally detected frame
|
yading@10
|
8770 rate.
|
yading@10
|
8771
|
yading@10
|
8772
|
yading@10
|
8773 =item *
|
yading@10
|
8774
|
yading@10
|
8775 Display C<5> pictures in an area of C<3x2> frames,
|
yading@10
|
8776 with C<7> pixels between them, and C<2> pixels of initial margin, using
|
yading@10
|
8777 mixed flat and named options:
|
yading@10
|
8778
|
yading@10
|
8779 tile=3x2:nb_frames=5:padding=7:margin=2
|
yading@10
|
8780
|
yading@10
|
8781
|
yading@10
|
8782 =back
|
yading@10
|
8783
|
yading@10
|
8784
|
yading@10
|
8785
|
yading@10
|
8786 =head2 tinterlace
|
yading@10
|
8787
|
yading@10
|
8788
|
yading@10
|
8789 Perform various types of temporal field interlacing.
|
yading@10
|
8790
|
yading@10
|
8791 Frames are counted starting from 1, so the first input frame is
|
yading@10
|
8792 considered odd.
|
yading@10
|
8793
|
yading@10
|
8794 The filter accepts the following options:
|
yading@10
|
8795
|
yading@10
|
8796
|
yading@10
|
8797 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
8798
|
yading@10
|
8799
|
yading@10
|
8800
|
yading@10
|
8801 =item B<mode>
|
yading@10
|
8802
|
yading@10
|
8803 Specify the mode of the interlacing. This option can also be specified
|
yading@10
|
8804 as a value alone. See below for a list of values for this option.
|
yading@10
|
8805
|
yading@10
|
8806 Available values are:
|
yading@10
|
8807
|
yading@10
|
8808
|
yading@10
|
8809 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
8810
|
yading@10
|
8811
|
yading@10
|
8812 =item B<merge, 0>
|
yading@10
|
8813
|
yading@10
|
8814 Move odd frames into the upper field, even into the lower field,
|
yading@10
|
8815 generating a double height frame at half frame rate.
|
yading@10
|
8816
|
yading@10
|
8817
|
yading@10
|
8818 =item B<drop_odd, 1>
|
yading@10
|
8819
|
yading@10
|
8820 Only output even frames, odd frames are dropped, generating a frame with
|
yading@10
|
8821 unchanged height at half frame rate.
|
yading@10
|
8822
|
yading@10
|
8823
|
yading@10
|
8824 =item B<drop_even, 2>
|
yading@10
|
8825
|
yading@10
|
8826 Only output odd frames, even frames are dropped, generating a frame with
|
yading@10
|
8827 unchanged height at half frame rate.
|
yading@10
|
8828
|
yading@10
|
8829
|
yading@10
|
8830 =item B<pad, 3>
|
yading@10
|
8831
|
yading@10
|
8832 Expand each frame to full height, but pad alternate lines with black,
|
yading@10
|
8833 generating a frame with double height at the same input frame rate.
|
yading@10
|
8834
|
yading@10
|
8835
|
yading@10
|
8836 =item B<interleave_top, 4>
|
yading@10
|
8837
|
yading@10
|
8838 Interleave the upper field from odd frames with the lower field from
|
yading@10
|
8839 even frames, generating a frame with unchanged height at half frame rate.
|
yading@10
|
8840
|
yading@10
|
8841
|
yading@10
|
8842 =item B<interleave_bottom, 5>
|
yading@10
|
8843
|
yading@10
|
8844 Interleave the lower field from odd frames with the upper field from
|
yading@10
|
8845 even frames, generating a frame with unchanged height at half frame rate.
|
yading@10
|
8846
|
yading@10
|
8847
|
yading@10
|
8848 =item B<interlacex2, 6>
|
yading@10
|
8849
|
yading@10
|
8850 Double frame rate with unchanged height. Frames are inserted each
|
yading@10
|
8851 containing the second temporal field from the previous input frame and
|
yading@10
|
8852 the first temporal field from the next input frame. This mode relies on
|
yading@10
|
8853 the top_field_first flag. Useful for interlaced video displays with no
|
yading@10
|
8854 field synchronisation.
|
yading@10
|
8855
|
yading@10
|
8856 =back
|
yading@10
|
8857
|
yading@10
|
8858
|
yading@10
|
8859 Numeric values are deprecated but are accepted for backward
|
yading@10
|
8860 compatibility reasons.
|
yading@10
|
8861
|
yading@10
|
8862 Default mode is C<merge>.
|
yading@10
|
8863
|
yading@10
|
8864
|
yading@10
|
8865 =item B<flags>
|
yading@10
|
8866
|
yading@10
|
8867 Specify flags influencing the filter process.
|
yading@10
|
8868
|
yading@10
|
8869 Available value for I<flags> is:
|
yading@10
|
8870
|
yading@10
|
8871
|
yading@10
|
8872 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
8873
|
yading@10
|
8874
|
yading@10
|
8875 =item B<low_pass_filter, vlfp>
|
yading@10
|
8876
|
yading@10
|
8877 Enable vertical low-pass filtering in the filter.
|
yading@10
|
8878 Vertical low-pass filtering is required when creating an interlaced
|
yading@10
|
8879 destination from a progressive source which contains high-frequency
|
yading@10
|
8880 vertical detail. Filtering will reduce interlace 'twitter' and Moire
|
yading@10
|
8881 patterning.
|
yading@10
|
8882
|
yading@10
|
8883 Vertical low-pass filtering can only be enabled for B<mode>
|
yading@10
|
8884 I<interleave_top> and I<interleave_bottom>.
|
yading@10
|
8885
|
yading@10
|
8886
|
yading@10
|
8887 =back
|
yading@10
|
8888
|
yading@10
|
8889
|
yading@10
|
8890 =back
|
yading@10
|
8891
|
yading@10
|
8892
|
yading@10
|
8893
|
yading@10
|
8894 =head2 transpose
|
yading@10
|
8895
|
yading@10
|
8896
|
yading@10
|
8897 Transpose rows with columns in the input video and optionally flip it.
|
yading@10
|
8898
|
yading@10
|
8899 This filter accepts the following options:
|
yading@10
|
8900
|
yading@10
|
8901
|
yading@10
|
8902 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
8903
|
yading@10
|
8904
|
yading@10
|
8905
|
yading@10
|
8906 =item B<dir>
|
yading@10
|
8907
|
yading@10
|
8908 The direction of the transpose.
|
yading@10
|
8909
|
yading@10
|
8910
|
yading@10
|
8911 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
8912
|
yading@10
|
8913
|
yading@10
|
8914 =item B<0, 4, cclock_flip>
|
yading@10
|
8915
|
yading@10
|
8916 Rotate by 90 degrees counterclockwise and vertically flip (default), that is:
|
yading@10
|
8917
|
yading@10
|
8918 L.R L.l
|
yading@10
|
8919 . . -> . .
|
yading@10
|
8920 l.r R.r
|
yading@10
|
8921
|
yading@10
|
8922
|
yading@10
|
8923
|
yading@10
|
8924 =item B<1, 5, clock>
|
yading@10
|
8925
|
yading@10
|
8926 Rotate by 90 degrees clockwise, that is:
|
yading@10
|
8927
|
yading@10
|
8928 L.R l.L
|
yading@10
|
8929 . . -> . .
|
yading@10
|
8930 l.r r.R
|
yading@10
|
8931
|
yading@10
|
8932
|
yading@10
|
8933
|
yading@10
|
8934 =item B<2, 6, cclock>
|
yading@10
|
8935
|
yading@10
|
8936 Rotate by 90 degrees counterclockwise, that is:
|
yading@10
|
8937
|
yading@10
|
8938 L.R R.r
|
yading@10
|
8939 . . -> . .
|
yading@10
|
8940 l.r L.l
|
yading@10
|
8941
|
yading@10
|
8942
|
yading@10
|
8943
|
yading@10
|
8944 =item B<3, 7, clock_flip>
|
yading@10
|
8945
|
yading@10
|
8946 Rotate by 90 degrees clockwise and vertically flip, that is:
|
yading@10
|
8947
|
yading@10
|
8948 L.R r.R
|
yading@10
|
8949 . . -> . .
|
yading@10
|
8950 l.r l.L
|
yading@10
|
8951
|
yading@10
|
8952
|
yading@10
|
8953 =back
|
yading@10
|
8954
|
yading@10
|
8955
|
yading@10
|
8956 For values between 4-7, the transposition is only done if the input
|
yading@10
|
8957 video geometry is portrait and not landscape. These values are
|
yading@10
|
8958 deprecated, the C<passthrough> option should be used instead.
|
yading@10
|
8959
|
yading@10
|
8960
|
yading@10
|
8961 =item B<passthrough>
|
yading@10
|
8962
|
yading@10
|
8963 Do not apply the transposition if the input geometry matches the one
|
yading@10
|
8964 specified by the specified value. It accepts the following values:
|
yading@10
|
8965
|
yading@10
|
8966 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
8967
|
yading@10
|
8968
|
yading@10
|
8969 =item B<none>
|
yading@10
|
8970
|
yading@10
|
8971 Always apply transposition.
|
yading@10
|
8972
|
yading@10
|
8973 =item B<portrait>
|
yading@10
|
8974
|
yading@10
|
8975 Preserve portrait geometry (when I<height> E<gt>= I<width>).
|
yading@10
|
8976
|
yading@10
|
8977 =item B<landscape>
|
yading@10
|
8978
|
yading@10
|
8979 Preserve landscape geometry (when I<width> E<gt>= I<height>).
|
yading@10
|
8980
|
yading@10
|
8981 =back
|
yading@10
|
8982
|
yading@10
|
8983
|
yading@10
|
8984 Default value is C<none>.
|
yading@10
|
8985
|
yading@10
|
8986 =back
|
yading@10
|
8987
|
yading@10
|
8988
|
yading@10
|
8989 For example to rotate by 90 degrees clockwise and preserve portrait
|
yading@10
|
8990 layout:
|
yading@10
|
8991
|
yading@10
|
8992 transpose=dir=1:passthrough=portrait
|
yading@10
|
8993
|
yading@10
|
8994
|
yading@10
|
8995 The command above can also be specified as:
|
yading@10
|
8996
|
yading@10
|
8997 transpose=1:portrait
|
yading@10
|
8998
|
yading@10
|
8999
|
yading@10
|
9000
|
yading@10
|
9001 =head2 unsharp
|
yading@10
|
9002
|
yading@10
|
9003
|
yading@10
|
9004 Sharpen or blur the input video.
|
yading@10
|
9005
|
yading@10
|
9006 It accepts the following parameters:
|
yading@10
|
9007
|
yading@10
|
9008
|
yading@10
|
9009 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
9010
|
yading@10
|
9011
|
yading@10
|
9012 =item B<luma_msize_x, lx>
|
yading@10
|
9013
|
yading@10
|
9014
|
yading@10
|
9015 =item B<chroma_msize_x, cx>
|
yading@10
|
9016
|
yading@10
|
9017 Set the luma/chroma matrix horizontal size. It must be an odd integer
|
yading@10
|
9018 between 3 and 63, default value is 5.
|
yading@10
|
9019
|
yading@10
|
9020
|
yading@10
|
9021 =item B<luma_msize_y, ly>
|
yading@10
|
9022
|
yading@10
|
9023
|
yading@10
|
9024 =item B<chroma_msize_y, cy>
|
yading@10
|
9025
|
yading@10
|
9026 Set the luma/chroma matrix vertical size. It must be an odd integer
|
yading@10
|
9027 between 3 and 63, default value is 5.
|
yading@10
|
9028
|
yading@10
|
9029
|
yading@10
|
9030 =item B<luma_amount, la>
|
yading@10
|
9031
|
yading@10
|
9032
|
yading@10
|
9033 =item B<chroma_amount, ca>
|
yading@10
|
9034
|
yading@10
|
9035 Set the luma/chroma effect strength. It can be a float number,
|
yading@10
|
9036 reasonable values lay between -1.5 and 1.5.
|
yading@10
|
9037
|
yading@10
|
9038 Negative values will blur the input video, while positive values will
|
yading@10
|
9039 sharpen it, a value of zero will disable the effect.
|
yading@10
|
9040
|
yading@10
|
9041 Default value is 1.0 for B<luma_amount>, 0.0 for
|
yading@10
|
9042 B<chroma_amount>.
|
yading@10
|
9043
|
yading@10
|
9044 =back
|
yading@10
|
9045
|
yading@10
|
9046
|
yading@10
|
9047 All parameters are optional and default to the
|
yading@10
|
9048 equivalent of the string '5:5:1.0:5:5:0.0'.
|
yading@10
|
9049
|
yading@10
|
9050
|
yading@10
|
9051 =head3 Examples
|
yading@10
|
9052
|
yading@10
|
9053
|
yading@10
|
9054
|
yading@10
|
9055 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
9056
|
yading@10
|
9057
|
yading@10
|
9058 =item *
|
yading@10
|
9059
|
yading@10
|
9060 Apply strong luma sharpen effect:
|
yading@10
|
9061
|
yading@10
|
9062 unsharp=luma_msize_x=7:luma_msize_y=7:luma_amount=2.5
|
yading@10
|
9063
|
yading@10
|
9064
|
yading@10
|
9065
|
yading@10
|
9066 =item *
|
yading@10
|
9067
|
yading@10
|
9068 Apply strong blur of both luma and chroma parameters:
|
yading@10
|
9069
|
yading@10
|
9070 unsharp=7:7:-2:7:7:-2
|
yading@10
|
9071
|
yading@10
|
9072
|
yading@10
|
9073 =back
|
yading@10
|
9074
|
yading@10
|
9075
|
yading@10
|
9076
|
yading@10
|
9077 =head2 vflip
|
yading@10
|
9078
|
yading@10
|
9079
|
yading@10
|
9080 Flip the input video vertically.
|
yading@10
|
9081
|
yading@10
|
9082
|
yading@10
|
9083 ffmpeg -i in.avi -vf "vflip" out.avi
|
yading@10
|
9084
|
yading@10
|
9085
|
yading@10
|
9086
|
yading@10
|
9087
|
yading@10
|
9088 =head2 yadif
|
yading@10
|
9089
|
yading@10
|
9090
|
yading@10
|
9091 Deinterlace the input video ("yadif" means "yet another deinterlacing
|
yading@10
|
9092 filter").
|
yading@10
|
9093
|
yading@10
|
9094 This filter accepts the following options:
|
yading@10
|
9095
|
yading@10
|
9096
|
yading@10
|
9097
|
yading@10
|
9098 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
9099
|
yading@10
|
9100
|
yading@10
|
9101
|
yading@10
|
9102 =item B<mode>
|
yading@10
|
9103
|
yading@10
|
9104 The interlacing mode to adopt, accepts one of the following values:
|
yading@10
|
9105
|
yading@10
|
9106
|
yading@10
|
9107 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
9108
|
yading@10
|
9109
|
yading@10
|
9110 =item B<0, send_frame>
|
yading@10
|
9111
|
yading@10
|
9112 output 1 frame for each frame
|
yading@10
|
9113
|
yading@10
|
9114 =item B<1, send_field>
|
yading@10
|
9115
|
yading@10
|
9116 output 1 frame for each field
|
yading@10
|
9117
|
yading@10
|
9118 =item B<2, send_frame_nospatial>
|
yading@10
|
9119
|
yading@10
|
9120 like C<send_frame> but skip spatial interlacing check
|
yading@10
|
9121
|
yading@10
|
9122 =item B<3, send_field_nospatial>
|
yading@10
|
9123
|
yading@10
|
9124 like C<send_field> but skip spatial interlacing check
|
yading@10
|
9125
|
yading@10
|
9126 =back
|
yading@10
|
9127
|
yading@10
|
9128
|
yading@10
|
9129 Default value is C<send_frame>.
|
yading@10
|
9130
|
yading@10
|
9131
|
yading@10
|
9132 =item B<parity>
|
yading@10
|
9133
|
yading@10
|
9134 The picture field parity assumed for the input interlaced video, accepts one of
|
yading@10
|
9135 the following values:
|
yading@10
|
9136
|
yading@10
|
9137
|
yading@10
|
9138 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
9139
|
yading@10
|
9140
|
yading@10
|
9141 =item B<0, tff>
|
yading@10
|
9142
|
yading@10
|
9143 assume top field first
|
yading@10
|
9144
|
yading@10
|
9145 =item B<1, bff>
|
yading@10
|
9146
|
yading@10
|
9147 assume bottom field first
|
yading@10
|
9148
|
yading@10
|
9149 =item B<-1, auto>
|
yading@10
|
9150
|
yading@10
|
9151 enable automatic detection
|
yading@10
|
9152
|
yading@10
|
9153 =back
|
yading@10
|
9154
|
yading@10
|
9155
|
yading@10
|
9156 Default value is C<auto>.
|
yading@10
|
9157 If interlacing is unknown or decoder does not export this information,
|
yading@10
|
9158 top field first will be assumed.
|
yading@10
|
9159
|
yading@10
|
9160
|
yading@10
|
9161 =item B<deint>
|
yading@10
|
9162
|
yading@10
|
9163 Specify which frames to deinterlace. Accept one of the following
|
yading@10
|
9164 values:
|
yading@10
|
9165
|
yading@10
|
9166
|
yading@10
|
9167 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
9168
|
yading@10
|
9169
|
yading@10
|
9170 =item B<0, all>
|
yading@10
|
9171
|
yading@10
|
9172 deinterlace all frames
|
yading@10
|
9173
|
yading@10
|
9174 =item B<1, interlaced>
|
yading@10
|
9175
|
yading@10
|
9176 only deinterlace frames marked as interlaced
|
yading@10
|
9177
|
yading@10
|
9178 =back
|
yading@10
|
9179
|
yading@10
|
9180
|
yading@10
|
9181 Default value is C<all>.
|
yading@10
|
9182
|
yading@10
|
9183 =back
|
yading@10
|
9184
|
yading@10
|
9185
|
yading@10
|
9186
|
yading@10
|
9187
|
yading@10
|
9188 =head1 VIDEO SOURCES
|
yading@10
|
9189
|
yading@10
|
9190
|
yading@10
|
9191 Below is a description of the currently available video sources.
|
yading@10
|
9192
|
yading@10
|
9193
|
yading@10
|
9194 =head2 buffer
|
yading@10
|
9195
|
yading@10
|
9196
|
yading@10
|
9197 Buffer video frames, and make them available to the filter chain.
|
yading@10
|
9198
|
yading@10
|
9199 This source is mainly intended for a programmatic use, in particular
|
yading@10
|
9200 through the interface defined in F<libavfilter/vsrc_buffer.h>.
|
yading@10
|
9201
|
yading@10
|
9202 This source accepts the following options:
|
yading@10
|
9203
|
yading@10
|
9204
|
yading@10
|
9205 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
9206
|
yading@10
|
9207
|
yading@10
|
9208
|
yading@10
|
9209 =item B<video_size>
|
yading@10
|
9210
|
yading@10
|
9211 Specify the size (width and height) of the buffered video frames.
|
yading@10
|
9212
|
yading@10
|
9213
|
yading@10
|
9214 =item B<width>
|
yading@10
|
9215
|
yading@10
|
9216 Input video width.
|
yading@10
|
9217
|
yading@10
|
9218
|
yading@10
|
9219 =item B<height>
|
yading@10
|
9220
|
yading@10
|
9221 Input video height.
|
yading@10
|
9222
|
yading@10
|
9223
|
yading@10
|
9224 =item B<pix_fmt>
|
yading@10
|
9225
|
yading@10
|
9226 A string representing the pixel format of the buffered video frames.
|
yading@10
|
9227 It may be a number corresponding to a pixel format, or a pixel format
|
yading@10
|
9228 name.
|
yading@10
|
9229
|
yading@10
|
9230
|
yading@10
|
9231 =item B<time_base>
|
yading@10
|
9232
|
yading@10
|
9233 Specify the timebase assumed by the timestamps of the buffered frames.
|
yading@10
|
9234
|
yading@10
|
9235
|
yading@10
|
9236 =item B<frame_rate>
|
yading@10
|
9237
|
yading@10
|
9238 Specify the frame rate expected for the video stream.
|
yading@10
|
9239
|
yading@10
|
9240
|
yading@10
|
9241 =item B<pixel_aspect, sar>
|
yading@10
|
9242
|
yading@10
|
9243 Specify the sample aspect ratio assumed by the video frames.
|
yading@10
|
9244
|
yading@10
|
9245
|
yading@10
|
9246 =item B<sws_param>
|
yading@10
|
9247
|
yading@10
|
9248 Specify the optional parameters to be used for the scale filter which
|
yading@10
|
9249 is automatically inserted when an input change is detected in the
|
yading@10
|
9250 input size or format.
|
yading@10
|
9251
|
yading@10
|
9252 =back
|
yading@10
|
9253
|
yading@10
|
9254
|
yading@10
|
9255 For example:
|
yading@10
|
9256
|
yading@10
|
9257 buffer=width=320:height=240:pix_fmt=yuv410p:time_base=1/24:sar=1
|
yading@10
|
9258
|
yading@10
|
9259
|
yading@10
|
9260 will instruct the source to accept video frames with size 320x240 and
|
yading@10
|
9261 with format "yuv410p", assuming 1/24 as the timestamps timebase and
|
yading@10
|
9262 square pixels (1:1 sample aspect ratio).
|
yading@10
|
9263 Since the pixel format with name "yuv410p" corresponds to the number 6
|
yading@10
|
9264 (check the enum AVPixelFormat definition in F<libavutil/pixfmt.h>),
|
yading@10
|
9265 this example corresponds to:
|
yading@10
|
9266
|
yading@10
|
9267 buffer=size=320x240:pixfmt=6:time_base=1/24:pixel_aspect=1/1
|
yading@10
|
9268
|
yading@10
|
9269
|
yading@10
|
9270 Alternatively, the options can be specified as a flat string, but this
|
yading@10
|
9271 syntax is deprecated:
|
yading@10
|
9272
|
yading@10
|
9273 I<width>:I<height>:I<pix_fmt>:I<time_base.num>:I<time_base.den>:I<pixel_aspect.num>:I<pixel_aspect.den>[:I<sws_param>]
|
yading@10
|
9274
|
yading@10
|
9275
|
yading@10
|
9276 =head2 cellauto
|
yading@10
|
9277
|
yading@10
|
9278
|
yading@10
|
9279 Create a pattern generated by an elementary cellular automaton.
|
yading@10
|
9280
|
yading@10
|
9281 The initial state of the cellular automaton can be defined through the
|
yading@10
|
9282 B<filename>, and B<pattern> options. If such options are
|
yading@10
|
9283 not specified an initial state is created randomly.
|
yading@10
|
9284
|
yading@10
|
9285 At each new frame a new row in the video is filled with the result of
|
yading@10
|
9286 the cellular automaton next generation. The behavior when the whole
|
yading@10
|
9287 frame is filled is defined by the B<scroll> option.
|
yading@10
|
9288
|
yading@10
|
9289 This source accepts the following options:
|
yading@10
|
9290
|
yading@10
|
9291
|
yading@10
|
9292 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
9293
|
yading@10
|
9294
|
yading@10
|
9295 =item B<filename, f>
|
yading@10
|
9296
|
yading@10
|
9297 Read the initial cellular automaton state, i.e. the starting row, from
|
yading@10
|
9298 the specified file.
|
yading@10
|
9299 In the file, each non-whitespace character is considered an alive
|
yading@10
|
9300 cell, a newline will terminate the row, and further characters in the
|
yading@10
|
9301 file will be ignored.
|
yading@10
|
9302
|
yading@10
|
9303
|
yading@10
|
9304 =item B<pattern, p>
|
yading@10
|
9305
|
yading@10
|
9306 Read the initial cellular automaton state, i.e. the starting row, from
|
yading@10
|
9307 the specified string.
|
yading@10
|
9308
|
yading@10
|
9309 Each non-whitespace character in the string is considered an alive
|
yading@10
|
9310 cell, a newline will terminate the row, and further characters in the
|
yading@10
|
9311 string will be ignored.
|
yading@10
|
9312
|
yading@10
|
9313
|
yading@10
|
9314 =item B<rate, r>
|
yading@10
|
9315
|
yading@10
|
9316 Set the video rate, that is the number of frames generated per second.
|
yading@10
|
9317 Default is 25.
|
yading@10
|
9318
|
yading@10
|
9319
|
yading@10
|
9320 =item B<random_fill_ratio, ratio>
|
yading@10
|
9321
|
yading@10
|
9322 Set the random fill ratio for the initial cellular automaton row. It
|
yading@10
|
9323 is a floating point number value ranging from 0 to 1, defaults to
|
yading@10
|
9324 1/PHI.
|
yading@10
|
9325
|
yading@10
|
9326 This option is ignored when a file or a pattern is specified.
|
yading@10
|
9327
|
yading@10
|
9328
|
yading@10
|
9329 =item B<random_seed, seed>
|
yading@10
|
9330
|
yading@10
|
9331 Set the seed for filling randomly the initial row, must be an integer
|
yading@10
|
9332 included between 0 and UINT32_MAX. If not specified, or if explicitly
|
yading@10
|
9333 set to -1, the filter will try to use a good random seed on a best
|
yading@10
|
9334 effort basis.
|
yading@10
|
9335
|
yading@10
|
9336
|
yading@10
|
9337 =item B<rule>
|
yading@10
|
9338
|
yading@10
|
9339 Set the cellular automaton rule, it is a number ranging from 0 to 255.
|
yading@10
|
9340 Default value is 110.
|
yading@10
|
9341
|
yading@10
|
9342
|
yading@10
|
9343 =item B<size, s>
|
yading@10
|
9344
|
yading@10
|
9345 Set the size of the output video.
|
yading@10
|
9346
|
yading@10
|
9347 If B<filename> or B<pattern> is specified, the size is set
|
yading@10
|
9348 by default to the width of the specified initial state row, and the
|
yading@10
|
9349 height is set to I<width> * PHI.
|
yading@10
|
9350
|
yading@10
|
9351 If B<size> is set, it must contain the width of the specified
|
yading@10
|
9352 pattern string, and the specified pattern will be centered in the
|
yading@10
|
9353 larger row.
|
yading@10
|
9354
|
yading@10
|
9355 If a filename or a pattern string is not specified, the size value
|
yading@10
|
9356 defaults to "320x518" (used for a randomly generated initial state).
|
yading@10
|
9357
|
yading@10
|
9358
|
yading@10
|
9359 =item B<scroll>
|
yading@10
|
9360
|
yading@10
|
9361 If set to 1, scroll the output upward when all the rows in the output
|
yading@10
|
9362 have been already filled. If set to 0, the new generated row will be
|
yading@10
|
9363 written over the top row just after the bottom row is filled.
|
yading@10
|
9364 Defaults to 1.
|
yading@10
|
9365
|
yading@10
|
9366
|
yading@10
|
9367 =item B<start_full, full>
|
yading@10
|
9368
|
yading@10
|
9369 If set to 1, completely fill the output with generated rows before
|
yading@10
|
9370 outputting the first frame.
|
yading@10
|
9371 This is the default behavior, for disabling set the value to 0.
|
yading@10
|
9372
|
yading@10
|
9373
|
yading@10
|
9374 =item B<stitch>
|
yading@10
|
9375
|
yading@10
|
9376 If set to 1, stitch the left and right row edges together.
|
yading@10
|
9377 This is the default behavior, for disabling set the value to 0.
|
yading@10
|
9378
|
yading@10
|
9379 =back
|
yading@10
|
9380
|
yading@10
|
9381
|
yading@10
|
9382
|
yading@10
|
9383 =head3 Examples
|
yading@10
|
9384
|
yading@10
|
9385
|
yading@10
|
9386
|
yading@10
|
9387 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
9388
|
yading@10
|
9389
|
yading@10
|
9390 =item *
|
yading@10
|
9391
|
yading@10
|
9392 Read the initial state from F<pattern>, and specify an output of
|
yading@10
|
9393 size 200x400.
|
yading@10
|
9394
|
yading@10
|
9395 cellauto=f=pattern:s=200x400
|
yading@10
|
9396
|
yading@10
|
9397
|
yading@10
|
9398
|
yading@10
|
9399 =item *
|
yading@10
|
9400
|
yading@10
|
9401 Generate a random initial row with a width of 200 cells, with a fill
|
yading@10
|
9402 ratio of 2/3:
|
yading@10
|
9403
|
yading@10
|
9404 cellauto=ratio=2/3:s=200x200
|
yading@10
|
9405
|
yading@10
|
9406
|
yading@10
|
9407
|
yading@10
|
9408 =item *
|
yading@10
|
9409
|
yading@10
|
9410 Create a pattern generated by rule 18 starting by a single alive cell
|
yading@10
|
9411 centered on an initial row with width 100:
|
yading@10
|
9412
|
yading@10
|
9413 cellauto=p=@s=100x400:full=0:rule=18
|
yading@10
|
9414
|
yading@10
|
9415
|
yading@10
|
9416
|
yading@10
|
9417 =item *
|
yading@10
|
9418
|
yading@10
|
9419 Specify a more elaborated initial pattern:
|
yading@10
|
9420
|
yading@10
|
9421 cellauto=p='@@ @ @@':s=100x400:full=0:rule=18
|
yading@10
|
9422
|
yading@10
|
9423
|
yading@10
|
9424
|
yading@10
|
9425 =back
|
yading@10
|
9426
|
yading@10
|
9427
|
yading@10
|
9428
|
yading@10
|
9429 =head2 mandelbrot
|
yading@10
|
9430
|
yading@10
|
9431
|
yading@10
|
9432 Generate a Mandelbrot set fractal, and progressively zoom towards the
|
yading@10
|
9433 point specified with I<start_x> and I<start_y>.
|
yading@10
|
9434
|
yading@10
|
9435 This source accepts the following options:
|
yading@10
|
9436
|
yading@10
|
9437
|
yading@10
|
9438 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
9439
|
yading@10
|
9440
|
yading@10
|
9441
|
yading@10
|
9442 =item B<end_pts>
|
yading@10
|
9443
|
yading@10
|
9444 Set the terminal pts value. Default value is 400.
|
yading@10
|
9445
|
yading@10
|
9446
|
yading@10
|
9447 =item B<end_scale>
|
yading@10
|
9448
|
yading@10
|
9449 Set the terminal scale value.
|
yading@10
|
9450 Must be a floating point value. Default value is 0.3.
|
yading@10
|
9451
|
yading@10
|
9452
|
yading@10
|
9453 =item B<inner>
|
yading@10
|
9454
|
yading@10
|
9455 Set the inner coloring mode, that is the algorithm used to draw the
|
yading@10
|
9456 Mandelbrot fractal internal region.
|
yading@10
|
9457
|
yading@10
|
9458 It shall assume one of the following values:
|
yading@10
|
9459
|
yading@10
|
9460 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
9461
|
yading@10
|
9462
|
yading@10
|
9463 =item B<black>
|
yading@10
|
9464
|
yading@10
|
9465 Set black mode.
|
yading@10
|
9466
|
yading@10
|
9467 =item B<convergence>
|
yading@10
|
9468
|
yading@10
|
9469 Show time until convergence.
|
yading@10
|
9470
|
yading@10
|
9471 =item B<mincol>
|
yading@10
|
9472
|
yading@10
|
9473 Set color based on point closest to the origin of the iterations.
|
yading@10
|
9474
|
yading@10
|
9475 =item B<period>
|
yading@10
|
9476
|
yading@10
|
9477 Set period mode.
|
yading@10
|
9478
|
yading@10
|
9479 =back
|
yading@10
|
9480
|
yading@10
|
9481
|
yading@10
|
9482 Default value is I<mincol>.
|
yading@10
|
9483
|
yading@10
|
9484
|
yading@10
|
9485 =item B<bailout>
|
yading@10
|
9486
|
yading@10
|
9487 Set the bailout value. Default value is 10.0.
|
yading@10
|
9488
|
yading@10
|
9489
|
yading@10
|
9490 =item B<maxiter>
|
yading@10
|
9491
|
yading@10
|
9492 Set the maximum of iterations performed by the rendering
|
yading@10
|
9493 algorithm. Default value is 7189.
|
yading@10
|
9494
|
yading@10
|
9495
|
yading@10
|
9496 =item B<outer>
|
yading@10
|
9497
|
yading@10
|
9498 Set outer coloring mode.
|
yading@10
|
9499 It shall assume one of following values:
|
yading@10
|
9500
|
yading@10
|
9501 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
9502
|
yading@10
|
9503
|
yading@10
|
9504 =item B<iteration_count>
|
yading@10
|
9505
|
yading@10
|
9506 Set iteration cound mode.
|
yading@10
|
9507
|
yading@10
|
9508 =item B<normalized_iteration_count>
|
yading@10
|
9509
|
yading@10
|
9510 set normalized iteration count mode.
|
yading@10
|
9511
|
yading@10
|
9512 =back
|
yading@10
|
9513
|
yading@10
|
9514 Default value is I<normalized_iteration_count>.
|
yading@10
|
9515
|
yading@10
|
9516
|
yading@10
|
9517 =item B<rate, r>
|
yading@10
|
9518
|
yading@10
|
9519 Set frame rate, expressed as number of frames per second. Default
|
yading@10
|
9520 value is "25".
|
yading@10
|
9521
|
yading@10
|
9522
|
yading@10
|
9523 =item B<size, s>
|
yading@10
|
9524
|
yading@10
|
9525 Set frame size. Default value is "640x480".
|
yading@10
|
9526
|
yading@10
|
9527
|
yading@10
|
9528 =item B<start_scale>
|
yading@10
|
9529
|
yading@10
|
9530 Set the initial scale value. Default value is 3.0.
|
yading@10
|
9531
|
yading@10
|
9532
|
yading@10
|
9533 =item B<start_x>
|
yading@10
|
9534
|
yading@10
|
9535 Set the initial x position. Must be a floating point value between
|
yading@10
|
9536 -100 and 100. Default value is -0.743643887037158704752191506114774.
|
yading@10
|
9537
|
yading@10
|
9538
|
yading@10
|
9539 =item B<start_y>
|
yading@10
|
9540
|
yading@10
|
9541 Set the initial y position. Must be a floating point value between
|
yading@10
|
9542 -100 and 100. Default value is -0.131825904205311970493132056385139.
|
yading@10
|
9543
|
yading@10
|
9544 =back
|
yading@10
|
9545
|
yading@10
|
9546
|
yading@10
|
9547
|
yading@10
|
9548 =head2 mptestsrc
|
yading@10
|
9549
|
yading@10
|
9550
|
yading@10
|
9551 Generate various test patterns, as generated by the MPlayer test filter.
|
yading@10
|
9552
|
yading@10
|
9553 The size of the generated video is fixed, and is 256x256.
|
yading@10
|
9554 This source is useful in particular for testing encoding features.
|
yading@10
|
9555
|
yading@10
|
9556 This source accepts the following options:
|
yading@10
|
9557
|
yading@10
|
9558
|
yading@10
|
9559 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
9560
|
yading@10
|
9561
|
yading@10
|
9562
|
yading@10
|
9563 =item B<rate, r>
|
yading@10
|
9564
|
yading@10
|
9565 Specify the frame rate of the sourced video, as the number of frames
|
yading@10
|
9566 generated per second. It has to be a string in the format
|
yading@10
|
9567 I<frame_rate_num>/I<frame_rate_den>, an integer number, a float
|
yading@10
|
9568 number or a valid video frame rate abbreviation. The default value is
|
yading@10
|
9569 "25".
|
yading@10
|
9570
|
yading@10
|
9571
|
yading@10
|
9572 =item B<duration, d>
|
yading@10
|
9573
|
yading@10
|
9574 Set the video duration of the sourced video. The accepted syntax is:
|
yading@10
|
9575
|
yading@10
|
9576 [-]HH:MM:SS[.m...]
|
yading@10
|
9577 [-]S+[.m...]
|
yading@10
|
9578
|
yading@10
|
9579 See also the function C<av_parse_time()>.
|
yading@10
|
9580
|
yading@10
|
9581 If not specified, or the expressed duration is negative, the video is
|
yading@10
|
9582 supposed to be generated forever.
|
yading@10
|
9583
|
yading@10
|
9584
|
yading@10
|
9585 =item B<test, t>
|
yading@10
|
9586
|
yading@10
|
9587
|
yading@10
|
9588 Set the number or the name of the test to perform. Supported tests are:
|
yading@10
|
9589
|
yading@10
|
9590 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
9591
|
yading@10
|
9592
|
yading@10
|
9593 =item B<dc_luma>
|
yading@10
|
9594
|
yading@10
|
9595
|
yading@10
|
9596 =item B<dc_chroma>
|
yading@10
|
9597
|
yading@10
|
9598
|
yading@10
|
9599 =item B<freq_luma>
|
yading@10
|
9600
|
yading@10
|
9601
|
yading@10
|
9602 =item B<freq_chroma>
|
yading@10
|
9603
|
yading@10
|
9604
|
yading@10
|
9605 =item B<amp_luma>
|
yading@10
|
9606
|
yading@10
|
9607
|
yading@10
|
9608 =item B<amp_chroma>
|
yading@10
|
9609
|
yading@10
|
9610
|
yading@10
|
9611 =item B<cbp>
|
yading@10
|
9612
|
yading@10
|
9613
|
yading@10
|
9614 =item B<mv>
|
yading@10
|
9615
|
yading@10
|
9616
|
yading@10
|
9617 =item B<ring1>
|
yading@10
|
9618
|
yading@10
|
9619
|
yading@10
|
9620 =item B<ring2>
|
yading@10
|
9621
|
yading@10
|
9622
|
yading@10
|
9623 =item B<all>
|
yading@10
|
9624
|
yading@10
|
9625
|
yading@10
|
9626 =back
|
yading@10
|
9627
|
yading@10
|
9628
|
yading@10
|
9629 Default value is "all", which will cycle through the list of all tests.
|
yading@10
|
9630
|
yading@10
|
9631 =back
|
yading@10
|
9632
|
yading@10
|
9633
|
yading@10
|
9634 For example the following:
|
yading@10
|
9635
|
yading@10
|
9636 testsrc=t=dc_luma
|
yading@10
|
9637
|
yading@10
|
9638
|
yading@10
|
9639 will generate a "dc_luma" test pattern.
|
yading@10
|
9640
|
yading@10
|
9641
|
yading@10
|
9642 =head2 frei0r_src
|
yading@10
|
9643
|
yading@10
|
9644
|
yading@10
|
9645 Provide a frei0r source.
|
yading@10
|
9646
|
yading@10
|
9647 To enable compilation of this filter you need to install the frei0r
|
yading@10
|
9648 header and configure FFmpeg with C<--enable-frei0r>.
|
yading@10
|
9649
|
yading@10
|
9650 This source accepts the following options:
|
yading@10
|
9651
|
yading@10
|
9652
|
yading@10
|
9653 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
9654
|
yading@10
|
9655
|
yading@10
|
9656
|
yading@10
|
9657 =item B<size>
|
yading@10
|
9658
|
yading@10
|
9659 The size of the video to generate, may be a string of the form
|
yading@10
|
9660 I<width>xI<height> or a frame size abbreviation.
|
yading@10
|
9661
|
yading@10
|
9662
|
yading@10
|
9663 =item B<framerate>
|
yading@10
|
9664
|
yading@10
|
9665 Framerate of the generated video, may be a string of the form
|
yading@10
|
9666 I<num>/I<den> or a frame rate abbreviation.
|
yading@10
|
9667
|
yading@10
|
9668
|
yading@10
|
9669 =item B<filter_name>
|
yading@10
|
9670
|
yading@10
|
9671 The name to the frei0r source to load. For more information regarding frei0r and
|
yading@10
|
9672 how to set the parameters read the section frei0r in the description of
|
yading@10
|
9673 the video filters.
|
yading@10
|
9674
|
yading@10
|
9675
|
yading@10
|
9676 =item B<filter_params>
|
yading@10
|
9677
|
yading@10
|
9678 A '|'-separated list of parameters to pass to the frei0r source.
|
yading@10
|
9679
|
yading@10
|
9680
|
yading@10
|
9681 =back
|
yading@10
|
9682
|
yading@10
|
9683
|
yading@10
|
9684 For example, to generate a frei0r partik0l source with size 200x200
|
yading@10
|
9685 and frame rate 10 which is overlayed on the overlay filter main input:
|
yading@10
|
9686
|
yading@10
|
9687 frei0r_src=size=200x200:framerate=10:filter_name=partik0l:filter_params=1234 [overlay]; [in][overlay] overlay
|
yading@10
|
9688
|
yading@10
|
9689
|
yading@10
|
9690
|
yading@10
|
9691 =head2 life
|
yading@10
|
9692
|
yading@10
|
9693
|
yading@10
|
9694 Generate a life pattern.
|
yading@10
|
9695
|
yading@10
|
9696 This source is based on a generalization of John Conway's life game.
|
yading@10
|
9697
|
yading@10
|
9698 The sourced input represents a life grid, each pixel represents a cell
|
yading@10
|
9699 which can be in one of two possible states, alive or dead. Every cell
|
yading@10
|
9700 interacts with its eight neighbours, which are the cells that are
|
yading@10
|
9701 horizontally, vertically, or diagonally adjacent.
|
yading@10
|
9702
|
yading@10
|
9703 At each interaction the grid evolves according to the adopted rule,
|
yading@10
|
9704 which specifies the number of neighbor alive cells which will make a
|
yading@10
|
9705 cell stay alive or born. The B<rule> option allows to specify
|
yading@10
|
9706 the rule to adopt.
|
yading@10
|
9707
|
yading@10
|
9708 This source accepts the following options:
|
yading@10
|
9709
|
yading@10
|
9710
|
yading@10
|
9711 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
9712
|
yading@10
|
9713
|
yading@10
|
9714 =item B<filename, f>
|
yading@10
|
9715
|
yading@10
|
9716 Set the file from which to read the initial grid state. In the file,
|
yading@10
|
9717 each non-whitespace character is considered an alive cell, and newline
|
yading@10
|
9718 is used to delimit the end of each row.
|
yading@10
|
9719
|
yading@10
|
9720 If this option is not specified, the initial grid is generated
|
yading@10
|
9721 randomly.
|
yading@10
|
9722
|
yading@10
|
9723
|
yading@10
|
9724 =item B<rate, r>
|
yading@10
|
9725
|
yading@10
|
9726 Set the video rate, that is the number of frames generated per second.
|
yading@10
|
9727 Default is 25.
|
yading@10
|
9728
|
yading@10
|
9729
|
yading@10
|
9730 =item B<random_fill_ratio, ratio>
|
yading@10
|
9731
|
yading@10
|
9732 Set the random fill ratio for the initial random grid. It is a
|
yading@10
|
9733 floating point number value ranging from 0 to 1, defaults to 1/PHI.
|
yading@10
|
9734 It is ignored when a file is specified.
|
yading@10
|
9735
|
yading@10
|
9736
|
yading@10
|
9737 =item B<random_seed, seed>
|
yading@10
|
9738
|
yading@10
|
9739 Set the seed for filling the initial random grid, must be an integer
|
yading@10
|
9740 included between 0 and UINT32_MAX. If not specified, or if explicitly
|
yading@10
|
9741 set to -1, the filter will try to use a good random seed on a best
|
yading@10
|
9742 effort basis.
|
yading@10
|
9743
|
yading@10
|
9744
|
yading@10
|
9745 =item B<rule>
|
yading@10
|
9746
|
yading@10
|
9747 Set the life rule.
|
yading@10
|
9748
|
yading@10
|
9749 A rule can be specified with a code of the kind "SI<NS>/BI<NB>",
|
yading@10
|
9750 where I<NS> and I<NB> are sequences of numbers in the range 0-8,
|
yading@10
|
9751 I<NS> specifies the number of alive neighbor cells which make a
|
yading@10
|
9752 live cell stay alive, and I<NB> the number of alive neighbor cells
|
yading@10
|
9753 which make a dead cell to become alive (i.e. to "born").
|
yading@10
|
9754 "s" and "b" can be used in place of "S" and "B", respectively.
|
yading@10
|
9755
|
yading@10
|
9756 Alternatively a rule can be specified by an 18-bits integer. The 9
|
yading@10
|
9757 high order bits are used to encode the next cell state if it is alive
|
yading@10
|
9758 for each number of neighbor alive cells, the low order bits specify
|
yading@10
|
9759 the rule for "borning" new cells. Higher order bits encode for an
|
yading@10
|
9760 higher number of neighbor cells.
|
yading@10
|
9761 For example the number 6153 = C<(12E<lt>E<lt>9)+9> specifies a stay alive
|
yading@10
|
9762 rule of 12 and a born rule of 9, which corresponds to "S23/B03".
|
yading@10
|
9763
|
yading@10
|
9764 Default value is "S23/B3", which is the original Conway's game of life
|
yading@10
|
9765 rule, and will keep a cell alive if it has 2 or 3 neighbor alive
|
yading@10
|
9766 cells, and will born a new cell if there are three alive cells around
|
yading@10
|
9767 a dead cell.
|
yading@10
|
9768
|
yading@10
|
9769
|
yading@10
|
9770 =item B<size, s>
|
yading@10
|
9771
|
yading@10
|
9772 Set the size of the output video.
|
yading@10
|
9773
|
yading@10
|
9774 If B<filename> is specified, the size is set by default to the
|
yading@10
|
9775 same size of the input file. If B<size> is set, it must contain
|
yading@10
|
9776 the size specified in the input file, and the initial grid defined in
|
yading@10
|
9777 that file is centered in the larger resulting area.
|
yading@10
|
9778
|
yading@10
|
9779 If a filename is not specified, the size value defaults to "320x240"
|
yading@10
|
9780 (used for a randomly generated initial grid).
|
yading@10
|
9781
|
yading@10
|
9782
|
yading@10
|
9783 =item B<stitch>
|
yading@10
|
9784
|
yading@10
|
9785 If set to 1, stitch the left and right grid edges together, and the
|
yading@10
|
9786 top and bottom edges also. Defaults to 1.
|
yading@10
|
9787
|
yading@10
|
9788
|
yading@10
|
9789 =item B<mold>
|
yading@10
|
9790
|
yading@10
|
9791 Set cell mold speed. If set, a dead cell will go from B<death_color> to
|
yading@10
|
9792 B<mold_color> with a step of B<mold>. B<mold> can have a
|
yading@10
|
9793 value from 0 to 255.
|
yading@10
|
9794
|
yading@10
|
9795
|
yading@10
|
9796 =item B<life_color>
|
yading@10
|
9797
|
yading@10
|
9798 Set the color of living (or new born) cells.
|
yading@10
|
9799
|
yading@10
|
9800
|
yading@10
|
9801 =item B<death_color>
|
yading@10
|
9802
|
yading@10
|
9803 Set the color of dead cells. If B<mold> is set, this is the first color
|
yading@10
|
9804 used to represent a dead cell.
|
yading@10
|
9805
|
yading@10
|
9806
|
yading@10
|
9807 =item B<mold_color>
|
yading@10
|
9808
|
yading@10
|
9809 Set mold color, for definitely dead and moldy cells.
|
yading@10
|
9810
|
yading@10
|
9811 =back
|
yading@10
|
9812
|
yading@10
|
9813
|
yading@10
|
9814
|
yading@10
|
9815 =head3 Examples
|
yading@10
|
9816
|
yading@10
|
9817
|
yading@10
|
9818
|
yading@10
|
9819 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
9820
|
yading@10
|
9821
|
yading@10
|
9822 =item *
|
yading@10
|
9823
|
yading@10
|
9824 Read a grid from F<pattern>, and center it on a grid of size
|
yading@10
|
9825 300x300 pixels:
|
yading@10
|
9826
|
yading@10
|
9827 life=f=pattern:s=300x300
|
yading@10
|
9828
|
yading@10
|
9829
|
yading@10
|
9830
|
yading@10
|
9831 =item *
|
yading@10
|
9832
|
yading@10
|
9833 Generate a random grid of size 200x200, with a fill ratio of 2/3:
|
yading@10
|
9834
|
yading@10
|
9835 life=ratio=2/3:s=200x200
|
yading@10
|
9836
|
yading@10
|
9837
|
yading@10
|
9838
|
yading@10
|
9839 =item *
|
yading@10
|
9840
|
yading@10
|
9841 Specify a custom rule for evolving a randomly generated grid:
|
yading@10
|
9842
|
yading@10
|
9843 life=rule=S14/B34
|
yading@10
|
9844
|
yading@10
|
9845
|
yading@10
|
9846
|
yading@10
|
9847 =item *
|
yading@10
|
9848
|
yading@10
|
9849 Full example with slow death effect (mold) using B<ffplay>:
|
yading@10
|
9850
|
yading@10
|
9851 ffplay -f lavfi life=s=300x200:mold=10:r=60:ratio=0.1:death_color=#C83232:life_color=#00ff00,scale=1200:800:flags=16
|
yading@10
|
9852
|
yading@10
|
9853
|
yading@10
|
9854 =back
|
yading@10
|
9855
|
yading@10
|
9856
|
yading@10
|
9857
|
yading@10
|
9858 =head2 color, nullsrc, rgbtestsrc, smptebars, smptehdbars, testsrc
|
yading@10
|
9859
|
yading@10
|
9860
|
yading@10
|
9861 The C<color> source provides an uniformly colored input.
|
yading@10
|
9862
|
yading@10
|
9863 The C<nullsrc> source returns unprocessed video frames. It is
|
yading@10
|
9864 mainly useful to be employed in analysis / debugging tools, or as the
|
yading@10
|
9865 source for filters which ignore the input data.
|
yading@10
|
9866
|
yading@10
|
9867 The C<rgbtestsrc> source generates an RGB test pattern useful for
|
yading@10
|
9868 detecting RGB vs BGR issues. You should see a red, green and blue
|
yading@10
|
9869 stripe from top to bottom.
|
yading@10
|
9870
|
yading@10
|
9871 The C<smptebars> source generates a color bars pattern, based on
|
yading@10
|
9872 the SMPTE Engineering Guideline EG 1-1990.
|
yading@10
|
9873
|
yading@10
|
9874 The C<smptehdbars> source generates a color bars pattern, based on
|
yading@10
|
9875 the SMPTE RP 219-2002.
|
yading@10
|
9876
|
yading@10
|
9877 The C<testsrc> source generates a test video pattern, showing a
|
yading@10
|
9878 color pattern, a scrolling gradient and a timestamp. This is mainly
|
yading@10
|
9879 intended for testing purposes.
|
yading@10
|
9880
|
yading@10
|
9881 The sources accept the following options:
|
yading@10
|
9882
|
yading@10
|
9883
|
yading@10
|
9884 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
9885
|
yading@10
|
9886
|
yading@10
|
9887
|
yading@10
|
9888 =item B<color, c>
|
yading@10
|
9889
|
yading@10
|
9890 Specify the color of the source, only used in the C<color>
|
yading@10
|
9891 source. It can be the name of a color (case insensitive match) or a
|
yading@10
|
9892 0xRRGGBB[AA] sequence, possibly followed by an alpha specifier. The
|
yading@10
|
9893 default value is "black".
|
yading@10
|
9894
|
yading@10
|
9895
|
yading@10
|
9896 =item B<size, s>
|
yading@10
|
9897
|
yading@10
|
9898 Specify the size of the sourced video, it may be a string of the form
|
yading@10
|
9899 I<width>xI<height>, or the name of a size abbreviation. The
|
yading@10
|
9900 default value is "320x240".
|
yading@10
|
9901
|
yading@10
|
9902
|
yading@10
|
9903 =item B<rate, r>
|
yading@10
|
9904
|
yading@10
|
9905 Specify the frame rate of the sourced video, as the number of frames
|
yading@10
|
9906 generated per second. It has to be a string in the format
|
yading@10
|
9907 I<frame_rate_num>/I<frame_rate_den>, an integer number, a float
|
yading@10
|
9908 number or a valid video frame rate abbreviation. The default value is
|
yading@10
|
9909 "25".
|
yading@10
|
9910
|
yading@10
|
9911
|
yading@10
|
9912 =item B<sar>
|
yading@10
|
9913
|
yading@10
|
9914 Set the sample aspect ratio of the sourced video.
|
yading@10
|
9915
|
yading@10
|
9916
|
yading@10
|
9917 =item B<duration, d>
|
yading@10
|
9918
|
yading@10
|
9919 Set the video duration of the sourced video. The accepted syntax is:
|
yading@10
|
9920
|
yading@10
|
9921 [-]HH[:MM[:SS[.m...]]]
|
yading@10
|
9922 [-]S+[.m...]
|
yading@10
|
9923
|
yading@10
|
9924 See also the function C<av_parse_time()>.
|
yading@10
|
9925
|
yading@10
|
9926 If not specified, or the expressed duration is negative, the video is
|
yading@10
|
9927 supposed to be generated forever.
|
yading@10
|
9928
|
yading@10
|
9929
|
yading@10
|
9930 =item B<decimals, n>
|
yading@10
|
9931
|
yading@10
|
9932 Set the number of decimals to show in the timestamp, only used in the
|
yading@10
|
9933 C<testsrc> source.
|
yading@10
|
9934
|
yading@10
|
9935 The displayed timestamp value will correspond to the original
|
yading@10
|
9936 timestamp value multiplied by the power of 10 of the specified
|
yading@10
|
9937 value. Default value is 0.
|
yading@10
|
9938
|
yading@10
|
9939 =back
|
yading@10
|
9940
|
yading@10
|
9941
|
yading@10
|
9942 For example the following:
|
yading@10
|
9943
|
yading@10
|
9944 testsrc=duration=5.3:size=qcif:rate=10
|
yading@10
|
9945
|
yading@10
|
9946
|
yading@10
|
9947 will generate a video with a duration of 5.3 seconds, with size
|
yading@10
|
9948 176x144 and a frame rate of 10 frames per second.
|
yading@10
|
9949
|
yading@10
|
9950 The following graph description will generate a red source
|
yading@10
|
9951 with an opacity of 0.2, with size "qcif" and a frame rate of 10
|
yading@10
|
9952 frames per second.
|
yading@10
|
9953
|
yading@10
|
9954 color=c=red@0.2:s=qcif:r=10
|
yading@10
|
9955
|
yading@10
|
9956
|
yading@10
|
9957 If the input content is to be ignored, C<nullsrc> can be used. The
|
yading@10
|
9958 following command generates noise in the luminance plane by employing
|
yading@10
|
9959 the C<geq> filter:
|
yading@10
|
9960
|
yading@10
|
9961 nullsrc=s=256x256, geq=random(1)*255:128:128
|
yading@10
|
9962
|
yading@10
|
9963
|
yading@10
|
9964
|
yading@10
|
9965
|
yading@10
|
9966 =head1 VIDEO SINKS
|
yading@10
|
9967
|
yading@10
|
9968
|
yading@10
|
9969 Below is a description of the currently available video sinks.
|
yading@10
|
9970
|
yading@10
|
9971
|
yading@10
|
9972 =head2 buffersink
|
yading@10
|
9973
|
yading@10
|
9974
|
yading@10
|
9975 Buffer video frames, and make them available to the end of the filter
|
yading@10
|
9976 graph.
|
yading@10
|
9977
|
yading@10
|
9978 This sink is mainly intended for a programmatic use, in particular
|
yading@10
|
9979 through the interface defined in F<libavfilter/buffersink.h>
|
yading@10
|
9980 or the options system.
|
yading@10
|
9981
|
yading@10
|
9982 It accepts a pointer to an AVBufferSinkContext structure, which
|
yading@10
|
9983 defines the incoming buffers' formats, to be passed as the opaque
|
yading@10
|
9984 parameter to C<avfilter_init_filter> for initialization.
|
yading@10
|
9985
|
yading@10
|
9986
|
yading@10
|
9987 =head2 nullsink
|
yading@10
|
9988
|
yading@10
|
9989
|
yading@10
|
9990 Null video sink, do absolutely nothing with the input video. It is
|
yading@10
|
9991 mainly useful as a template and to be employed in analysis / debugging
|
yading@10
|
9992 tools.
|
yading@10
|
9993
|
yading@10
|
9994
|
yading@10
|
9995
|
yading@10
|
9996 =head1 MULTIMEDIA FILTERS
|
yading@10
|
9997
|
yading@10
|
9998
|
yading@10
|
9999 Below is a description of the currently available multimedia filters.
|
yading@10
|
10000
|
yading@10
|
10001
|
yading@10
|
10002 =head2 aperms, perms
|
yading@10
|
10003
|
yading@10
|
10004
|
yading@10
|
10005 Set read/write permissions for the output frames.
|
yading@10
|
10006
|
yading@10
|
10007 These filters are mainly aimed at developers to test direct path in the
|
yading@10
|
10008 following filter in the filtergraph.
|
yading@10
|
10009
|
yading@10
|
10010 The filters accept the following options:
|
yading@10
|
10011
|
yading@10
|
10012
|
yading@10
|
10013 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
10014
|
yading@10
|
10015
|
yading@10
|
10016 =item B<mode>
|
yading@10
|
10017
|
yading@10
|
10018 Select the permissions mode.
|
yading@10
|
10019
|
yading@10
|
10020 It accepts the following values:
|
yading@10
|
10021
|
yading@10
|
10022 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
10023
|
yading@10
|
10024
|
yading@10
|
10025 =item B<none>
|
yading@10
|
10026
|
yading@10
|
10027 Do nothing. This is the default.
|
yading@10
|
10028
|
yading@10
|
10029 =item B<ro>
|
yading@10
|
10030
|
yading@10
|
10031 Set all the output frames read-only.
|
yading@10
|
10032
|
yading@10
|
10033 =item B<rw>
|
yading@10
|
10034
|
yading@10
|
10035 Set all the output frames directly writable.
|
yading@10
|
10036
|
yading@10
|
10037 =item B<toggle>
|
yading@10
|
10038
|
yading@10
|
10039 Make the frame read-only if writable, and writable if read-only.
|
yading@10
|
10040
|
yading@10
|
10041 =item B<random>
|
yading@10
|
10042
|
yading@10
|
10043 Set each output frame read-only or writable randomly.
|
yading@10
|
10044
|
yading@10
|
10045 =back
|
yading@10
|
10046
|
yading@10
|
10047
|
yading@10
|
10048
|
yading@10
|
10049 =item B<seed>
|
yading@10
|
10050
|
yading@10
|
10051 Set the seed for the I<random> mode, must be an integer included between
|
yading@10
|
10052 C<0> and C<UINT32_MAX>. If not specified, or if explicitly set to
|
yading@10
|
10053 C<-1>, the filter will try to use a good random seed on a best effort
|
yading@10
|
10054 basis.
|
yading@10
|
10055
|
yading@10
|
10056 =back
|
yading@10
|
10057
|
yading@10
|
10058
|
yading@10
|
10059 Note: in case of auto-inserted filter between the permission filter and the
|
yading@10
|
10060 following one, the permission might not be received as expected in that
|
yading@10
|
10061 following filter. Inserting a format or aformat filter before the
|
yading@10
|
10062 perms/aperms filter can avoid this problem.
|
yading@10
|
10063
|
yading@10
|
10064
|
yading@10
|
10065 =head2 aselect, select
|
yading@10
|
10066
|
yading@10
|
10067 Select frames to pass in output.
|
yading@10
|
10068
|
yading@10
|
10069 This filter accepts the following options:
|
yading@10
|
10070
|
yading@10
|
10071
|
yading@10
|
10072 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
10073
|
yading@10
|
10074
|
yading@10
|
10075
|
yading@10
|
10076 =item B<expr, e>
|
yading@10
|
10077
|
yading@10
|
10078 Set expression, which is evaluated for each input frame.
|
yading@10
|
10079
|
yading@10
|
10080 If the expression is evaluated to zero, the frame is discarded.
|
yading@10
|
10081
|
yading@10
|
10082 If the evaluation result is negative or NaN, the frame is sent to the
|
yading@10
|
10083 first output; otherwise it is sent to the output with index
|
yading@10
|
10084 C<ceil(val)-1>, assuming that the input index starts from 0.
|
yading@10
|
10085
|
yading@10
|
10086 For example a value of C<1.2> corresponds to the output with index
|
yading@10
|
10087 C<ceil(1.2)-1 = 2-1 = 1>, that is the second output.
|
yading@10
|
10088
|
yading@10
|
10089
|
yading@10
|
10090 =item B<outputs, n>
|
yading@10
|
10091
|
yading@10
|
10092 Set the number of outputs. The output to which to send the selected
|
yading@10
|
10093 frame is based on the result of the evaluation. Default value is 1.
|
yading@10
|
10094
|
yading@10
|
10095 =back
|
yading@10
|
10096
|
yading@10
|
10097
|
yading@10
|
10098 The expression can contain the following constants:
|
yading@10
|
10099
|
yading@10
|
10100
|
yading@10
|
10101 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
10102
|
yading@10
|
10103
|
yading@10
|
10104 =item B<n>
|
yading@10
|
10105
|
yading@10
|
10106 the sequential number of the filtered frame, starting from 0
|
yading@10
|
10107
|
yading@10
|
10108
|
yading@10
|
10109 =item B<selected_n>
|
yading@10
|
10110
|
yading@10
|
10111 the sequential number of the selected frame, starting from 0
|
yading@10
|
10112
|
yading@10
|
10113
|
yading@10
|
10114 =item B<prev_selected_n>
|
yading@10
|
10115
|
yading@10
|
10116 the sequential number of the last selected frame, NAN if undefined
|
yading@10
|
10117
|
yading@10
|
10118
|
yading@10
|
10119 =item B<TB>
|
yading@10
|
10120
|
yading@10
|
10121 timebase of the input timestamps
|
yading@10
|
10122
|
yading@10
|
10123
|
yading@10
|
10124 =item B<pts>
|
yading@10
|
10125
|
yading@10
|
10126 the PTS (Presentation TimeStamp) of the filtered video frame,
|
yading@10
|
10127 expressed in I<TB> units, NAN if undefined
|
yading@10
|
10128
|
yading@10
|
10129
|
yading@10
|
10130 =item B<t>
|
yading@10
|
10131
|
yading@10
|
10132 the PTS (Presentation TimeStamp) of the filtered video frame,
|
yading@10
|
10133 expressed in seconds, NAN if undefined
|
yading@10
|
10134
|
yading@10
|
10135
|
yading@10
|
10136 =item B<prev_pts>
|
yading@10
|
10137
|
yading@10
|
10138 the PTS of the previously filtered video frame, NAN if undefined
|
yading@10
|
10139
|
yading@10
|
10140
|
yading@10
|
10141 =item B<prev_selected_pts>
|
yading@10
|
10142
|
yading@10
|
10143 the PTS of the last previously filtered video frame, NAN if undefined
|
yading@10
|
10144
|
yading@10
|
10145
|
yading@10
|
10146 =item B<prev_selected_t>
|
yading@10
|
10147
|
yading@10
|
10148 the PTS of the last previously selected video frame, NAN if undefined
|
yading@10
|
10149
|
yading@10
|
10150
|
yading@10
|
10151 =item B<start_pts>
|
yading@10
|
10152
|
yading@10
|
10153 the PTS of the first video frame in the video, NAN if undefined
|
yading@10
|
10154
|
yading@10
|
10155
|
yading@10
|
10156 =item B<start_t>
|
yading@10
|
10157
|
yading@10
|
10158 the time of the first video frame in the video, NAN if undefined
|
yading@10
|
10159
|
yading@10
|
10160
|
yading@10
|
10161 =item B<pict_type> I<(video only)>
|
yading@10
|
10162
|
yading@10
|
10163 the type of the filtered frame, can assume one of the following
|
yading@10
|
10164 values:
|
yading@10
|
10165
|
yading@10
|
10166 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
10167
|
yading@10
|
10168
|
yading@10
|
10169 =item B<I>
|
yading@10
|
10170
|
yading@10
|
10171
|
yading@10
|
10172 =item B<P>
|
yading@10
|
10173
|
yading@10
|
10174
|
yading@10
|
10175 =item B<B>
|
yading@10
|
10176
|
yading@10
|
10177
|
yading@10
|
10178 =item B<S>
|
yading@10
|
10179
|
yading@10
|
10180
|
yading@10
|
10181 =item B<SI>
|
yading@10
|
10182
|
yading@10
|
10183
|
yading@10
|
10184 =item B<SP>
|
yading@10
|
10185
|
yading@10
|
10186
|
yading@10
|
10187 =item B<BI>
|
yading@10
|
10188
|
yading@10
|
10189
|
yading@10
|
10190 =back
|
yading@10
|
10191
|
yading@10
|
10192
|
yading@10
|
10193
|
yading@10
|
10194 =item B<interlace_type> I<(video only)>
|
yading@10
|
10195
|
yading@10
|
10196 the frame interlace type, can assume one of the following values:
|
yading@10
|
10197
|
yading@10
|
10198 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
10199
|
yading@10
|
10200
|
yading@10
|
10201 =item B<PROGRESSIVE>
|
yading@10
|
10202
|
yading@10
|
10203 the frame is progressive (not interlaced)
|
yading@10
|
10204
|
yading@10
|
10205 =item B<TOPFIRST>
|
yading@10
|
10206
|
yading@10
|
10207 the frame is top-field-first
|
yading@10
|
10208
|
yading@10
|
10209 =item B<BOTTOMFIRST>
|
yading@10
|
10210
|
yading@10
|
10211 the frame is bottom-field-first
|
yading@10
|
10212
|
yading@10
|
10213 =back
|
yading@10
|
10214
|
yading@10
|
10215
|
yading@10
|
10216
|
yading@10
|
10217 =item B<consumed_sample_n> I<(audio only)>
|
yading@10
|
10218
|
yading@10
|
10219 the number of selected samples before the current frame
|
yading@10
|
10220
|
yading@10
|
10221
|
yading@10
|
10222 =item B<samples_n> I<(audio only)>
|
yading@10
|
10223
|
yading@10
|
10224 the number of samples in the current frame
|
yading@10
|
10225
|
yading@10
|
10226
|
yading@10
|
10227 =item B<sample_rate> I<(audio only)>
|
yading@10
|
10228
|
yading@10
|
10229 the input sample rate
|
yading@10
|
10230
|
yading@10
|
10231
|
yading@10
|
10232 =item B<key>
|
yading@10
|
10233
|
yading@10
|
10234 1 if the filtered frame is a key-frame, 0 otherwise
|
yading@10
|
10235
|
yading@10
|
10236
|
yading@10
|
10237 =item B<pos>
|
yading@10
|
10238
|
yading@10
|
10239 the position in the file of the filtered frame, -1 if the information
|
yading@10
|
10240 is not available (e.g. for synthetic video)
|
yading@10
|
10241
|
yading@10
|
10242
|
yading@10
|
10243 =item B<scene> I<(video only)>
|
yading@10
|
10244
|
yading@10
|
10245 value between 0 and 1 to indicate a new scene; a low value reflects a low
|
yading@10
|
10246 probability for the current frame to introduce a new scene, while a higher
|
yading@10
|
10247 value means the current frame is more likely to be one (see the example below)
|
yading@10
|
10248
|
yading@10
|
10249
|
yading@10
|
10250 =back
|
yading@10
|
10251
|
yading@10
|
10252
|
yading@10
|
10253 The default value of the select expression is "1".
|
yading@10
|
10254
|
yading@10
|
10255
|
yading@10
|
10256 =head3 Examples
|
yading@10
|
10257
|
yading@10
|
10258
|
yading@10
|
10259
|
yading@10
|
10260 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
10261
|
yading@10
|
10262
|
yading@10
|
10263 =item *
|
yading@10
|
10264
|
yading@10
|
10265 Select all frames in input:
|
yading@10
|
10266
|
yading@10
|
10267 select
|
yading@10
|
10268
|
yading@10
|
10269
|
yading@10
|
10270 The example above is the same as:
|
yading@10
|
10271
|
yading@10
|
10272 select=1
|
yading@10
|
10273
|
yading@10
|
10274
|
yading@10
|
10275
|
yading@10
|
10276 =item *
|
yading@10
|
10277
|
yading@10
|
10278 Skip all frames:
|
yading@10
|
10279
|
yading@10
|
10280 select=0
|
yading@10
|
10281
|
yading@10
|
10282
|
yading@10
|
10283
|
yading@10
|
10284 =item *
|
yading@10
|
10285
|
yading@10
|
10286 Select only I-frames:
|
yading@10
|
10287
|
yading@10
|
10288 select='eq(pict_type\,I)'
|
yading@10
|
10289
|
yading@10
|
10290
|
yading@10
|
10291
|
yading@10
|
10292 =item *
|
yading@10
|
10293
|
yading@10
|
10294 Select one frame every 100:
|
yading@10
|
10295
|
yading@10
|
10296 select='not(mod(n\,100))'
|
yading@10
|
10297
|
yading@10
|
10298
|
yading@10
|
10299
|
yading@10
|
10300 =item *
|
yading@10
|
10301
|
yading@10
|
10302 Select only frames contained in the 10-20 time interval:
|
yading@10
|
10303
|
yading@10
|
10304 select='gte(t\,10)*lte(t\,20)'
|
yading@10
|
10305
|
yading@10
|
10306
|
yading@10
|
10307
|
yading@10
|
10308 =item *
|
yading@10
|
10309
|
yading@10
|
10310 Select only I frames contained in the 10-20 time interval:
|
yading@10
|
10311
|
yading@10
|
10312 select='gte(t\,10)*lte(t\,20)*eq(pict_type\,I)'
|
yading@10
|
10313
|
yading@10
|
10314
|
yading@10
|
10315
|
yading@10
|
10316 =item *
|
yading@10
|
10317
|
yading@10
|
10318 Select frames with a minimum distance of 10 seconds:
|
yading@10
|
10319
|
yading@10
|
10320 select='isnan(prev_selected_t)+gte(t-prev_selected_t\,10)'
|
yading@10
|
10321
|
yading@10
|
10322
|
yading@10
|
10323
|
yading@10
|
10324 =item *
|
yading@10
|
10325
|
yading@10
|
10326 Use aselect to select only audio frames with samples number E<gt> 100:
|
yading@10
|
10327
|
yading@10
|
10328 aselect='gt(samples_n\,100)'
|
yading@10
|
10329
|
yading@10
|
10330
|
yading@10
|
10331
|
yading@10
|
10332 =item *
|
yading@10
|
10333
|
yading@10
|
10334 Create a mosaic of the first scenes:
|
yading@10
|
10335
|
yading@10
|
10336 ffmpeg -i video.avi -vf select='gt(scene\,0.4)',scale=160:120,tile -frames:v 1 preview.png
|
yading@10
|
10337
|
yading@10
|
10338
|
yading@10
|
10339 Comparing I<scene> against a value between 0.3 and 0.5 is generally a sane
|
yading@10
|
10340 choice.
|
yading@10
|
10341
|
yading@10
|
10342
|
yading@10
|
10343 =item *
|
yading@10
|
10344
|
yading@10
|
10345 Send even and odd frames to separate outputs, and compose them:
|
yading@10
|
10346
|
yading@10
|
10347 select=n=2:e='mod(n, 2)+1' [odd][even]; [odd] pad=h=2*ih [tmp]; [tmp][even] overlay=y=h
|
yading@10
|
10348
|
yading@10
|
10349
|
yading@10
|
10350 =back
|
yading@10
|
10351
|
yading@10
|
10352
|
yading@10
|
10353
|
yading@10
|
10354 =head2 asendcmd, sendcmd
|
yading@10
|
10355
|
yading@10
|
10356
|
yading@10
|
10357 Send commands to filters in the filtergraph.
|
yading@10
|
10358
|
yading@10
|
10359 These filters read commands to be sent to other filters in the
|
yading@10
|
10360 filtergraph.
|
yading@10
|
10361
|
yading@10
|
10362 C<asendcmd> must be inserted between two audio filters,
|
yading@10
|
10363 C<sendcmd> must be inserted between two video filters, but apart
|
yading@10
|
10364 from that they act the same way.
|
yading@10
|
10365
|
yading@10
|
10366 The specification of commands can be provided in the filter arguments
|
yading@10
|
10367 with the I<commands> option, or in a file specified by the
|
yading@10
|
10368 I<filename> option.
|
yading@10
|
10369
|
yading@10
|
10370 These filters accept the following options:
|
yading@10
|
10371
|
yading@10
|
10372 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
10373
|
yading@10
|
10374
|
yading@10
|
10375 =item B<commands, c>
|
yading@10
|
10376
|
yading@10
|
10377 Set the commands to be read and sent to the other filters.
|
yading@10
|
10378
|
yading@10
|
10379 =item B<filename, f>
|
yading@10
|
10380
|
yading@10
|
10381 Set the filename of the commands to be read and sent to the other
|
yading@10
|
10382 filters.
|
yading@10
|
10383
|
yading@10
|
10384 =back
|
yading@10
|
10385
|
yading@10
|
10386
|
yading@10
|
10387
|
yading@10
|
10388 =head3 Commands syntax
|
yading@10
|
10389
|
yading@10
|
10390
|
yading@10
|
10391 A commands description consists of a sequence of interval
|
yading@10
|
10392 specifications, comprising a list of commands to be executed when a
|
yading@10
|
10393 particular event related to that interval occurs. The occurring event
|
yading@10
|
10394 is typically the current frame time entering or leaving a given time
|
yading@10
|
10395 interval.
|
yading@10
|
10396
|
yading@10
|
10397 An interval is specified by the following syntax:
|
yading@10
|
10398
|
yading@10
|
10399 <START>[-<END>] <COMMANDS>;
|
yading@10
|
10400
|
yading@10
|
10401
|
yading@10
|
10402 The time interval is specified by the I<START> and I<END> times.
|
yading@10
|
10403 I<END> is optional and defaults to the maximum time.
|
yading@10
|
10404
|
yading@10
|
10405 The current frame time is considered within the specified interval if
|
yading@10
|
10406 it is included in the interval [I<START>, I<END>), that is when
|
yading@10
|
10407 the time is greater or equal to I<START> and is lesser than
|
yading@10
|
10408 I<END>.
|
yading@10
|
10409
|
yading@10
|
10410 I<COMMANDS> consists of a sequence of one or more command
|
yading@10
|
10411 specifications, separated by ",", relating to that interval. The
|
yading@10
|
10412 syntax of a command specification is given by:
|
yading@10
|
10413
|
yading@10
|
10414 [<FLAGS>] <TARGET> <COMMAND> <ARG>
|
yading@10
|
10415
|
yading@10
|
10416
|
yading@10
|
10417 I<FLAGS> is optional and specifies the type of events relating to
|
yading@10
|
10418 the time interval which enable sending the specified command, and must
|
yading@10
|
10419 be a non-null sequence of identifier flags separated by "+" or "|" and
|
yading@10
|
10420 enclosed between "[" and "]".
|
yading@10
|
10421
|
yading@10
|
10422 The following flags are recognized:
|
yading@10
|
10423
|
yading@10
|
10424 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
10425
|
yading@10
|
10426
|
yading@10
|
10427 =item B<enter>
|
yading@10
|
10428
|
yading@10
|
10429 The command is sent when the current frame timestamp enters the
|
yading@10
|
10430 specified interval. In other words, the command is sent when the
|
yading@10
|
10431 previous frame timestamp was not in the given interval, and the
|
yading@10
|
10432 current is.
|
yading@10
|
10433
|
yading@10
|
10434
|
yading@10
|
10435 =item B<leave>
|
yading@10
|
10436
|
yading@10
|
10437 The command is sent when the current frame timestamp leaves the
|
yading@10
|
10438 specified interval. In other words, the command is sent when the
|
yading@10
|
10439 previous frame timestamp was in the given interval, and the
|
yading@10
|
10440 current is not.
|
yading@10
|
10441
|
yading@10
|
10442 =back
|
yading@10
|
10443
|
yading@10
|
10444
|
yading@10
|
10445 If I<FLAGS> is not specified, a default value of C<[enter]> is
|
yading@10
|
10446 assumed.
|
yading@10
|
10447
|
yading@10
|
10448 I<TARGET> specifies the target of the command, usually the name of
|
yading@10
|
10449 the filter class or a specific filter instance name.
|
yading@10
|
10450
|
yading@10
|
10451 I<COMMAND> specifies the name of the command for the target filter.
|
yading@10
|
10452
|
yading@10
|
10453 I<ARG> is optional and specifies the optional list of argument for
|
yading@10
|
10454 the given I<COMMAND>.
|
yading@10
|
10455
|
yading@10
|
10456 Between one interval specification and another, whitespaces, or
|
yading@10
|
10457 sequences of characters starting with C<#> until the end of line,
|
yading@10
|
10458 are ignored and can be used to annotate comments.
|
yading@10
|
10459
|
yading@10
|
10460 A simplified BNF description of the commands specification syntax
|
yading@10
|
10461 follows:
|
yading@10
|
10462
|
yading@10
|
10463 <COMMAND_FLAG> ::= "enter" | "leave"
|
yading@10
|
10464 <COMMAND_FLAGS> ::= <COMMAND_FLAG> [(+|"|")<COMMAND_FLAG>]
|
yading@10
|
10465 <COMMAND> ::= ["[" <COMMAND_FLAGS> "]"] <TARGET> <COMMAND> [<ARG>]
|
yading@10
|
10466 <COMMANDS> ::= <COMMAND> [,<COMMANDS>]
|
yading@10
|
10467 <INTERVAL> ::= <START>[-<END>] <COMMANDS>
|
yading@10
|
10468 <INTERVALS> ::= <INTERVAL>[;<INTERVALS>]
|
yading@10
|
10469
|
yading@10
|
10470
|
yading@10
|
10471
|
yading@10
|
10472 =head3 Examples
|
yading@10
|
10473
|
yading@10
|
10474
|
yading@10
|
10475
|
yading@10
|
10476 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
10477
|
yading@10
|
10478
|
yading@10
|
10479 =item *
|
yading@10
|
10480
|
yading@10
|
10481 Specify audio tempo change at second 4:
|
yading@10
|
10482
|
yading@10
|
10483 asendcmd=c='4.0 atempo tempo 1.5',atempo
|
yading@10
|
10484
|
yading@10
|
10485
|
yading@10
|
10486
|
yading@10
|
10487 =item *
|
yading@10
|
10488
|
yading@10
|
10489 Specify a list of drawtext and hue commands in a file.
|
yading@10
|
10490
|
yading@10
|
10491 # show text in the interval 5-10
|
yading@10
|
10492 5.0-10.0 [enter] drawtext reinit 'fontfile=FreeSerif.ttf:text=hello world',
|
yading@10
|
10493 [leave] drawtext reinit 'fontfile=FreeSerif.ttf:text=';
|
yading@10
|
10494
|
yading@10
|
10495 # desaturate the image in the interval 15-20
|
yading@10
|
10496 15.0-20.0 [enter] hue s 0,
|
yading@10
|
10497 [enter] drawtext reinit 'fontfile=FreeSerif.ttf:text=nocolor',
|
yading@10
|
10498 [leave] hue s 1,
|
yading@10
|
10499 [leave] drawtext reinit 'fontfile=FreeSerif.ttf:text=color';
|
yading@10
|
10500
|
yading@10
|
10501 # apply an exponential saturation fade-out effect, starting from time 25
|
yading@10
|
10502 25 [enter] hue s exp(25-t)
|
yading@10
|
10503
|
yading@10
|
10504
|
yading@10
|
10505 A filtergraph allowing to read and process the above command list
|
yading@10
|
10506 stored in a file F<test.cmd>, can be specified with:
|
yading@10
|
10507
|
yading@10
|
10508 sendcmd=f=test.cmd,drawtext=fontfile=FreeSerif.ttf:text='',hue
|
yading@10
|
10509
|
yading@10
|
10510
|
yading@10
|
10511 =back
|
yading@10
|
10512
|
yading@10
|
10513
|
yading@10
|
10514
|
yading@10
|
10515
|
yading@10
|
10516 =head2 asetpts, setpts
|
yading@10
|
10517
|
yading@10
|
10518
|
yading@10
|
10519 Change the PTS (presentation timestamp) of the input frames.
|
yading@10
|
10520
|
yading@10
|
10521 C<asetpts> works on audio frames, C<setpts> on video frames.
|
yading@10
|
10522
|
yading@10
|
10523 This filter accepts the following options:
|
yading@10
|
10524
|
yading@10
|
10525
|
yading@10
|
10526 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
10527
|
yading@10
|
10528
|
yading@10
|
10529
|
yading@10
|
10530 =item B<expr>
|
yading@10
|
10531
|
yading@10
|
10532 The expression which is evaluated for each frame to construct its timestamp.
|
yading@10
|
10533
|
yading@10
|
10534
|
yading@10
|
10535 =back
|
yading@10
|
10536
|
yading@10
|
10537
|
yading@10
|
10538 The expression is evaluated through the eval API and can contain the following
|
yading@10
|
10539 constants:
|
yading@10
|
10540
|
yading@10
|
10541
|
yading@10
|
10542 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
10543
|
yading@10
|
10544
|
yading@10
|
10545 =item B<FRAME_RATE>
|
yading@10
|
10546
|
yading@10
|
10547 frame rate, only defined for constant frame-rate video
|
yading@10
|
10548
|
yading@10
|
10549
|
yading@10
|
10550 =item B<PTS>
|
yading@10
|
10551
|
yading@10
|
10552 the presentation timestamp in input
|
yading@10
|
10553
|
yading@10
|
10554
|
yading@10
|
10555 =item B<N>
|
yading@10
|
10556
|
yading@10
|
10557 the count of the input frame, starting from 0.
|
yading@10
|
10558
|
yading@10
|
10559
|
yading@10
|
10560 =item B<NB_CONSUMED_SAMPLES>
|
yading@10
|
10561
|
yading@10
|
10562 the number of consumed samples, not including the current frame (only
|
yading@10
|
10563 audio)
|
yading@10
|
10564
|
yading@10
|
10565
|
yading@10
|
10566 =item B<NB_SAMPLES>
|
yading@10
|
10567
|
yading@10
|
10568 the number of samples in the current frame (only audio)
|
yading@10
|
10569
|
yading@10
|
10570
|
yading@10
|
10571 =item B<SAMPLE_RATE>
|
yading@10
|
10572
|
yading@10
|
10573 audio sample rate
|
yading@10
|
10574
|
yading@10
|
10575
|
yading@10
|
10576 =item B<STARTPTS>
|
yading@10
|
10577
|
yading@10
|
10578 the PTS of the first frame
|
yading@10
|
10579
|
yading@10
|
10580
|
yading@10
|
10581 =item B<STARTT>
|
yading@10
|
10582
|
yading@10
|
10583 the time in seconds of the first frame
|
yading@10
|
10584
|
yading@10
|
10585
|
yading@10
|
10586 =item B<INTERLACED>
|
yading@10
|
10587
|
yading@10
|
10588 tell if the current frame is interlaced
|
yading@10
|
10589
|
yading@10
|
10590
|
yading@10
|
10591 =item B<T>
|
yading@10
|
10592
|
yading@10
|
10593 the time in seconds of the current frame
|
yading@10
|
10594
|
yading@10
|
10595
|
yading@10
|
10596 =item B<TB>
|
yading@10
|
10597
|
yading@10
|
10598 the time base
|
yading@10
|
10599
|
yading@10
|
10600
|
yading@10
|
10601 =item B<POS>
|
yading@10
|
10602
|
yading@10
|
10603 original position in the file of the frame, or undefined if undefined
|
yading@10
|
10604 for the current frame
|
yading@10
|
10605
|
yading@10
|
10606
|
yading@10
|
10607 =item B<PREV_INPTS>
|
yading@10
|
10608
|
yading@10
|
10609 previous input PTS
|
yading@10
|
10610
|
yading@10
|
10611
|
yading@10
|
10612 =item B<PREV_INT>
|
yading@10
|
10613
|
yading@10
|
10614 previous input time in seconds
|
yading@10
|
10615
|
yading@10
|
10616
|
yading@10
|
10617 =item B<PREV_OUTPTS>
|
yading@10
|
10618
|
yading@10
|
10619 previous output PTS
|
yading@10
|
10620
|
yading@10
|
10621
|
yading@10
|
10622 =item B<PREV_OUTT>
|
yading@10
|
10623
|
yading@10
|
10624 previous output time in seconds
|
yading@10
|
10625
|
yading@10
|
10626
|
yading@10
|
10627 =item B<RTCTIME>
|
yading@10
|
10628
|
yading@10
|
10629 wallclock (RTC) time in microseconds. This is deprecated, use time(0)
|
yading@10
|
10630 instead.
|
yading@10
|
10631
|
yading@10
|
10632
|
yading@10
|
10633 =item B<RTCSTART>
|
yading@10
|
10634
|
yading@10
|
10635 wallclock (RTC) time at the start of the movie in microseconds
|
yading@10
|
10636
|
yading@10
|
10637 =back
|
yading@10
|
10638
|
yading@10
|
10639
|
yading@10
|
10640
|
yading@10
|
10641 =head3 Examples
|
yading@10
|
10642
|
yading@10
|
10643
|
yading@10
|
10644
|
yading@10
|
10645 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
10646
|
yading@10
|
10647
|
yading@10
|
10648 =item *
|
yading@10
|
10649
|
yading@10
|
10650 Start counting PTS from zero
|
yading@10
|
10651
|
yading@10
|
10652 setpts=PTS-STARTPTS
|
yading@10
|
10653
|
yading@10
|
10654
|
yading@10
|
10655
|
yading@10
|
10656 =item *
|
yading@10
|
10657
|
yading@10
|
10658 Apply fast motion effect:
|
yading@10
|
10659
|
yading@10
|
10660 setpts=0.5*PTS
|
yading@10
|
10661
|
yading@10
|
10662
|
yading@10
|
10663
|
yading@10
|
10664 =item *
|
yading@10
|
10665
|
yading@10
|
10666 Apply slow motion effect:
|
yading@10
|
10667
|
yading@10
|
10668 setpts=2.0*PTS
|
yading@10
|
10669
|
yading@10
|
10670
|
yading@10
|
10671
|
yading@10
|
10672 =item *
|
yading@10
|
10673
|
yading@10
|
10674 Set fixed rate of 25 frames per second:
|
yading@10
|
10675
|
yading@10
|
10676 setpts=N/(25*TB)
|
yading@10
|
10677
|
yading@10
|
10678
|
yading@10
|
10679
|
yading@10
|
10680 =item *
|
yading@10
|
10681
|
yading@10
|
10682 Set fixed rate 25 fps with some jitter:
|
yading@10
|
10683
|
yading@10
|
10684 setpts='1/(25*TB) * (N + 0.05 * sin(N*2*PI/25))'
|
yading@10
|
10685
|
yading@10
|
10686
|
yading@10
|
10687
|
yading@10
|
10688 =item *
|
yading@10
|
10689
|
yading@10
|
10690 Apply an offset of 10 seconds to the input PTS:
|
yading@10
|
10691
|
yading@10
|
10692 setpts=PTS+10/TB
|
yading@10
|
10693
|
yading@10
|
10694
|
yading@10
|
10695
|
yading@10
|
10696 =item *
|
yading@10
|
10697
|
yading@10
|
10698 Generate timestamps from a "live source" and rebase onto the current timebase:
|
yading@10
|
10699
|
yading@10
|
10700 setpts='(RTCTIME - RTCSTART) / (TB * 1000000)'
|
yading@10
|
10701
|
yading@10
|
10702
|
yading@10
|
10703 =back
|
yading@10
|
10704
|
yading@10
|
10705
|
yading@10
|
10706
|
yading@10
|
10707 =head2 ebur128
|
yading@10
|
10708
|
yading@10
|
10709
|
yading@10
|
10710 EBU R128 scanner filter. This filter takes an audio stream as input and outputs
|
yading@10
|
10711 it unchanged. By default, it logs a message at a frequency of 10Hz with the
|
yading@10
|
10712 Momentary loudness (identified by C<M>), Short-term loudness (C<S>),
|
yading@10
|
10713 Integrated loudness (C<I>) and Loudness Range (C<LRA>).
|
yading@10
|
10714
|
yading@10
|
10715 The filter also has a video output (see the I<video> option) with a real
|
yading@10
|
10716 time graph to observe the loudness evolution. The graphic contains the logged
|
yading@10
|
10717 message mentioned above, so it is not printed anymore when this option is set,
|
yading@10
|
10718 unless the verbose logging is set. The main graphing area contains the
|
yading@10
|
10719 short-term loudness (3 seconds of analysis), and the gauge on the right is for
|
yading@10
|
10720 the momentary loudness (400 milliseconds).
|
yading@10
|
10721
|
yading@10
|
10722 More information about the Loudness Recommendation EBU R128 on
|
yading@10
|
10723 E<lt>B<http://tech.ebu.ch/loudness>E<gt>.
|
yading@10
|
10724
|
yading@10
|
10725 The filter accepts the following options:
|
yading@10
|
10726
|
yading@10
|
10727
|
yading@10
|
10728 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
10729
|
yading@10
|
10730
|
yading@10
|
10731
|
yading@10
|
10732 =item B<video>
|
yading@10
|
10733
|
yading@10
|
10734 Activate the video output. The audio stream is passed unchanged whether this
|
yading@10
|
10735 option is set or no. The video stream will be the first output stream if
|
yading@10
|
10736 activated. Default is C<0>.
|
yading@10
|
10737
|
yading@10
|
10738
|
yading@10
|
10739 =item B<size>
|
yading@10
|
10740
|
yading@10
|
10741 Set the video size. This option is for video only. Default and minimum
|
yading@10
|
10742 resolution is C<640x480>.
|
yading@10
|
10743
|
yading@10
|
10744
|
yading@10
|
10745 =item B<meter>
|
yading@10
|
10746
|
yading@10
|
10747 Set the EBU scale meter. Default is C<9>. Common values are C<9> and
|
yading@10
|
10748 C<18>, respectively for EBU scale meter +9 and EBU scale meter +18. Any
|
yading@10
|
10749 other integer value between this range is allowed.
|
yading@10
|
10750
|
yading@10
|
10751
|
yading@10
|
10752 =item B<metadata>
|
yading@10
|
10753
|
yading@10
|
10754 Set metadata injection. If set to C<1>, the audio input will be segmented
|
yading@10
|
10755 into 100ms output frames, each of them containing various loudness information
|
yading@10
|
10756 in metadata. All the metadata keys are prefixed with C<lavfi.r128.>.
|
yading@10
|
10757
|
yading@10
|
10758 Default is C<0>.
|
yading@10
|
10759
|
yading@10
|
10760
|
yading@10
|
10761 =item B<framelog>
|
yading@10
|
10762
|
yading@10
|
10763 Force the frame logging level.
|
yading@10
|
10764
|
yading@10
|
10765 Available values are:
|
yading@10
|
10766
|
yading@10
|
10767 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
10768
|
yading@10
|
10769
|
yading@10
|
10770 =item B<info>
|
yading@10
|
10771
|
yading@10
|
10772 information logging level
|
yading@10
|
10773
|
yading@10
|
10774 =item B<verbose>
|
yading@10
|
10775
|
yading@10
|
10776 verbose logging level
|
yading@10
|
10777
|
yading@10
|
10778 =back
|
yading@10
|
10779
|
yading@10
|
10780
|
yading@10
|
10781 By default, the logging level is set to I<info>. If the B<video> or
|
yading@10
|
10782 the B<metadata> options are set, it switches to I<verbose>.
|
yading@10
|
10783
|
yading@10
|
10784 =back
|
yading@10
|
10785
|
yading@10
|
10786
|
yading@10
|
10787
|
yading@10
|
10788 =head3 Examples
|
yading@10
|
10789
|
yading@10
|
10790
|
yading@10
|
10791
|
yading@10
|
10792 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
10793
|
yading@10
|
10794
|
yading@10
|
10795 =item *
|
yading@10
|
10796
|
yading@10
|
10797 Real-time graph using B<ffplay>, with a EBU scale meter +18:
|
yading@10
|
10798
|
yading@10
|
10799 ffplay -f lavfi -i "amovie=input.mp3,ebur128=video=1:meter=18 [out0][out1]"
|
yading@10
|
10800
|
yading@10
|
10801
|
yading@10
|
10802
|
yading@10
|
10803 =item *
|
yading@10
|
10804
|
yading@10
|
10805 Run an analysis with B<ffmpeg>:
|
yading@10
|
10806
|
yading@10
|
10807 ffmpeg -nostats -i input.mp3 -filter_complex ebur128 -f null -
|
yading@10
|
10808
|
yading@10
|
10809
|
yading@10
|
10810 =back
|
yading@10
|
10811
|
yading@10
|
10812
|
yading@10
|
10813
|
yading@10
|
10814 =head2 settb, asettb
|
yading@10
|
10815
|
yading@10
|
10816
|
yading@10
|
10817 Set the timebase to use for the output frames timestamps.
|
yading@10
|
10818 It is mainly useful for testing timebase configuration.
|
yading@10
|
10819
|
yading@10
|
10820 This filter accepts the following options:
|
yading@10
|
10821
|
yading@10
|
10822
|
yading@10
|
10823 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
10824
|
yading@10
|
10825
|
yading@10
|
10826
|
yading@10
|
10827 =item B<expr, tb>
|
yading@10
|
10828
|
yading@10
|
10829 The expression which is evaluated into the output timebase.
|
yading@10
|
10830
|
yading@10
|
10831
|
yading@10
|
10832 =back
|
yading@10
|
10833
|
yading@10
|
10834
|
yading@10
|
10835 The value for B<tb> is an arithmetic expression representing a
|
yading@10
|
10836 rational. The expression can contain the constants "AVTB" (the default
|
yading@10
|
10837 timebase), "intb" (the input timebase) and "sr" (the sample rate,
|
yading@10
|
10838 audio only). Default value is "intb".
|
yading@10
|
10839
|
yading@10
|
10840
|
yading@10
|
10841 =head3 Examples
|
yading@10
|
10842
|
yading@10
|
10843
|
yading@10
|
10844
|
yading@10
|
10845 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
10846
|
yading@10
|
10847
|
yading@10
|
10848 =item *
|
yading@10
|
10849
|
yading@10
|
10850 Set the timebase to 1/25:
|
yading@10
|
10851
|
yading@10
|
10852 settb=expr=1/25
|
yading@10
|
10853
|
yading@10
|
10854
|
yading@10
|
10855
|
yading@10
|
10856 =item *
|
yading@10
|
10857
|
yading@10
|
10858 Set the timebase to 1/10:
|
yading@10
|
10859
|
yading@10
|
10860 settb=expr=0.1
|
yading@10
|
10861
|
yading@10
|
10862
|
yading@10
|
10863
|
yading@10
|
10864 =item *
|
yading@10
|
10865
|
yading@10
|
10866 Set the timebase to 1001/1000:
|
yading@10
|
10867
|
yading@10
|
10868 settb=1+0.001
|
yading@10
|
10869
|
yading@10
|
10870
|
yading@10
|
10871
|
yading@10
|
10872 =item *
|
yading@10
|
10873
|
yading@10
|
10874 Set the timebase to 2*intb:
|
yading@10
|
10875
|
yading@10
|
10876 settb=2*intb
|
yading@10
|
10877
|
yading@10
|
10878
|
yading@10
|
10879
|
yading@10
|
10880 =item *
|
yading@10
|
10881
|
yading@10
|
10882 Set the default timebase value:
|
yading@10
|
10883
|
yading@10
|
10884 settb=AVTB
|
yading@10
|
10885
|
yading@10
|
10886
|
yading@10
|
10887 =back
|
yading@10
|
10888
|
yading@10
|
10889
|
yading@10
|
10890
|
yading@10
|
10891 =head2 concat
|
yading@10
|
10892
|
yading@10
|
10893
|
yading@10
|
10894 Concatenate audio and video streams, joining them together one after the
|
yading@10
|
10895 other.
|
yading@10
|
10896
|
yading@10
|
10897 The filter works on segments of synchronized video and audio streams. All
|
yading@10
|
10898 segments must have the same number of streams of each type, and that will
|
yading@10
|
10899 also be the number of streams at output.
|
yading@10
|
10900
|
yading@10
|
10901 The filter accepts the following options:
|
yading@10
|
10902
|
yading@10
|
10903
|
yading@10
|
10904 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
10905
|
yading@10
|
10906
|
yading@10
|
10907
|
yading@10
|
10908 =item B<n>
|
yading@10
|
10909
|
yading@10
|
10910 Set the number of segments. Default is 2.
|
yading@10
|
10911
|
yading@10
|
10912
|
yading@10
|
10913 =item B<v>
|
yading@10
|
10914
|
yading@10
|
10915 Set the number of output video streams, that is also the number of video
|
yading@10
|
10916 streams in each segment. Default is 1.
|
yading@10
|
10917
|
yading@10
|
10918
|
yading@10
|
10919 =item B<a>
|
yading@10
|
10920
|
yading@10
|
10921 Set the number of output audio streams, that is also the number of video
|
yading@10
|
10922 streams in each segment. Default is 0.
|
yading@10
|
10923
|
yading@10
|
10924
|
yading@10
|
10925 =item B<unsafe>
|
yading@10
|
10926
|
yading@10
|
10927 Activate unsafe mode: do not fail if segments have a different format.
|
yading@10
|
10928
|
yading@10
|
10929
|
yading@10
|
10930 =back
|
yading@10
|
10931
|
yading@10
|
10932
|
yading@10
|
10933 The filter has I<v>+I<a> outputs: first I<v> video outputs, then
|
yading@10
|
10934 I<a> audio outputs.
|
yading@10
|
10935
|
yading@10
|
10936 There are I<n>x(I<v>+I<a>) inputs: first the inputs for the first
|
yading@10
|
10937 segment, in the same order as the outputs, then the inputs for the second
|
yading@10
|
10938 segment, etc.
|
yading@10
|
10939
|
yading@10
|
10940 Related streams do not always have exactly the same duration, for various
|
yading@10
|
10941 reasons including codec frame size or sloppy authoring. For that reason,
|
yading@10
|
10942 related synchronized streams (e.g. a video and its audio track) should be
|
yading@10
|
10943 concatenated at once. The concat filter will use the duration of the longest
|
yading@10
|
10944 stream in each segment (except the last one), and if necessary pad shorter
|
yading@10
|
10945 audio streams with silence.
|
yading@10
|
10946
|
yading@10
|
10947 For this filter to work correctly, all segments must start at timestamp 0.
|
yading@10
|
10948
|
yading@10
|
10949 All corresponding streams must have the same parameters in all segments; the
|
yading@10
|
10950 filtering system will automatically select a common pixel format for video
|
yading@10
|
10951 streams, and a common sample format, sample rate and channel layout for
|
yading@10
|
10952 audio streams, but other settings, such as resolution, must be converted
|
yading@10
|
10953 explicitly by the user.
|
yading@10
|
10954
|
yading@10
|
10955 Different frame rates are acceptable but will result in variable frame rate
|
yading@10
|
10956 at output; be sure to configure the output file to handle it.
|
yading@10
|
10957
|
yading@10
|
10958
|
yading@10
|
10959 =head3 Examples
|
yading@10
|
10960
|
yading@10
|
10961
|
yading@10
|
10962
|
yading@10
|
10963 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
10964
|
yading@10
|
10965
|
yading@10
|
10966 =item *
|
yading@10
|
10967
|
yading@10
|
10968 Concatenate an opening, an episode and an ending, all in bilingual version
|
yading@10
|
10969 (video in stream 0, audio in streams 1 and 2):
|
yading@10
|
10970
|
yading@10
|
10971 ffmpeg -i opening.mkv -i episode.mkv -i ending.mkv -filter_complex \
|
yading@10
|
10972 '[0:0] [0:1] [0:2] [1:0] [1:1] [1:2] [2:0] [2:1] [2:2]
|
yading@10
|
10973 concat=n=3:v=1:a=2 [v] [a1] [a2]' \
|
yading@10
|
10974 -map '[v]' -map '[a1]' -map '[a2]' output.mkv
|
yading@10
|
10975
|
yading@10
|
10976
|
yading@10
|
10977
|
yading@10
|
10978 =item *
|
yading@10
|
10979
|
yading@10
|
10980 Concatenate two parts, handling audio and video separately, using the
|
yading@10
|
10981 (a)movie sources, and adjusting the resolution:
|
yading@10
|
10982
|
yading@10
|
10983 movie=part1.mp4, scale=512:288 [v1] ; amovie=part1.mp4 [a1] ;
|
yading@10
|
10984 movie=part2.mp4, scale=512:288 [v2] ; amovie=part2.mp4 [a2] ;
|
yading@10
|
10985 [v1] [v2] concat [outv] ; [a1] [a2] concat=v=0:a=1 [outa]
|
yading@10
|
10986
|
yading@10
|
10987 Note that a desync will happen at the stitch if the audio and video streams
|
yading@10
|
10988 do not have exactly the same duration in the first file.
|
yading@10
|
10989
|
yading@10
|
10990
|
yading@10
|
10991 =back
|
yading@10
|
10992
|
yading@10
|
10993
|
yading@10
|
10994
|
yading@10
|
10995 =head2 showspectrum
|
yading@10
|
10996
|
yading@10
|
10997
|
yading@10
|
10998 Convert input audio to a video output, representing the audio frequency
|
yading@10
|
10999 spectrum.
|
yading@10
|
11000
|
yading@10
|
11001 The filter accepts the following options:
|
yading@10
|
11002
|
yading@10
|
11003
|
yading@10
|
11004 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
11005
|
yading@10
|
11006
|
yading@10
|
11007 =item B<size, s>
|
yading@10
|
11008
|
yading@10
|
11009 Specify the video size for the output. Default value is C<640x512>.
|
yading@10
|
11010
|
yading@10
|
11011
|
yading@10
|
11012 =item B<slide>
|
yading@10
|
11013
|
yading@10
|
11014 Specify if the spectrum should slide along the window. Default value is
|
yading@10
|
11015 C<0>.
|
yading@10
|
11016
|
yading@10
|
11017
|
yading@10
|
11018 =item B<mode>
|
yading@10
|
11019
|
yading@10
|
11020 Specify display mode.
|
yading@10
|
11021
|
yading@10
|
11022 It accepts the following values:
|
yading@10
|
11023
|
yading@10
|
11024 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
11025
|
yading@10
|
11026
|
yading@10
|
11027 =item B<combined>
|
yading@10
|
11028
|
yading@10
|
11029 all channels are displayed in the same row
|
yading@10
|
11030
|
yading@10
|
11031 =item B<separate>
|
yading@10
|
11032
|
yading@10
|
11033 all channels are displayed in separate rows
|
yading@10
|
11034
|
yading@10
|
11035 =back
|
yading@10
|
11036
|
yading@10
|
11037
|
yading@10
|
11038 Default value is B<combined>.
|
yading@10
|
11039
|
yading@10
|
11040
|
yading@10
|
11041 =item B<color>
|
yading@10
|
11042
|
yading@10
|
11043 Specify display color mode.
|
yading@10
|
11044
|
yading@10
|
11045 It accepts the following values:
|
yading@10
|
11046
|
yading@10
|
11047 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
11048
|
yading@10
|
11049
|
yading@10
|
11050 =item B<channel>
|
yading@10
|
11051
|
yading@10
|
11052 each channel is displayed in a separate color
|
yading@10
|
11053
|
yading@10
|
11054 =item B<intensity>
|
yading@10
|
11055
|
yading@10
|
11056 each channel is is displayed using the same color scheme
|
yading@10
|
11057
|
yading@10
|
11058 =back
|
yading@10
|
11059
|
yading@10
|
11060
|
yading@10
|
11061 Default value is B<channel>.
|
yading@10
|
11062
|
yading@10
|
11063
|
yading@10
|
11064 =item B<scale>
|
yading@10
|
11065
|
yading@10
|
11066 Specify scale used for calculating intensity color values.
|
yading@10
|
11067
|
yading@10
|
11068 It accepts the following values:
|
yading@10
|
11069
|
yading@10
|
11070 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
11071
|
yading@10
|
11072
|
yading@10
|
11073 =item B<lin>
|
yading@10
|
11074
|
yading@10
|
11075 linear
|
yading@10
|
11076
|
yading@10
|
11077 =item B<sqrt>
|
yading@10
|
11078
|
yading@10
|
11079 square root, default
|
yading@10
|
11080
|
yading@10
|
11081 =item B<cbrt>
|
yading@10
|
11082
|
yading@10
|
11083 cubic root
|
yading@10
|
11084
|
yading@10
|
11085 =item B<log>
|
yading@10
|
11086
|
yading@10
|
11087 logarithmic
|
yading@10
|
11088
|
yading@10
|
11089 =back
|
yading@10
|
11090
|
yading@10
|
11091
|
yading@10
|
11092 Default value is B<sqrt>.
|
yading@10
|
11093
|
yading@10
|
11094
|
yading@10
|
11095 =item B<saturation>
|
yading@10
|
11096
|
yading@10
|
11097 Set saturation modifier for displayed colors. Negative values provide
|
yading@10
|
11098 alternative color scheme. C<0> is no saturation at all.
|
yading@10
|
11099 Saturation must be in [-10.0, 10.0] range.
|
yading@10
|
11100 Default value is C<1>.
|
yading@10
|
11101
|
yading@10
|
11102 =back
|
yading@10
|
11103
|
yading@10
|
11104
|
yading@10
|
11105 The usage is very similar to the showwaves filter; see the examples in that
|
yading@10
|
11106 section.
|
yading@10
|
11107
|
yading@10
|
11108
|
yading@10
|
11109 =head3 Examples
|
yading@10
|
11110
|
yading@10
|
11111
|
yading@10
|
11112
|
yading@10
|
11113 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
11114
|
yading@10
|
11115
|
yading@10
|
11116 =item *
|
yading@10
|
11117
|
yading@10
|
11118 Large window with logarithmic color scaling:
|
yading@10
|
11119
|
yading@10
|
11120 showspectrum=s=1280x480:scale=log
|
yading@10
|
11121
|
yading@10
|
11122
|
yading@10
|
11123
|
yading@10
|
11124 =item *
|
yading@10
|
11125
|
yading@10
|
11126 Complete example for a colored and sliding spectrum per channel using B<ffplay>:
|
yading@10
|
11127
|
yading@10
|
11128 ffplay -f lavfi 'amovie=input.mp3, asplit [a][out1];
|
yading@10
|
11129 [a] showspectrum=mode=separate:color=intensity:slide=1:scale=cbrt [out0]'
|
yading@10
|
11130
|
yading@10
|
11131
|
yading@10
|
11132 =back
|
yading@10
|
11133
|
yading@10
|
11134
|
yading@10
|
11135
|
yading@10
|
11136 =head2 showwaves
|
yading@10
|
11137
|
yading@10
|
11138
|
yading@10
|
11139 Convert input audio to a video output, representing the samples waves.
|
yading@10
|
11140
|
yading@10
|
11141 The filter accepts the following options:
|
yading@10
|
11142
|
yading@10
|
11143
|
yading@10
|
11144 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
11145
|
yading@10
|
11146
|
yading@10
|
11147 =item B<size, s>
|
yading@10
|
11148
|
yading@10
|
11149 Specify the video size for the output. Default value is "600x240".
|
yading@10
|
11150
|
yading@10
|
11151
|
yading@10
|
11152 =item B<mode>
|
yading@10
|
11153
|
yading@10
|
11154 Set display mode.
|
yading@10
|
11155
|
yading@10
|
11156 Available values are:
|
yading@10
|
11157
|
yading@10
|
11158 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
11159
|
yading@10
|
11160
|
yading@10
|
11161 =item B<point>
|
yading@10
|
11162
|
yading@10
|
11163 Draw a point for each sample.
|
yading@10
|
11164
|
yading@10
|
11165
|
yading@10
|
11166 =item B<line>
|
yading@10
|
11167
|
yading@10
|
11168 Draw a vertical line for each sample.
|
yading@10
|
11169
|
yading@10
|
11170 =back
|
yading@10
|
11171
|
yading@10
|
11172
|
yading@10
|
11173 Default value is C<point>.
|
yading@10
|
11174
|
yading@10
|
11175
|
yading@10
|
11176 =item B<n>
|
yading@10
|
11177
|
yading@10
|
11178 Set the number of samples which are printed on the same column. A
|
yading@10
|
11179 larger value will decrease the frame rate. Must be a positive
|
yading@10
|
11180 integer. This option can be set only if the value for I<rate>
|
yading@10
|
11181 is not explicitly specified.
|
yading@10
|
11182
|
yading@10
|
11183
|
yading@10
|
11184 =item B<rate, r>
|
yading@10
|
11185
|
yading@10
|
11186 Set the (approximate) output frame rate. This is done by setting the
|
yading@10
|
11187 option I<n>. Default value is "25".
|
yading@10
|
11188
|
yading@10
|
11189
|
yading@10
|
11190 =back
|
yading@10
|
11191
|
yading@10
|
11192
|
yading@10
|
11193
|
yading@10
|
11194 =head3 Examples
|
yading@10
|
11195
|
yading@10
|
11196
|
yading@10
|
11197
|
yading@10
|
11198 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
11199
|
yading@10
|
11200
|
yading@10
|
11201 =item *
|
yading@10
|
11202
|
yading@10
|
11203 Output the input file audio and the corresponding video representation
|
yading@10
|
11204 at the same time:
|
yading@10
|
11205
|
yading@10
|
11206 amovie=a.mp3,asplit[out0],showwaves[out1]
|
yading@10
|
11207
|
yading@10
|
11208
|
yading@10
|
11209
|
yading@10
|
11210 =item *
|
yading@10
|
11211
|
yading@10
|
11212 Create a synthetic signal and show it with showwaves, forcing a
|
yading@10
|
11213 frame rate of 30 frames per second:
|
yading@10
|
11214
|
yading@10
|
11215 aevalsrc=sin(1*2*PI*t)*sin(880*2*PI*t):cos(2*PI*200*t),asplit[out0],showwaves=r=30[out1]
|
yading@10
|
11216
|
yading@10
|
11217
|
yading@10
|
11218 =back
|
yading@10
|
11219
|
yading@10
|
11220
|
yading@10
|
11221
|
yading@10
|
11222 =head2 split, asplit
|
yading@10
|
11223
|
yading@10
|
11224
|
yading@10
|
11225 Split input into several identical outputs.
|
yading@10
|
11226
|
yading@10
|
11227 C<asplit> works with audio input, C<split> with video.
|
yading@10
|
11228
|
yading@10
|
11229 The filter accepts a single parameter which specifies the number of outputs. If
|
yading@10
|
11230 unspecified, it defaults to 2.
|
yading@10
|
11231
|
yading@10
|
11232
|
yading@10
|
11233 =head3 Examples
|
yading@10
|
11234
|
yading@10
|
11235
|
yading@10
|
11236
|
yading@10
|
11237 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
11238
|
yading@10
|
11239
|
yading@10
|
11240 =item *
|
yading@10
|
11241
|
yading@10
|
11242 Create two separate outputs from the same input:
|
yading@10
|
11243
|
yading@10
|
11244 [in] split [out0][out1]
|
yading@10
|
11245
|
yading@10
|
11246
|
yading@10
|
11247
|
yading@10
|
11248 =item *
|
yading@10
|
11249
|
yading@10
|
11250 To create 3 or more outputs, you need to specify the number of
|
yading@10
|
11251 outputs, like in:
|
yading@10
|
11252
|
yading@10
|
11253 [in] asplit=3 [out0][out1][out2]
|
yading@10
|
11254
|
yading@10
|
11255
|
yading@10
|
11256
|
yading@10
|
11257 =item *
|
yading@10
|
11258
|
yading@10
|
11259 Create two separate outputs from the same input, one cropped and
|
yading@10
|
11260 one padded:
|
yading@10
|
11261
|
yading@10
|
11262 [in] split [splitout1][splitout2];
|
yading@10
|
11263 [splitout1] crop=100:100:0:0 [cropout];
|
yading@10
|
11264 [splitout2] pad=200:200:100:100 [padout];
|
yading@10
|
11265
|
yading@10
|
11266
|
yading@10
|
11267
|
yading@10
|
11268 =item *
|
yading@10
|
11269
|
yading@10
|
11270 Create 5 copies of the input audio with B<ffmpeg>:
|
yading@10
|
11271
|
yading@10
|
11272 ffmpeg -i INPUT -filter_complex asplit=5 OUTPUT
|
yading@10
|
11273
|
yading@10
|
11274
|
yading@10
|
11275 =back
|
yading@10
|
11276
|
yading@10
|
11277
|
yading@10
|
11278
|
yading@10
|
11279
|
yading@10
|
11280 =head1 MULTIMEDIA SOURCES
|
yading@10
|
11281
|
yading@10
|
11282
|
yading@10
|
11283 Below is a description of the currently available multimedia sources.
|
yading@10
|
11284
|
yading@10
|
11285
|
yading@10
|
11286 =head2 amovie
|
yading@10
|
11287
|
yading@10
|
11288
|
yading@10
|
11289 This is the same as movie source, except it selects an audio
|
yading@10
|
11290 stream by default.
|
yading@10
|
11291
|
yading@10
|
11292
|
yading@10
|
11293
|
yading@10
|
11294 =head2 movie
|
yading@10
|
11295
|
yading@10
|
11296
|
yading@10
|
11297 Read audio and/or video stream(s) from a movie container.
|
yading@10
|
11298
|
yading@10
|
11299 This filter accepts the following options:
|
yading@10
|
11300
|
yading@10
|
11301
|
yading@10
|
11302 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
11303
|
yading@10
|
11304
|
yading@10
|
11305 =item B<filename>
|
yading@10
|
11306
|
yading@10
|
11307 The name of the resource to read (not necessarily a file but also a device or a
|
yading@10
|
11308 stream accessed through some protocol).
|
yading@10
|
11309
|
yading@10
|
11310
|
yading@10
|
11311 =item B<format_name, f>
|
yading@10
|
11312
|
yading@10
|
11313 Specifies the format assumed for the movie to read, and can be either
|
yading@10
|
11314 the name of a container or an input device. If not specified the
|
yading@10
|
11315 format is guessed from I<movie_name> or by probing.
|
yading@10
|
11316
|
yading@10
|
11317
|
yading@10
|
11318 =item B<seek_point, sp>
|
yading@10
|
11319
|
yading@10
|
11320 Specifies the seek point in seconds, the frames will be output
|
yading@10
|
11321 starting from this seek point, the parameter is evaluated with
|
yading@10
|
11322 C<av_strtod> so the numerical value may be suffixed by an IS
|
yading@10
|
11323 postfix. Default value is "0".
|
yading@10
|
11324
|
yading@10
|
11325
|
yading@10
|
11326 =item B<streams, s>
|
yading@10
|
11327
|
yading@10
|
11328 Specifies the streams to read. Several streams can be specified,
|
yading@10
|
11329 separated by "+". The source will then have as many outputs, in the
|
yading@10
|
11330 same order. The syntax is explained in the ``Stream specifiers''
|
yading@10
|
11331 section in the ffmpeg manual. Two special names, "dv" and "da" specify
|
yading@10
|
11332 respectively the default (best suited) video and audio stream. Default
|
yading@10
|
11333 is "dv", or "da" if the filter is called as "amovie".
|
yading@10
|
11334
|
yading@10
|
11335
|
yading@10
|
11336 =item B<stream_index, si>
|
yading@10
|
11337
|
yading@10
|
11338 Specifies the index of the video stream to read. If the value is -1,
|
yading@10
|
11339 the best suited video stream will be automatically selected. Default
|
yading@10
|
11340 value is "-1". Deprecated. If the filter is called "amovie", it will select
|
yading@10
|
11341 audio instead of video.
|
yading@10
|
11342
|
yading@10
|
11343
|
yading@10
|
11344 =item B<loop>
|
yading@10
|
11345
|
yading@10
|
11346 Specifies how many times to read the stream in sequence.
|
yading@10
|
11347 If the value is less than 1, the stream will be read again and again.
|
yading@10
|
11348 Default value is "1".
|
yading@10
|
11349
|
yading@10
|
11350 Note that when the movie is looped the source timestamps are not
|
yading@10
|
11351 changed, so it will generate non monotonically increasing timestamps.
|
yading@10
|
11352
|
yading@10
|
11353 =back
|
yading@10
|
11354
|
yading@10
|
11355
|
yading@10
|
11356 This filter allows to overlay a second video on top of main input of
|
yading@10
|
11357 a filtergraph as shown in this graph:
|
yading@10
|
11358
|
yading@10
|
11359 input -----------> deltapts0 --> overlay --> output
|
yading@10
|
11360 ^
|
yading@10
|
11361 |
|
yading@10
|
11362 movie --> scale--> deltapts1 -------+
|
yading@10
|
11363
|
yading@10
|
11364
|
yading@10
|
11365
|
yading@10
|
11366 =head3 Examples
|
yading@10
|
11367
|
yading@10
|
11368
|
yading@10
|
11369
|
yading@10
|
11370 =over 4
|
yading@10
|
11371
|
yading@10
|
11372
|
yading@10
|
11373 =item *
|
yading@10
|
11374
|
yading@10
|
11375 Skip 3.2 seconds from the start of the avi file in.avi, and overlay it
|
yading@10
|
11376 on top of the input labelled as "in":
|
yading@10
|
11377
|
yading@10
|
11378 movie=in.avi:seek_point=3.2, scale=180:-1, setpts=PTS-STARTPTS [over];
|
yading@10
|
11379 [in] setpts=PTS-STARTPTS [main];
|
yading@10
|
11380 [main][over] overlay=16:16 [out]
|
yading@10
|
11381
|
yading@10
|
11382
|
yading@10
|
11383
|
yading@10
|
11384 =item *
|
yading@10
|
11385
|
yading@10
|
11386 Read from a video4linux2 device, and overlay it on top of the input
|
yading@10
|
11387 labelled as "in":
|
yading@10
|
11388
|
yading@10
|
11389 movie=/dev/video0:f=video4linux2, scale=180:-1, setpts=PTS-STARTPTS [over];
|
yading@10
|
11390 [in] setpts=PTS-STARTPTS [main];
|
yading@10
|
11391 [main][over] overlay=16:16 [out]
|
yading@10
|
11392
|
yading@10
|
11393
|
yading@10
|
11394
|
yading@10
|
11395 =item *
|
yading@10
|
11396
|
yading@10
|
11397 Read the first video stream and the audio stream with id 0x81 from
|
yading@10
|
11398 dvd.vob; the video is connected to the pad named "video" and the audio is
|
yading@10
|
11399 connected to the pad named "audio":
|
yading@10
|
11400
|
yading@10
|
11401 movie=dvd.vob:s=v:0+#0x81 [video] [audio]
|
yading@10
|
11402
|
yading@10
|
11403
|
yading@10
|
11404 =back
|
yading@10
|
11405
|
yading@10
|
11406
|
yading@10
|
11407
|
yading@10
|
11408
|
yading@10
|
11409 =head1 SEE ALSO
|
yading@10
|
11410
|
yading@10
|
11411
|
yading@10
|
11412
|
yading@10
|
11413 ffmpeg(1), ffplay(1), ffprobe(1), ffserver(1), libavfilter(3)
|
yading@10
|
11414
|
yading@10
|
11415
|
yading@10
|
11416 =head1 AUTHORS
|
yading@10
|
11417
|
yading@10
|
11418
|
yading@10
|
11419 The FFmpeg developers.
|
yading@10
|
11420
|
yading@10
|
11421 For details about the authorship, see the Git history of the project
|
yading@10
|
11422 (git://source.ffmpeg.org/ffmpeg), e.g. by typing the command
|
yading@10
|
11423 B<git log> in the FFmpeg source directory, or browsing the
|
yading@10
|
11424 online repository at E<lt>B<http://source.ffmpeg.org>E<gt>.
|
yading@10
|
11425
|
yading@10
|
11426 Maintainers for the specific components are listed in the file
|
yading@10
|
11427 F<MAINTAINERS> in the source code tree.
|
yading@10
|
11428
|
yading@10
|
11429
|
yading@10
|
11430
|